Jul 17, 2025 City Council

[1. CALL SESSION TO ORDER]

[00:00:02]

ALL RIGHT, 701, WE'LL CALL THE CITY COUNCIL MEETING FOR THURSDAY, JULY 17TH, 2025 TO ORDER.

START WITH ROLL CALL. COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON PRESENT.

COUNCILMEMBER MORRIS PRESENT.

COUNCILMEMBER GORDON HERE.

COUNCILMAN PORTERFIELD HERE.

COUNCILMEMBER KING HERE.

MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON HERE.

MAYOR HERE. NEXT, IF YOU RISE WILL BE LED TONIGHT.

AN INVOCATION BY SISTER AENON FROM THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF LATTER DAY SAINTS.

OUR FATHER IN HEAVEN, WE ARE GRATEFUL FOR THIS DAY TODAY, AND FOR THE OPPORTUNITY THAT WE HAVE TO BE HERE TO KNOW WHAT WE CAN DO TO BECOME BETTER PEOPLE AND HOW WE CAN HELP THE COMMUNITY IN ANY WAY THAT WE CAN.

WE ARE GRATEFUL FOR THE CHANCE THAT WE HAVE TO LEARN AND GROW AND TO KNOW WHAT WE CAN DO.

WE ARE GRATEFUL FOR THEE AND WE SAY THESE THINGS IN THE NAME OF JESUS CHRIST.

AMEN. AMEN. SO PLEASE JOIN ME IN THE PLEDGE.

PLEDGE ALLEGIANCE TO THE FLAG OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND TO THE REPUBLIC FOR WHICH IT STANDS. ONE NATION UNDER GOD, INDIVISIBLE, WITH LIBERTY AND JUSTICE FOR ALL.

HONOR THE TEXAS FLAG. I PLEDGE ALLEGIANCE TO THEE.

TEXAS. ONE STATE UNDER GOD, ONE AND INDIVISIBLE.

ALL RIGHT. NEXT TO COUNCIL, JOIN ME UP FRONT FOR OUR PROCLAMATION AND

[5.1. National Disability Independence Day (DEIB Commission)]

DOCUMENT IS OFF. THANK YOU.

GOOD TO SEE YOU THERE. GOOD TO BE SEEN.

YOU CAN GIVE IT TO HER. OKAY.

OKAY.

I WON'T BITE OR SCRATCH.

ALL RIGHT. THIS IS A PROCLAMATION FOR NATIONAL DISABILITY INDEPENDENCE DAY.

WHEREAS THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT, ADA, SIGNED INTO LAW ON JULY 26TH, 1990, STANDS AS A LANDMARK PIECE OF CIVIL RIGHTS LEGISLATION ENSURING THE FULL AND EQUAL PARTICIPATION OF INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES IN ALL ASPECTS OF AMERICAN LIFE.

AND WHEREAS THE ADA PROHIBITS DISCRIMINATION AGAINST INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES IN EMPLOYMENT, PUBLIC SERVICES, PUBLIC ACCOMMODATIONS, TRANSPORTATION, AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS, AND HAS SIGNIFICANTLY EXPANDED OPPORTUNITIES AND REDUCED BARRIERS FOR PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES.

WHEREAS THE ADA HAS BEEN INSTRUMENTAL IN CHANGING PERCEPTIONS AND INCREASING FULL INCLUSION OF PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES IN COMMUNITY LIFE, ALLOWING THEM TO REACH THEIR FULL POTENTIAL AND CONTRIBUTE TO STRENGTH AND VIBRANCY OF OUR NATION. AND WHEREAS, ON THIS ANNIVERSARY, THE ONGOING WORK REQUIRED TO FULLY IMPLEMENT THE ADA IS ACKNOWLEDGED TO ENSURE ITS PROMISES OF EQUALITY, DIGNITY, ACCESS AND INCLUSION ARE REALIZED FOR ALL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES.

AND WHEREAS THE COURAGE AND TIRELESS EFFORTS OF DISABILITY RIGHTS ACTIVISTS, LEADERS AND COMMUNITY MEMBERS ARE HONORED FOR THEIR ADVOCACY OF THIS HISTORIC LEGISLATION AND FOR CONTINUING TO CHAMPION THE RIGHTS OF PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES.

AND NOW, THEREFORE, JULY 26TH IS PROCLAIMED AS THE ANNIVERSARY OF THE AMERICAN DISABILITIES ACT. AND NOW, THEREFORE, WE, THE WE, THE CITY COUNCIL, THE CITY OF HUTTO, DO HEREBY PROCLAIM JULY 26TH, 2025, AS NATIONAL DISABILITY INDEPENDENCE DAY AND WE ENCOURAGE ALL RESIDENTS TO CELEBRATE THIS IMPORTANT MILESTONE IN CIVIL RIGHTS HISTORY, REFLECT ON THE CONTRIBUTIONS OF INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES, AND REAFFIRM THE COMMITMENT TO UPHOLDING AND STRENGTHENING THE PROTECTIONS AFFORDED BY THE ADA. CONTINUED COLLABORATION IS ENCOURAGED TO ELIMINATE BARRIERS, CHANGE PERCEPTIONS, AND FOSTER AN ENVIRONMENT WHERE ALL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES CAN THRIVE AND PARTICIPATE FULLY IN SOCIETY.

THIS PROCLAMATION WAS AUTHORED BY MYSELF AND IT REALLY TOUCHED WITH ME.

ONE OF THE THINGS I, MY SIBLING WHO'S NO LONGER ON THIS EARTH, WAS BORN WITH DOWN SYNDROME.

GROWING UP. MY OLDER SIBLING.

SIBLING? LATONYA. SHE WAS.

I CALL HER MY BIG LITTLE SISTER.

[00:05:02]

DISABILITY. AS A CHILD WITH DOWN SYNDROME, LATONYA WAS THE SMARTEST, STRONGEST PERSON I'VE EVER HAD IN MY LIFE.

SHE WAS MY ROCK THAT ENCOURAGED ME NOT ONLY TO GO OFF TO COLLEGE TO GET A DEGREE IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, BUT ALSO TO PUSH ME TO BE A TOP HUMAN RESOURCE PROFESSIONAL FOR OVER 28 YEARS. SO WHEN IT CAME TO THIS PROCLAMATION, IT TOUCHED HOME WITH ME AND THE REMEMBRANCE OF MY SISTER LATONYA RAE WATERS, GRADUATE OF ROUND ROCK HIGH SCHOOL.

AS SHE LAYS TO REST. WE LAID HER TO REST FIVE YEARS AGO.

BUT SHE WILL ALWAYS BE MY BIG LITTLE SISTER.

THANK YOU. EVERYBODY.

OKAY, HERE WE ARE. THREE.

TWO. ONE. ONE SECOND. SO DONE.

YEAH. ALL RIGHT. THANK YOU.

GREAT. THANK YOU GUYS. THANK YOU.

ALL OF Y'ALL ARE SMILING.

ALL RIGHT. NEXT WE HAVE CITY MANAGER ECOMMENTS CITY MANAGER. WELCOME BACK.

[6. CITY MANAGER COMMENTS]

COUNCIL, CITIZENS OF. I GUESS ARNOLD SCHWARZENEGGER MAY HAVE MADE THE I'LL BE BACK LINE FAMOUS, BUT I AM BACK.

NEEDS TO BE THE NEW FAMOUS ONE.

SO I REALLY APPRECIATE ALL THE WORK FROM STAFF AND MATT WINOOSKI'S PARTICULARLY AND THE OTHERS WHO STEPPED UP AND COVERED WHILE I WAS OUT ON MEDICAL LEAVE.

I'M DOING WELL. STILL HEALING. BUT, YOU KNOW, AS Y'ALL CAN TELL, MY ENERGY IS BACK AND THAT SORT OF STUFF. SO JUST VERY THANKFUL ALL THE WAY AROUND A COUPLE ANNOUNCEMENTS AND THEN WE HAVE A NUMBER OF EVENTS.

THIS QR CODE IS YOUR KEY TO ALL OF THAT.

I DO KNOW THAT THE FORMAT OF MY COMMENTS ARE ARE DIALING BACK TO WHERE WE'RE GOING TO RELY MORE AND MORE ON ON YOU ALL GOING TO FIND THAT INFORMATION THAN ME ANNOUNCING IT ALL.

BUT FIRST WE DO WANT YOUR FEEDBACK ON PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS FOR LINEAR LOOP BETWEEN INNOVATION BOULEVARD AND EDGAR SCHMIDT BOULEVARD.

SO THE QR CODE WILL TAKE YOU TO SOME OF THE PRELIMINARY DESIGNS AND YOU CAN SHARE YOUR THOUGHTS. BUT WE'RE GOING TO CLOSE THOSE COMMENTS ON JULY 31ST.

WE DO HAVE THE THE SATURDAY PUBLIC BUDGET PRESENTATION.

IT'S LISTED AS A COUNCIL WORKSHOP.

THIS IS THE SESSION WHERE I, AS THE CITY MANAGER, PROVIDE AN OVERVIEW OF WHAT I EXPECT MY PROPOSED BUDGET TO INCLUDE TO THE CITY COUNCIL. IT'S THE FIRST TIME THAT THE THAT THE PUBLIC CAN SEE IT.

AND THAT GIVES THE PUBLIC THE OPPORTUNITY TO START TO REACT AND OR REACH OUT TO COUNCIL MEMBERS AND GIVE FEEDBACK, SO ON AND SO FORTH.

I THEN FOLLOWED THAT UP NEXT WITH THE FULL PROPOSED BUDGET FOR THE CITY WHICH I THINK BY STATUTES REQUIRED TO BE DONE BY AUGUST 12TH OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT, BUT IT'S USUALLY THE FOLLOWING WEEK.

SO THE WORKSHOP IS SATURDAY, JULY 26TH, 9 TO 12.

SO WE'LL COVER THAT THE THREE HOURS IN THAT MORNING. AND THEN THE AUGUST 7TH CITY COUNCIL MEETING WILL INCLUDE THE FULL PRESENTATION OF THE PROPOSED BUDGET. THAT'S THE CURRENT SCHEDULE. AND THEN ALL THE FUN ACTIVITIES AND STUFF Y'ALL CAN FIND FOLLOW THE QR CODE FOR AND YOU'LL FIND WAYS TO CONNECT WITH THE LIBRARY AND THE PARKS AND SO ON AND SO FORTH.

SO MAYOR COUNCIL, THAT CONCLUDES MY COMMENTS FOR THIS MEETING.

THANK YOU SIR. PUBLIC COMMENTS.

WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY. IS THAT CORRECT? CORRECT. OKAY. NO PUBLIC COMMENTS.

ALL RIGHT. NEXT WE MOVE ON TO ITEM EIGHT ONE CONSIDERATION POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING

[8.1. Consideration and possible action regarding possible appointments, re-appointments and/or removals to City Boards, Commissions, Task Forces, Economic Development Corporations, Local Government Corporations and Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone Boards, and Area Government appointments. (Part 1 of 2)]

YES, MAYOR. WE'VE WE'VE BEEN LIKE I SAY, QUICKLY, BUT WE'VE BEEN GOING THROUGH AND TRYING TO GET INTERVIEWS.

I'VE REACHED OUT TO EVERYBODY WHO HAS APPLIED AND WE HAVE DONE SOME INTERVIEWS THIS WEEK.

SO IF YOU ARE WATCHING OR HERE AND I'VE REACHED OUT TO YOU AND YOU HAVEN'T REPLIED OR MAYBE HOPEFULLY I'VE GOT TO EVERYBODY, I THINK SO THAT THAT HAS RESPONDED.

BUT PLEASE CONTINUE TO PUT YOUR NAME IN THE HAT.

WE WOULD LOVE TO SEE LOVE TO SEE YOU.

WE'D LOVE TO TALK TO YOU.

AND SO WE DID HAVE SOME INTERVIEWS.

[00:10:03]

YES. THANK YOU. EVAN. YES, WE HAVE BEEN MEETING AND BEEN BUSY, SO I APPRECIATE THE SUBCOMMITTEE.

COUNCILMAN. THOMPSON, COUNCIL PORTOFINO AND MYSELF.

WE'VE GOT SOME EXCELLENT CANDIDATES IN THERE.

I'D LIKE TO JUST GO OVER JUST THE PLANNING.

ZONING KIND OF UPDATES.

WE HAVE BASICALLY WE HAVE TWO VACANCIES.

AND WE ALSO HAVE A PERSON THAT'S GOING OFF.

THAT'S HIS TERM HAS EXPIRED.

EXCUSE ME? ONE VACANCY AND A TERM THAT'S EXPIRED.

AND WE. I THINK WE INTERVIEWED FOUR CANDIDATES HERE RECENTLY.

I THINK TWO PEOPLE I THINK WOULD MAKE AN EXCELLENT CHOICE ON ON PLANNING AND ZONING AND AND A COUPLE OF THESE THAT MAYBE COULD DO A LITTLE EXTRA EFFORT BY GOING ON.

ZBA. BUT WE HAVEN'T APPROACHED THOSE IN, SO I'D JUST LIKE TO MAKE A MOTION TONIGHT FOR PLANNING AND ZONING. AND WE DO HAVE THE ONE VACANCY AND THEN THE ONE RE-UP.

SO TONY WIRTZ IS IS IS EXPIRED TERM.

SO I'M MAKING A MOTION TO RE-UP TONY WIRTZ.

AND TO TO APPOINT COREY HALL C O R Y H A L L FOR PLANNING AND ZONING.

ALL RIGHT. DO WE HAVE A SECOND, SECOND, SECOND BY COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON? ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? I JUST WANT TO ADD THAT WITH WITH COREY AND FOR SURE THE OTHER SUBCOMMITTEE MEMBERS HE COMES WITH A STRONG BACKGROUND AND DEVELOPMENT.

HE'S BEEN ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE, OF THE DAIS ON MANY OCCASIONS.

HE IS A HIS HIS BUSINESS EXPERIENCE FOR ABOUT A DECADE, I THINK 14 YEARS, HE SAID, IS CREATING HE HE COVERS 1400 STORES.

EXCUSE ME, 400 STORES SOUTH OF DALLAS FOR U-HAUL OR THE ARMORY? CODE COMPANY. SO HE'S BEEN DOING DEVELOPMENT AND UNDERSTANDS IT FROM THE DEVELOPMENT SIDE.

AND SO HE BRINGS A LOT TO THE TABLE.

HE HAD A LOT OF A LOT OF INTERESTING THINGS TO SAY. I THINK HE'S A STRONG SPEAKER.

I THINK HE SPEAKS WELL AND HE'S HE'S AT AN AGE AND MATURITY THAT I THINK HE WOULD BE AN EXCELLENT MEMBER ON THE PNC.

AND I THINK HE WORKED VERY WELL WITH THE PERSONALITIES THAT ARE THERE. THAT'S IT.

ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? SO I THINK THAT WOULD STILL LEAVE ONE OPENING ON PNC.

I THINK WE HAD TWO OPENINGS AND THEN THE THE MEMBER WHO WISHED TO BE REAPPOINTED.

WELL, THAT'S WHAT I WAS THINKING, BUT I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE WE'RE.

YEAH, THAT'S WHAT I WAS THINKING.

BUT NO, WE AT THAT TIME, WHAT WE WERE LOOKING AT NORMAN DELAY HAD BEEN APPOINTED BUT HADN'T BEEN UPDATED IN OUR.

BUT HE. WERE YOU ON PNC? YES. SO HE REPLACED YOU, RIGHT? SO THEN WE HAD BRIAN LEE, WHO HAD VACATED, EXCUSE ME, AND SUSANNA BURRIS AS WELL.

I JUST WANT TO I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE. SO THANK YOU FOR DOING THAT. I DIDN'T READ THE THING SO I. RESCIND THAT THAT THAT THAT MOTION.

MY MOTION IS TO PLACE A BRANDON DE LEON AND COREY HALL FOR THE TWO VACANCIES AND TO ACCEPT THE THE ANTHONY WIRTZ HAS AGREED TO RE-UP THE HIS UNEXPIRED TERM TO BE BACK ACTIVE. SORRY. THANK YOU.

YEAH. ARE YOU OKAY? STILL SECOND AT COUNCILOR THOMPSON? YEAH, I'LL SECOND THAT. OKAY, SO WE'RE ADDING BRANDON DAILY ON COREY HALL TO THE PNC AND REAPPOINTING TONY WIRTZ.

YES, SIR. OKAY. ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? SO I JUST HAD A QUESTION.

SO FOR THE PROTOCOLS, THE REST OF THE COUNCIL IS SUPPOSED TO GET THE LIST OF WHO YOU'RE GOING TO BE NOMINATING AHEAD OF THE MEETING. IS THERE A REASON WHY THAT WASN'T DONE? I DIDN'T KNOW WHO WE WERE NOMINATING BEFORE TODAY.

CORRECT. WAIT, WHAT? AREN'T YOU ON THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE? CORRECT. AND YOU DIDN'T WAIT.

WHY DIDN'T YOU KNOW, I GUESS.

BECAUSE HERE'S THE WAY I LOOK AT IT. WE'RE A BOARD OF SEVEN.

SO THE THE JOB OF THE SUBCOMMITTEE IS TO MAKE THE RECOMMENDATION.

THERE WAS AN APPLICANT THAT THAT THE BOARD AND THE THE BOARD CHAIR.

THE PNC CHAIR AGREED THAT I SHOULD NOT BE INVOLVED.

AND SO THEREFORE I STAYED OUT OF THE DISCUSSION, THE INTERVIEW, ANYTHING.

SO I RECUSE YOURSELF FROM THE ENTIRE FROM THAT WHOLE PROCESS.

[00:15:02]

BECAUSE YOU RECUSED YOURSELF. CORRECT. I TOTALLY UNDERSTAND.

OKAY. SO, I MEAN, WERE YOU NOT AWARE THAT THAT WAS A REQUIREMENT? I MEAN, I JUST I'M JUST WANTING TO MAKE SURE WE'RE GOING FORWARD. I DID SEND OUT.

IT WAS LATE. LAURA JUST SENT HIM OUT.

I ASKED LAURA TO SEND ALL THE APPLICATIONS SO THAT WE ALL KNEW WHO WE HAD INTERVIEWED.

YEAH. WELL, SO. SO THE PROTOCOLS STATE THAT ONCE YOU'VE DECIDED WHO YOU'RE GOING TO NOMINATE, THAT THOSE NOMINEES ALL GET SENT TO THE ENTIRE COUNCIL AHEAD OF THE COUNCIL MEETING SO THAT WE'RE ALL THE NOMINEES WERE SENT TO THE COUNCIL. I DIDN'T RECEIVE IT.

IT LITERALLY JUST WENT THROUGH.

SO WE GOT OH, LIKE, YEAH, LIKE JUST A COUPLE OF MINUTES AGO.

YEAH. LIKE, RIGHT AS THE MEETING STARTED. OKAY. YEAH. WELL, I GUESS MY EXPECTATION IS A LITTLE LATE. I HAVE MORE TIME THAN MAYBE 30S.

I GUESS I'M JUST. THAT'S WHAT WE DO.

ALL HAVE ACCESS TO THE SAME, THOUGH, RIGHT? BUT. SO THE WHOLE PURPOSE IS THAT YOU GIVE US THE LIST OF WHO YOU'RE GOING TO BE NOMINATING, NOT WHO THE NOMINEES ARE LIKE YOU HAVE MET.

BUT WOULDN'T YOU WANT TO KNOW WHO EVERYBODY WE INTERVIEWED, JUST IN CASE. I MEAN, WHAT IF THERE'S SOME WHAT IF THERE WAS SOMEONE THAT THAT YOU KNOW, MAYBE YOU KNEW YOU KNOW, WHO THEY WERE AND WOULD BE INTERESTED IN THE NOMINATION AND WONDER WHY WE DIDN'T NOMINATE THEM.

WELL, WOULDN'T YOU WANT TO HAVE ALL THE ALL THE APPLICANTS? YES. WELL, AND WE DO GET THAT THROUGH NOAA.GOV BECAUSE ALL OF US SHOULD BE RECEIVING THAT. SO YEAH, I DO HAVE ACCESS AND I DO LOOK AND I READ THE APPLICATIONS FOR EVERYBODY.

BUT IN THE PROTOCOLS IT SPECIFICALLY SAYS THAT THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE, ONCE YOU'VE DECIDED WHO YOU'RE GOING TO NOMINATE, THAT YOU SEND THAT LIST TO THE CITY SECRETARY AND THAT SHE CAN FORWARD TO THE ENTIRE COUNCIL SO THAT WE'RE AWARE BEFORE THE MEETING WHO YOU'RE ACTUALLY GOING TO BE NOMINATING. I GUESS I JUST MAYBE YOU DIDN'T.

I APOLOGIZE FOR MY NAIVETY AND NEWNESS HERE.

BUT MY GUT FROM THE MEETING IS WE DID NOT CHOOSE NOMINEES.

WE WE WE SEPARATED P AND Z BECAUSE OF ONE INDIVIDUAL THAT RECUSED THEMSELVES.

AND THE OTHER ONE WAS, IS THAT WHO'S GOING TO MAKE A MOTION? ANYONE CAN MAKE A MOTION TO CHOOSE ANYONE.

AND AND I THAT'S NOT HOW THE PROTOCOLS SAY IT WORKS.

YEAH. WOULD IT BE HELPFUL IF MAYBE WE MAYBE I, I MET WITH WITH EVAN YOU KNOW, WHEN THIS ALL STARTED TO KIND OF LIKE, DOWNLOAD AND TO KIND OF WALK THROUGH THE PROTOCOLS AND HOW THAT IT WORKS. I DON'T WANT TO BOG THE DISCUSSION DOWN NOW. I THINK WE CAN GO THROUGH IT NOW, BUT IT'S JUST WE'RE NOT KIND OF FOLLOWING THE PROTOCOL OF HOW IT'S SUPPOSED TO WORK.

AND MAYBE WE WANT TO CHANGE THE PROTOCOL AND MAYBE, MAYBE THAT'S NOT HOW WE WANT IT TO WORK. BUT THAT'S WE HAVE THREE VACANCIES ON PLANNING AND ZONING. WE BARELY MADE QUORUM THE LAST MEETING.

SO I THINK THE PLANNING AND ZONING BOARD IS KIND OF AN URGENT MATTER.

I'M NOT SAYING TO STOP IT.

I'M NOT SAYING I'M NOT SAYING TO STOP THIS.

I'M TOTALLY FINE. I'M JUST SAYING GOING FORWARD.

YES, SIR. IT'S HELPFUL WHEN THE ENTIRE COUNCIL GETS THE LIST AHEAD OF TIME SO THAT WE'RE KIND OF. WE'RE GIVING A HEADS UP. WE'RE AWARE.

OKAY. AND THEN THE OTHER QUESTION I HAD WAS, WAS THIS A UNANIMOUS DECISION FROM, WELL, I GUESS EXCLUDING YOU, WAS THAT A UNANIMOUS DECISION FROM THE OTHER THREE MEMBERS OF THE OF THE THE INTERVIEW BOARD? WAS THE WAS IT A UNANIMOUS DECISION FROM ALL THREE OF THE REST OF YOU TO PUT FORTH THESE THREE NAMES? NO, BECAUSE ONE PERSON RECUSED THEMSELVES.

RIGHT. BUT FROM THE OTHER THREE.

OTHER TWO. SO THE CHAIR, CHAIRS, THE CHAIRS, THE CHAIRS. A MEMBER OF THE INTERVIEW BOARD DID THE CHAIR NOT INTERVIEW THIS PERSON? RICK HUDSON, THE CHAIR OF THE OF THE PNC BOARD? YES. YES. OKAY. SO I GUESS YEAH.

MY QUESTION WAS, IS THIS A UNANIMOUS A UNANIMOUS NOMINATION? LIKE, DID ALL THREE OF YOU DISCUSS IT AND AGREE THAT THESE ARE THE THREE NAMES? WE DISCUSSED IT. WE DID NOT COME TO AN AGREEMENT ON WHO WE WERE, BUT WE DID DISCUSS THE ONES THAT WE WANTED TO NOMINATE INDIVIDUALLY.

OKAY. BUT LIKE THIS LIST OF THREE ISN'T ISN'T ISN'T THE LIST THAT YOU AGREE TO? NO, I DON'T THINK WE AGREED TO ANYTHING. I THINK WE SAID THIS IS WHO WE WOULD NOMINATE.

I SAID WHO I WOULD NOMINATE.

IT WAS DIFFERENT FROM COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS.

OKAY. AND THEN COUNCIL MEMBER PORTERFIELD EXCLUDED HIMSELF.

AND THEN I'M GUESSING THE LIST. AM I UNDERSTANDING THAT CORRECTLY? YES, SIR. YEAH.

I THINK WE HAD A GOOD CIVIL CONVERSATION ABOUT WE HAD A GOOD CONVERSATION. I JUST DON'T THINK WE WERE ALL LIKE, YEAH, YEAH.

OKAY. JUST FOR THE RECORD, THE COUNCIL PROTOCOLS DOES NOT SAY NAMES HAVE TO COME FROM THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE. ALL IT SAYS IS A NOMINATING COMMITTEE SHALL NOTIFY THE SECRETARY OF THE NAMES FOR NOMINEES AHEAD OF THE MEETING, WHERE THEY WILL BE PRESENTED FOR A VOTE. BUT NOWHERE DOES IT SAY HERE THAT SOMEONE NOT ON A COMMITTEE CAN PUT FORTH A NAME.

OR THAT, I MEAN, THE WHOLE PROCESS IS SUPPOSED TO BE.

I THOUGHT YOU'RE GOING THROUGH TRYING TO WHITTLE IT DOWN, BUT IT DOESN'T MEAN JUST BECAUSE NOMINATING COMMITTEE DOESN'T AGREE ON SOMEBODY, OR THAT SOMEONE ELSE CAN'T BRING A PERSON UP.

OTHERWISE, YOU REALLY DON'T HAVE SEVEN PEOPLE.

YOU JUST HAVE THREE PEOPLE MAKING DECISIONS AND SEVEN PEOPLE EITHER AGREE OR DISAGREE.

[00:20:01]

IT HADN'T BEEN A WHOLE LOT OF COMMENT ON THE MESSAGE BOARD ABOUT IT. AND SO I KNOW WE'RE GOING TO FLUSH THIS OUT NEXT MEETING PROBABLY ONE WAY OR ANOTHER. BUT OKAY.

BUT BUT YOU CONFIRMED IT DOES SAY IN THERE THAT THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE IS TO DECIDE WHO THEY'RE GOING TO NOMINATE. THEY SEND THAT LIST TO THE CITY SECRETARY, WHO THEN SENDS IT TO THE CITY COUNCIL. IT SAYS THAT IN THERE.

NO. IT SAYS, COULD YOU READ THAT AGAIN, PLEASE? COMMITTEE SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY SECRETARIES OF THE NAMES FOR NOMINEES AHEAD OF THE MEETING, WHERE THEY WILL BE PRESENTED FOR A VOTE OF THE ENTIRE COUNCIL.

NOR DOES IT SAY WHO DECIDES HOW THEY DECIDE.

DOES IT HAVE TO BE A UNANIMOUS VOTE? IT JUST SAYS THEY'RE BRINGING NAMES FORWARD. OKAY, IT DOES SAY THE APPLICATIONS SHOULD BE IN A DROPBOX, SO WE NEED TO GET BACK ON THAT FOR EVERYONE TO.

AND THAT'S EXACTLY WHAT I'M ASKING FOR, RIGHT? I'M ASKING FOR THE PROTOCOL TO BE FOLLOWED, THAT THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE HAS THE NAMES THAT THEY'RE GOING TO PRESENT IN CITY COUNCIL MEETING, THAT THEY PROVIDE THOSE THOSE SPECIFIC NAMES, NOT EVERY PERSON WHO WAS INTERVIEWED, BUT THE NOMINEES, THOSE NOMINEES ARE PRESENTED TO ARE EMAILED TO THE CITY SECRETARY, WHO THEN EMAILS THOSE TO THE CITY COUNCIL.

THE FULL CITY COUNCIL, THAT'S THE PROCESS. AND IF WE WANT TO CHANGE THE PROCESS, I DON'T HAVE A PROBLEM WITH THAT. IF WE WANT TO DISCUSS IT ON HERE, WE ONLY SPEND 20 MINUTES ON THIS PROCESS WHEN THERE'S SOMEONE WE DON'T WANT.

SO WHO DO WE NOT WANT? DO WE NOT WANT TONY WIRTZ? DO WE NOT WANT COREY HALL OR WE NOT WANT BRANDON DAILEY ON? BECAUSE THIS IS TYPICALLY A MOTION.

SECOND VOTE MOTION SECOND VOTE.

ANY TIME IT BOGS DOWN, SOMEBODY DOESN'T LIKE SOMEBODY.

SO LET'S NOT BE US AROUND.

WHO DO WE NOT WANT ON THIS BOARD? WHY IS THIS AN ISSUE TODAY? SO WE'VE NEVER WE'VE NEVER HAD APPLICATIONS SENT TO US AHEAD OF TIME.

WE'VE NEVER HAD THE THING SENT EVERY MEETING.

WE NEVER HAD THE COMMUNICATION TONIGHT.

IT'S A BIG DEAL. WHO DO YOU NOT WANT ON HERE? OKAY, SO MAYOR RESPECTFULLY, DON'T PUT WORDS IN MY MOUTH AND DON'T MAKE ASSUMPTIONS ABOUT WHAT I'M SAYING AND WHAT I'M DOING. COULD YOU PLEASE RESPECT ME WITH THAT? YES OR NO? YES. THANK YOU.

SECOND OF ALL, TO SAY THAT THE NAMES HAVE NEVER BEEN EMAILED BEFORE IS A FALSE STATEMENT AND INCORRECT.

WHEN I WAS ON THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE THE ENTIRE YEAR LAST YEAR, WE DID THAT. WE SENT THE NAMES TO THE TO THE CITY SECRETARY, WHO THEN SENT THEM TO THE CITY COUNCIL.

IT MAY NOT HAVE HAPPENED EVERY TIME, BUT IT HAPPENED A MAJORITY OF THE TIME.

SO TO SAY THAT IT DOESN'T HAPPEN AND THAT THIS IS THE FIRST TIME THAT IT'S AN ISSUE IS INCORRECT. SO THAT'S UNTRUE.

I AM JUST ASKING BECAUSE I WANT TO KNOW WHETHER THIS WAS A UNANIMOUS VOTE BY THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE OR NOT, BECAUSE THAT HELPS ME UNDERSTAND WHETHER WHETHER ALL THREE COUNCIL MEMBERS PLUS THE CHAIR ARE IN AGREEMENT WITH THIS OR WHETHER IT WAS A DIVIDED DECISION.

IT HELPS ME WITH THAT.

JUST LIKE I ASKED WHEN THERE'S A PRESENTATION TO US BY THE DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DIRECTOR THAT HAS GONE TO THE PNC, ONE OF THE QUESTIONS THAT I ASKED AND THAT I LOOK FOR IN THE IN THE PACKET IS, WAS THIS A UNANIMOUS DECISION BY PNC? IF IT WAS A43 VOTE, THAT MAKES ME KIND OF LIKE RECONSIDER WHAT I'M GOING TO LOOK AT.

IF IT UNLESS IT WAS A70 VOTE ON PNC, IT MAKES A DIFFERENCE TO ME TO KNOW WHETHER IT WAS DIVIDED OR NOT. SO THIS IS NOT ABOUT A SPECIFIC PERSON.

THIS IS ABOUT PROCESS AND FOLLOWING THE ESTABLISHED PROCESS.

I APPRECIATE THAT I'M JUST FOR ME.

I DON'T REMEMBER US EVER ASKING FOR HOW VOTES TURNED OUT.

SO I DON'T MIND IF WE DO THAT.

I JUST WILL YOU SAY PROCESS.

I LIKE CONSISTENCY, SO AS LONG AS IT'S CONSISTENT QUESTIONS, CONSISTENT PROCESSES, CONSISTENT, ALL THAT, THAT'S THAT'S FAIR TO ME. IF IT'S CERTAIN TIMES WE DO CERTAIN THINGS, I THINK THAT'S WHY WE'RE LOOKING AT REVIEWING THIS WHOLE SYSTEM. BUT I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE WE'RE NOT MAKING A BAD DECISION HERE. AND I'D LIKE TO ADD IN THE DISCUSSIONS IN ANY OF THE SUBCOMMITTEE CAN CAN CORRECT ME OR ADD TO IT IS THAT WE THERE WERE INDIVIDUALS THAT WE SOME AGREED UPON AND SOME DID NOT.

AND THAT INCLUDED THE PLANNING AND ZONING CHAIR, WHO WAS WHO WAS IN ATTENDANCE TO THE FOR THE INTERVIEWS.

AND THE DISCUSSION WAS THAT DIFFERENT COUNCIL MEMBERS FROM THE SUBCOMMITTEE WOULD HAVE DIFFERENT MOTIONS AT THE SAME TIME, WELL, SUBSEQUENTLY FOR THEIR PERSON OF CHOICE FOR PLANNING AND ZONING.

I DON'T KNOW IF THAT'S STANDARD OR NOT.

I APOLOGIZE, I'VE BEEN HERE SIX WEEKS.

NO EXCUSE, NO EXCUSE. I'VE BEEN ON MANY PLANNING AND ZONING BOARDS, SO I COME AT IT FROM FROM THE OTHER SIDE.

SO I HOPE I CAN GIVE SOME VALUE TO THAT.

BUT THERE WAS DISCUSSION ON HAVING MULTIPLE MOTIONS ON THE SAME BOARD AND COMMISSION, SO THAT'S A VIOLATION OF PROTOCOL.

I WAS NOT INFORMED OF IT OR INSTRUCTED AND I APOLOGIZE.

NO, THAT'S VERY HELPFUL. THAT'S NEVER HOW IT'S BEEN RUN BEFORE. OKAY. AND MAYBE COUNCIL. MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON CAN KIND OF, YOU KNOW, HELP ME EXPLAIN THIS, BUT THE ENTIRE TIME THAT WE'VE DONE IT, THE TWO YEARS THAT WE HAVE DONE IT LAST YEAR, AND THEN THE YEAR, YOU KNOW, TWO YEARS BEFORE THAT AS A NOMINATING COMMITTEE, WE ALWAYS DROVE TO A UNANIMOUS DECISION FROM ALL OF US AND THAT THOSE WERE

[00:25:04]

YEAH. SO THAT'S THE WAY THAT IT TURNED OUT.

BUT THERE'S NO GUARANTEE THAT IT WAS ALWAYS GOING TO TURN OUT THAT WAY. RIGHT. THERE'S ALWAYS THE POSSIBILITY OF THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE NOT BEING SURE. I GUESS THIS IS DIFFERENT. THIS IS DIFFERENT THAN WHAT WE'VE EVER DONE. SO I'M JUST ASKING FOR CLARITY.

I'M NOT. RIGHT. THAT'S APPRECIATE YOUR RESPONSES AND YOUR INPUT.

ALL RIGHT. THANK YOU. WE DIDN'T ARGUE ON THE FIRST ITEM ON THE AGENDA.

I'M NOT ARGUING. I'M JUST I'M ASKING FOR CLARITY.

THAT'S ALL I'M DOING. PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. 3 A.M..

LAURA, CAN YOU REPEAT THE MOTION, PLEASE? REAPPOINTING TONY WIRTZ, APPOINTING COREY HALL AND APPOINTING BRANDON DE LEON. MOTION BY COUNCILMEMBER MORSE, SECOND BY COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON TO THE PNC.

THANK YOU. BRIAN, I THINK A SECOND.

YES, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON.

AYE. COUNCILMEMBER KING.

AYE. COUNCIL MEMBER. MAURICE.

AYE. COUNCIL MEMBER. GORDON.

AYE. COUNCILMEMBER. THOMPSON.

A COUNCIL MEMBER. PORTERFIELD A MAYOR.

SNYDER A HOLD AT SEVEN ZERO.

ALL RIGHT. ANY ANY OTHER ITEMS ON THE THAT HELP ME GET TO A70, BY THE WAY, ON THE BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS.

NEXT. WELL, I'LL, I DON'T KNOW IF SOMEBODY WAS GOING TO GO NEXT OR MAKE ANOTHER MOTION.

SO I JUST WANT TO SAY THAT WE, WE WE DID HAVE A DISCUSSION.

WE HAD REALLY I THINK WE HAD VERY HEALTHY DISCUSSIONS AND TALKING WITH MR. MORRIS OVER HERE. SO WE HAVE DECIDED THAT WE ARE GOING OR I'M GOING TO WHATEVER THE WHATEVER THE PROTOCOL IS HERE TO NOMINATE JIM MORRIS TO BE CHAIR OF THE SUBCOMMITTEE.

WE FEEL LIKE IT WILL HELP WITH CONSISTENCY FOR GETTING NOTIFICATIONS ON TIME, NOT LAST MINUTE AND THOSE SORTS OF THINGS.

SO AND JIM HAS AGREED.

AND I BELIEVE COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON IS, IS AMICABLE TO THE TO THE CHANGE.

DO WE HAVE TO MAKE A MOTION FOR THAT, OR IS THAT JUST A WE AGREE? OR MAYBE WE DON'T AGREE? I NEVER HAVE. THERE'S NO PROTOCOL.

SO I WOULD SAY THERE'S NO OBJECTION. IS THERE AN OBJECTION? ALL RIGHT. COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS IS NOW THE CHAIR.

ANYTHING ELSE ON THIS ONE? DID ANYONE DISCUSS THE DIB POSITIONS? JUST KIND OF GIVE AN UPDATE. WELL, I MEAN, I CAN GIVE AN UPDATE, I SUPPOSE. DIB. SO WE HAVE TWO OPENINGS ON DIB.

WE INTERVIEWED TWO. WE DO HAVE ANOTHER INTERVIEW.

I THOUGHT BOTH INTERVIEWS WENT WELL.

BUT TALKING WITH THE CHAIR, YOU KNOW, WE DID NOT TO SAY THIS IS WHAT WILL HAPPEN, BUT YOU KNOW, WE DID DECIDE THAT WE WOULD LIKE TO MAKE SURE WE GET EVERYBODY INTERVIEWED BEFORE WE MAKE ANY NOMINATIONS.

AT THIS TIME, JUST SO WE'RE YOU KNOW, I GUESS MAKING SURE WE TALK TO EVERYBODY FIRST. SO THAT BEING SAID, IF YOU'RE INTERESTED IN SERVING ON DIB, IB, YOU MAY STILL HAVE TIME TO PUT YOUR NAME IN THE HAT.

SO THAT'S KIND OF REALLY THE UPDATE IS WE'VE DONE INTERVIEWS.

WE WE STILL HAVE TWO OPENINGS. WE HAVE ANOTHER INTERVIEW TO DO AT LEAST ONE MORE INTERVIEW TO DO RIGHT NOW.

SO THERE'S TWO OPENINGS.

WE HAVE TWO CANDIDATES INTERVIEWED AND A THIRD AGO A THIRD TO GO.

ALL RIGHT. SO WHERE'S THE MOTION TO PUT THE FIRST ONE ON THERE.

BECAUSE YOU'VE GOT ONE MORE.

SO EVEN IF YOU YOU GOT TWO OPENINGS THREE PEOPLE APPLYING.

SOMEONE'S NOT MAKING IT.

SOMEONE RIGHT NOW CAN SOMEONE RIGHT NOW CAN MAKE IT.

BECAUSE IF YOU INTERVIEW SOMEONE NEXT WEEK, YOU STILL HAVE SOMEONE YOU'VE ALREADY INTERVIEWED THAT'S MAKING IT SO RIGHT. AND WE'D JUST LIKE TO FINISH UP THE INTERVIEWS BEFORE WE MAKE THE MOTION.

I AGREE WITH WITH BRIAN, WE AS A GROUP DECIDED THAT IT BE BEST.

NOW WE'RE THREE OF SEVEN AND I GUESS ANYONE ELSE CAN MAKE A MOTION FOR THESE INDIVIDUALS.

BUT WE THOUGHT IT WOULD BE BEST.

AND TWO REASONS. ONE IS THE CANDIDATE THAT'S LEFT TO INTERVIEW IS RE-INTERVIEWING WAS, I BELIEVE, VIRTUALLY ACCEPTED IN APRIL.

I IF THAT'S CORRECT. THE BASED ON WHAT WE WERE TOLD IN THE EMAIL, THE PERSON WAS INTERVIEWED.

BUT AT THE TIME THERE WAS NOT AN OPENING ON THE, ON THE COMMISSION. AND SO THEY WERE INTERVIEWED TO, I GUESS, GET INTEREST OR WHATEVER. AND SO THEY WOULD LIKE TO BE REINTERVIEWED OR BE RECONSIDERED. THE CHAIR WAS COMFORTABLE WITH IT, BUT I HAVE NOT INTERVIEWED, AND I DON'T KNOW IF BRIAN HAD OR.

WAIT, WAIT, HOW DOES THAT WORK? BECAUSE WE MADE IT VERY CLEAR A COUPLE OF MEETINGS AGO.

NO ONE CAN GET AN INTERVIEW UNLESS THERE'S AN OPENING. SO SOMEONE GOT INTERVIEWED WITHOUT AN OPENING? NO, I THINK THIS IS IT.

IF I'M RIGHT, THIS IS SOMEBODY WHO INTERVIEWED LAST YEAR WHEN WE HAD OPENINGS.

OKAY. I DON'T KNOW WHEN.

AND I THINK THAT WE HAD MORE APPLICANTS THAN OPENINGS.

AND THIS PERSON WAS SOMEONE WHO I THINK EVERYBODY THOUGHT WAS GOOD.

AND WE WE FIGURED OUT WHO WE WERE GOING TO PICK AND THEY JUST DIDN'T GET PICKED THAT TIME. SO IF IT'S THE PERSON I THINK IT IS THAT SOUNDS I CAN I CAN REMEMBER THAT I DON'T WANT TO BLAST THEIR NAME OUT THERE. I MEAN, I CAN TELL YOU WHO IT IS LATER, BUT. SO SINCE

[00:30:01]

WHAT CAUSED THAT BEING ON THE DB.

WERE ANY OF THEM UNANIMOUS OR IT THAT WAY.

EITHER OF THEM. WELL YES I DON'T COUNT I DON'T COUNT FOR PNC.

NO. NO DB. OH FOR DB. WERE ANY OF THEM UNANIMOUS? UNANIMOUS. YEAH. WELL, TO BE TRANSPARENT, I SUPPOSE.

YES. WHEN WE SET UP THE INTERVIEWS YOU KNOW, IT WAS, IT WAS SOMEWHAT LAST MINUTE, WHICH WAS ON ME. SO WE'RE TRYING TO GET EVERYBODY IN AND GET IT DONE.

UNFORTUNATELY MR. THOMPSON HAD A PREVIOUS ENGAGEMENT SO HE COULD NOT JOIN THE INTERVIEWS. LAST NIGHT, WE DID HAVE A MEETING TODAY.

WE GAVE HIM GEMINI GAVE HIM YOU KNOW, OUR OUR BOTH OF OUR INTERPRETATIONS OF THE INTERVIEW, HOW IT WENT, BOTH INTERVIEWS, HOW IT WENT.

THE ONES HE MISSED ANYWAY. AND IT WAS ONLY TWO.

AND SO YOU KNOW, HE ASKED QUESTIONS AND WAS VERY ENGAGED AND AND EVERYTHING.

SO I DON'T FEEL LIKE HE YOU KNOW, JIM AND I DIDN'T NECESSARILY AGREE ON EVERYTHING, SO HE HEARD BOTH SIDES, AND I FELT LIKE HE WAS ABLE TO MAKE A AN EDUCATED DECISION ON THE MATTER.

BUT SO, SO NO, I MEAN, WE DIDN'T WE DON'T ALL AGREE ON EVERYTHING.

ANYWAY LIKE I SAID, I PERSONALLY THOUGHT BOTH BOTH APPLICANTS WERE WERE GOOD.

I THINK THEY WERE BOTH VERY SIMILAR.

YOU KNOW. OR IN MY CASE, I THOUGHT ONE APPLICANT WAS, WAS WAS AN A PLUS TYPE CANDIDATE.

AND I THOUGHT ANOTHER CANDIDATE WAS MAYBE NEEDED A LITTLE MORE TIME IN THE CITY.

ALL RIGHT. WELL, I'D SAY MORE DISCUSSION THEN ON AUGUST 7TH.

SEVENTH. I WANT TO HEAR ABOUT THE DERBY, ESPECIALLY WHEN WE JUST HEARD ABOUT THE PRIORITIES ONE AND TWO OF IT BEING DIVERSE AND ENSURING FULL PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT AND ALL THAT. SO I THINK IT'S VERY IMPORTANT AS WE GO INTO THE NEXT PHASE OF THE DEIB THAT A LOT OF STUFF GOES INTO THAT, BUT.

OKAY. ANYTHING ELSE FOR THIS ITEM? YEAH. SORRY, MAYOR, I GOT ONE MORE.

IT'LL BE QUICK. DID DID THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE SEE MY COMMENT ON THE MESSAGE BOARD ABOUT NOMINATIONS I LISTED OUT? TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, ALL OF THE PEOPLE WHOSE TERMS EXPIRED IN JUNE AND WHO ARE ELIGIBLE FOR REAPPOINTMENT IF THEY'RE INTERESTED.

SO I DON'T KNOW IF THAT'S HELPFUL FOR YOU, BUT I KIND OF PROVIDED THAT LIST SO THAT YOU CAN KIND OF HAVE A STARTING POINT. YEAH. IS THAT THE SAME? IS DID YOU GIVE THAT TO LAURA ALSO? I THINK SHE HAD SENT ME SOMETHING AS WELL.

SO MAYBE IT'S JUST IF IT'S REDUNDANT THEN THAT'S FINE.

IT MIGHT BE REDUNDANT. I HAVEN'T I HAVEN'T SEEN THAT MESSAGE.

BUT I'LL MAKE SURE AND GO LOOK, IF IT'S HELPFUL.

IT'S THERE. SURE. YEAH. NO, NO, I THINK IT'LL BE HELPFUL GOING FORWARD BECAUSE SO WHAT JIM AND I ARE GOING TO WORK ON IS KIND OF AN INFORMATION DOWNLOAD THINGS THAT I'VE LEARNED WORKING ON THIS SUBCOMMITTEE AND YOU KNOW, GOING THROUGH AND HOW WE CAN IMPROVE AND BE MORE EFFICIENT AND, AND THINGS OF THAT NATURE.

SO, YEAH, WE'LL, WE'LL TALK ABOUT THAT. THAT'LL BE VERY HELPFUL AND MAKE SURE WE, YOU KNOW, WE ADDRESS EVERYBODY'S CONCERNS AND MAKE SURE THAT, THAT WE WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT NO BOARD OR COMMISSION IS AT RISK OF NOT MEETING QUORUM.

AND, YOU KNOW, MAKE SURE EVERYBODY THAT WANTS TO SERVE IS, IS AND WILLING TO SERVE CAN.

AND THEN OBVIOUSLY THE OPPORTUNITY FOR THOSE THAT THAT WANT TO AND ARE NOT CURRENTLY APPOINTED. I GUESS THAT'S ALL I HAVE.

MAYOR. ARE WE READY TO GO INTO THE SECOND ITEM OF THE AGENDA ARE LET'S GO.

ITEM A2 CONSIDERATION POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING RECOMMENDATIONS OR UPDATES FROM

[8.2. Consideration and possible action regarding recommendations or updates from City Council sub-committees (i.e. HISD, CIP, EDC).]

WE'VE MET ON THE SUBCOMMITTEE ON THE UDC.

THOSE HAVE BEEN POSTED ON THE FORUM.

I DON'T KNOW IF THERE'S ANY COMMENTS ANYBODY HAS INITIALLY.

THE CIP SUBCOMMITTEE WILL BE COMING UP AND MEETING SOON.

WE HAVE NOT MET AT THE HEAD OF ISD COMMITTEE YET.

IS THERE AN EDC COMMITTEE? I DON'T REMEMBER THAT ONE BEING FORMED. OR IS THAT JUST A TYPO? UDC. PROBABLY. UDC. UDC.

OKAY. BUT I WOULD ADVISE EVERYBODY LOOK AT UDC.

SOME OF THE THINGS TELL ME WHEN I'VE GOT THIS WRONG.

THE GENERAL CONSENSUS SO FAR IS IT LOOKS LIKE THE UDC.

YOU GUYS WERE NOT AT THE MEETING, BUT IT LOOKS LIKE AS IT'S BEING PRESENTED TO US BY THE CONSULTANT IS THAT WE'RE COMBINING.

WE COMBINED A LOT OF ZONING CLASSIFICATIONS, BUT NOW THERE'S A LOT OF COMMERCIAL USES THAT CAN BE DONE, THAT CAN BE HAD IN RESIDENTIAL USES SAYS.

AND KIND OF THE SUBCOMMITTEE'S THOUGHT PROCESS IS THEY REALLY NEED TO BE SEPARATED SO THAT ONE OF THE BIGGEST COMPLAINTS WE HAVE IS I DIDN'T KNOW THERE WAS GOING TO BE A HOTEL BUILT BY MY NEIGHBORHOOD.

WELL, IF IT'S COMMERCIAL, YOU CAN SAY, WELL,

[00:35:01]

NOW ALL OF A SUDDEN, WE'RE NOT REAL SURE HOW YOU DICTATE WHAT CAN AND CAN'T BE IN A RESIDENTIAL ZONING. AND SO THEN WHEN SOMEONE COMES AND PRESENTS TO US, THEY WANT TO ZONE 200 ACRES RESIDENTIAL.

IT COULD END UP BEING A COMMERCIAL PROJECT WE DON'T EVEN KNOW. SO SOME OF THE THINGS WE DID IN CHAPTER TWO WAS TO MODIFY WHAT THE SUBS WERE.

WHAT WAS THE WHAT WAS A COMMERCIAL, WHAT WAS AN INDUSTRIAL AND WHAT WAS A RESIDENTIAL? WHAT WAS ALLOWED BY.

RIGHT. ALSO, WE FLAGGED AS A WHOLE WHAT I THINK I PUT HIM IN.

IT MIGHT BE 6 OR 7 INSTANCES WHERE A CERTAIN ZONING IS ALLOWED WITH CERTAIN CONDITIONS, BUT THE CONDITIONS DON'T EXIST IN THE CODE.

AND SO I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT MEANS IF STAFF HAS TO COME UP WITH IT, BUT ALL THE OTHER ONES HAVE CODE. SO I THINK IT'S MISSING.

AND THEN SOME DEFINITIONS WHERE WE'RE NOT REALLY THERE.

AND THE LAST ONE WAS WHERE WE WERE RECOMMENDING THE ZONING TABLE IS IN THE SAME ORDER, SAY ALPHABETICALLY AS THE ZONING DEFINITIONS AND CATEGORIES, BECAUSE RIGHT NOW THEY'RE THEY'RE ALL OVER THE PLACE. AND YOU HAVE THINGS LIKE THE TABLE SAYS A BAR RESTAURANT, BUT MAYBE THE, THE TABLE SAYS BAR RESTAURANT.

AND THE CODE SAYS BAR, TAVERN AND BAR, SOMETHING ELSE.

AND IN BAR SOMETHING ELSE, THOSE AREN'T IN THE TABLE.

SO WE LOOK AT THAT AND GO, WELL, WHAT CAN GO THERE? WE DON'T KNOW. AND IN OUR MINDS, I THINK, YOU GUYS, I'M DONE WITH THIS. YOU GUYS TELL ME WHERE I'M RIGHT OR WRONG. WE WANT TO MAKE SURE WE UNDERSTAND THE CODE BECAUSE IF WE DON'T UNDERSTAND IT, THEN HOW ARE WE ABLE TO VOTE ON THINGS THAT WE DON'T EVEN UNDERSTAND THE CODE? SO WE'RE TRYING TO GET TO WHERE WE CAN ALL UNDERSTAND IT AND KNOW WHAT WE'RE VOTING FOR AND KNOW WHAT THE RESULTS OF THOSE VOTES IS.

THAT SOUND PRETTY FAIR? YEAH, I MIGHT ADD.

I MEAN, KIND OF A GENERAL DISCONNECT IS THERE'S LIKE 4 OR 5 PAGES OF TABLE AND THEN MAYBE A COUPLE OF DOZENS OF PAGES OF TEXTS THAT RELATE TO THE TABLE.

AND THERE'S A HUGE DISCONNECT.

I DON'T KNOW WHAT HAPPENED, BUT IT'LL SAY FOR BAR, IT'LL HAVE, YOU KNOW, NO, NO, NO, AND CONTINGENT OR SPECIAL USE OR WHATEVER. BUT YOU THEN YOU GO INTO THE TEXT AND IT DOESN'T, IT'S NOT IF YOU JUST DID A ONE ON ONE ACCURACY ACCURACY CHECK.

THEY'RE NOT THE SAME. AND IT'S DOZENS AND DOZENS OF INSTANCES IN THE TABLE.

DON'T AGREE. SO I THINK WE NEED TO GIVE BACK TO STAFF TO SAY WHICH ONE IS CORRECT.

AND THEN UPDATE YOU KNOW, IN CASE ONE SAYS THERE'S CONDITIONS IN THE TABLE. BUT AS MAYOR SAID, THERE'S NO THERE'S NOT EVEN A CONDITION PARAGRAPH, LET ALONE WHAT THE CONDITIONS ARE.

SO THERE'S A BIG DISCONNECT IN THAT.

SO I THINK JUST HAVING THAT, JUST WITHOUT EVEN KNOWING ABOUT EACH INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION, WE NEED TO HAVE SOME ALIGNMENT BETWEEN THESE TWO TABLES, WHICH IS THE QUICK LOOKUP AND THEN THE THE IN-DEPTH DISCUSSION OF WHAT THAT TABLE MEANS. AND THEN WE CAN GO IN AND HAVING AN ALPHA OR WHATEVER IT IS, IS HAVING THOSE TWO THE TABLE AND THE TEXTUAL CONTENT IN THE SAME ORDER.

SO WE'RE NOT GOING BACK AND FORTH ALL OVER THE PLACE. IT JUST MAKES IT EASIER TO PROVE THAT'S IT. ANYTHING ELSE FOR THIS ONE? I'LL JUST SAY FOR ISD, WE HAVEN'T MET, BUT WE NOW HAVE MEETING SCHEDULED GOING FORWARD, SO THAT SHOULD BECOME A REGULAR THING AGAIN.

SO. YES, SIR. ALL RIGHT.

EIGHT THREE DISCUSSION. POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING THE APPOINTMENT OF A CHARTER REVIEW

[8.3. Discussion and possible action regarding the appointment of a Charter Review Commission. (City Council)]

SO WHAT IS THE PROTOCOL OR EXPECTATION? DO YOU REMEMBER WHAT IT IS? SO I BELIEVE THIS ONE'S DESIGNATED IN THE CHARTER.

SO IT DOESN'T IT DOESN'T FOLLOW THE PROTOCOL.

IT'S THE CHARTER. AND I BELIEVE THE CHARTER JUST SAYS SEVEN MEMBERS. IT DOESN'T SPECIFICALLY SAY HOW THINK WE HAVE AN ORDINANCE ON THIS.

IS THERE AN ORDINANCE? YEAH.

SO IT'S GOING TO BE A LONG MEETING.

LET'S TABLE THIS TO THE NEXT WEEK AND WE'LL PUT THE.

I'LL. I'LL FIND THE ORDINANCE.

I BELIEVE THERE'S AN ORDINANCE. THE CHARTER SAYS THAT, BUT I BELIEVE IT'S EACH COUNCIL MEMBER IS SUPPOSED TO COME UP WITH A NAME.

THAT'S HOW WE'VE DONE IT. YEAH, YEAH, BUT I DON'T I DON'T THINK IT'S AN ORDINANCE. IT WAS JUST A IT'S A PROCESS WE'VE BEEN DOING.

RIGHT. YEAH. IT'S NOT A, IT'S NOT IF NO ONE HAS SUBMITTED THAT, IF NO ONE HAS ANY OBJECTION TO THAT PROCESS.

AND LET'S JUST COME BACK ON AUGUST 7TH.

EVERYBODY HAS A NAME. IS THERE ANY OBJECTIONS TO THAT? I'M JUST CONCERNED WITH FORMING IT SO SOON.

THE CURRENT CHARTER STATES THAT THE CHARTER COMMITTEE CAN LAST NO LONGER THAN SIX MONTHS.

AND THE SOONEST WE CAN CHANGE THE CHARTER IS NOVEMBER OF 2026.

SO I HAD SOME RESERVATIONS BEFORE ABOUT I MEAN, I THINK THERE WAS A DISCUSSION OF HAVING A CHARTER COMMISSION, LIKE, SERVE FOR SIX MONTHS AND THEN EXPIRE AND THEN LIKE, REAPPOINT THEM AGAIN.

[00:40:03]

SO MY PREFERENCE WOULD BE TO WAIT UNTIL JANUARY, FEBRUARY TO APPOINT RATHER THAN NOW TABLED OF JANUARY IS EVERYONE'S.

IS THAT WHAT YOU'RE SAYING? YEAH.

YEAH. ANY OBJECTIONS TO THAT? NO, I WOULD DEFINITELY SAY JANUARY VERSUS LATER BECAUSE YOU HAVE TO GET IT ON A BALLOT AND THAT TAKES TIME. SO I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT DEADLINE IS, BUT WE HAVE TO BACK UP FROM THERE AND MAKE SURE WE'RE READY.

SO JANUARY GIVES YOU A LITTLE BIT OF LEEWAY IN THE SUMMER TO FIX THAT.

WORKS FOR ME. FOR THE PUBLIC, THE ONLY REASON I'VE BEEN PUSHING THIS EARLY IS THE LAST TIME WE DID IT.

WE RUSHED THROUGH THE WHOLE CHARTER REVIEW PROCESS IN ABOUT SIX WEEKS, AND THEN THREW IT OUT TO THE VOTERS TO VOTE, AND IT'S SOMETHING AS IMPORTANT AS THAT.

I JUST THINK WE CAN'T BE RUSHING IT. AND MAYBE WITH THE CHANGES WE RECOMMEND IS LET THE CHARTER REVIEW COMMISSION MEET FOR A YEAR.

YEAH. YEAH. FIX IT. STATE LAW DOESN'T HAVE A A TIME THAT THEY HAVE TO MEET.

SO THE RECOMMENDATION WOULD PROBABLY BE TO JUST DELETE THAT.

RIGHT. THAT'D BE THE FIRST ORDER OF BUSINESS THERE.

OKAY. NINE ONE. MAYOR.

I'D LIKE TO ASK THAT 12 THREE BE PULLED UP BEFORE NINE ONE.

ANY OBJECTIONS TO THAT? NOPE. I'LL MOVE ITEM 12 THREE UP.

[12.3. Receive a presentation on the Justice Center Facility (CIP F02-2024) Planning and Programming Update, funding sources and possible action. (Jeffrey Yarbrough)]

PLANNING AND PROGRAMING UPDATE FUNDING SOURCES AND POSSIBLE ACTION.

GOOD EVENING, MAYOR. MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL, MR. JEFF YARBOROUGH, CHIEF OF POLICE OF THE POLICE DEPARTMENT, AND I COME BEFORE YOU TONIGHT TO PROVIDE AN UPDATE ON THE FACILITIES STUDY AND WHERE WE ARE WITH REGARD TO WHAT WE'RE BRINGING TO YOU TONIGHT REGARDING THE THE JUSTICE CENTER.

AND BEFORE I DO, BEFORE I START, I WANT TO SAY THANK YOU. I WANT TO THANK YOU FOR DOING THE HARD WORK UP.

SOMETIMES PEOPLE DON'T REALIZE THAT WHEN THE HARD DECISIONS ARE, ARE ARE MADE, THERE'S A LOT OF WORK AND THOUGHT GOING ON BEHIND THE SCENES, AND YOU RECOGNIZE THE NEED THAT WE HAVE.

THE COMMUNITY RECOGNIZES THE NEEDS THAT WE HAVE, AND THE OVERALL GOAL IS TO COME TOGETHER TO SEE IF WE CAN MEET THE NEEDS AND SERVE THE COMMUNITY AND THEIR NEEDS MOVING FORWARD.

SO THANK YOU ALL FOR THAT.

I WANT TO START WITH GIVING YOU A LITTLE BIT OF UPDATE AND OVERVIEW ON THE HUDDLE POLICE DEPARTMENT AND OUR FACILITY.

SO THE POLICE DEPARTMENT FACILITY THAT WE'RE IN RIGHT NOW WAS ACTUALLY BUILT IN 2002.

AND AT THAT TIME, THE CITY POPULATION ACCORDING TO THE CENSUS WAS 2009 2971 PEOPLE.

THE HUDDLE POLICE DEPARTMENT WAS ABOUT SEVEN OFFICERS IN 2002.

THAT FACILITY WAS BUILT TO SERVE AS A MULTI-DEPARTMENT CITY HALL, WHICH INCLUDED PUBLIC WORKS, THE POLICE DEPARTMENT PARKS, AND OTHER OTHER ESSENTIAL CITY SERVICES.

BUT IT WAS BUILT WITH A COMPLETELY DIFFERENT OPERATIONAL SCALE AND DESIGNED FOR A DIFFERENT PACE AND A DIFFERENT PURPOSE.

THEY MOVED OUT IN 2019, AND THAT FACILITY BECAME THE POLICE DEPARTMENT'S ENTIRE FOOTPRINT FOR FOR WHAT WE DO.

AND SINCE THAT TIME, WE HAVE CONDUCTED MODIFICATIONS TO THE FACILITY TO MAXIMIZE OUR FOOTPRINT AND THE SPACE THAT'S NEEDED.

BUT WE HAVE REACHED THE POINT WHERE WE'VE LONG EXCEEDED THAT.

YEARS AGO. BUT EVEN NOW, WE'RE CONTINUING SPATIAL ADAPTATIONS TO TRY TO EXTEND THE LIFE OF A FACILITY THAT WE HAVE FAR OUTGROWN ITS PURPOSE AND ITS ITS PRACTICALITIES. AND WE REALIZE THAT, AGAIN, WHEN YOU HAVE SOMEONE COMING AND ASKING FOR A NEED SUCH AS A FACILITY, THERE IS A FISCAL NOTE ATTACHED TO THAT.

AND WE WE HAVE TO TRY TO FIND THE BEST SOLUTION TO ADDRESS THAT.

BUT I ALSO UNDERSTAND AND WE UNDERSTAND THAT DELAYING DECISIONS OR DELAYING OUR RESPONSE TO ANYTHING LIKE THIS DOESN'T REDUCE THE NEED FOR THAT.

AND IT AND IT DOESN'T REDUCE THE EVENTUAL COST.

SO WE HAVE TO MAKE THE TOUGH DECISIONS, ALL OF US.

AND AGAIN, I'M I'M VERY HONORED AND PROUD TO BE ABLE TO DO THAT FOR OUR COMMUNITY AND WITH THE LEADERSHIP THAT WE HAVE FOR THE CITY.

AGAIN, I SAID IN 2002 WE HAD SEVEN POLICE OFFICERS.

23 YEARS LATER, WE'VE GOT 64 FULL TIME EMPLOYEES THAT MAKE UP ABOUT A THIRD OF THE CITY'S TOTAL STAFF AND OUR POLICE FACILITY, UNLIKE WHAT MANY PEOPLE THINK, THAT FACILITY OPERATES 24 OVER SEVEN.

YOU KNOW, WE HAVE OTHER FACILITIES IN IN THE CITY THAT ARE ON AN EIGHT, 10 OR 12 HOUR SHIFT, BUT OUR FACILITY OPERATES 24 OVER SEVEN.

AND ALSO, I'VE HEARD, YOU KNOW, PEOPLE HAVE HAVE ASKED ME,

[00:45:04]

BUT WHAT PEOPLE DON'T REALIZE IS WHEN YOU LOOK AT A TYPICAL SHIFT, SAY FOR EXAMPLE, SIX A TO £0.06, YOU'VE GOT WE COUNTED 34 PEOPLE THAT ARE WORKING DURING THAT SHIFT.

YOUR PATROL IS ONLY ONE SEGMENT OF THAT.

IT'S ONE ONE SLICE OF THE TOTAL SERVICES AND FUNCTIONS THAT ARE PROVIDED BY THE CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT ON A DAY TO DAY BASIS.

THE PATROL COMPONENT IS ABOUT EIGHT OFFICERS, SO THOSE ARE THE OFFICERS THAT ARE OUT WORKING THE STREETS WHERE YOU HAVE YOUR CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIVE DIVISION, YOU HAVE YOUR SPECIAL INVESTIGATIVE DIVISION, YOU HAVE YOUR YOUR RECORDS IN EVIDENCE, YOU HAVE YOUR CRIME SCENE TECHS, YOU HAVE YOUR OTHER ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS WORKING DAY TO DAY INSIDE THAT FACILITY.

ARE THEY IN THE BUILDING AND OUT OF THE BUILDING? YEAH, ON OCCASION. BUT TYPICALLY THEIR CORE FUNCTIONS ARE INSIDE THAT FACILITY.

AND SO THE ONES ON THE STREET ARE THE PATROL OFFICERS, WHICH IS A MICROCOSM OF THE ENTIRE DEPARTMENT THAT WE THAT WE HAVE.

SO WE'RE BRINGING THIS TO YOU BECAUSE WE HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY AS A CITY TO BUILD SMARTER, TO BUILD MORE EFFICIENTLY, AND TO WORK TO LOOK AT THE OPPORTUNITIES OF A MULTIFUNCTIONAL AGENCY, HAVING THAT IN MIND SO THAT WE CAN REFLECT THE STANDARDS AND THE SERVICE THAT OUR COMMUNITY EXPECTS AND DESERVES FROM US.

BUT IT'S ALSO WE'VE REACHED A HISTORICAL MILESTONE NOT ONLY IN OUR GROWTH, NOT ONLY IN THE RECOGNITION THAT WE GET NOT ONLY IN THE REGION, BUT IN THE COUNTRY AND AROUND THE WORLD.

WE HAVE. WE'VE REACHED A MILESTONE WHEN IT COMES TO THIS FACILITY, BECAUSE THIS WILL BE THE FIRST TIME IN THE HISTORY OF HUTTO THAT A POLICE DEPARTMENT FACILITY HAS BEEN PLANNED AND DEDICATED TO PROVIDING A SERVICE AS A POLICE HEADQUARTERS.

MANY PEOPLE HAVE SEEN THE POLICE DEPARTMENT.

WHEN YOU DRIVE ON, ON FRONT STREET, OR IF YOU'RE DRIVING ON 70, 70, 79, YOU'VE SEEN POLICE DEPARTMENT.

BUT NOT MANY PEOPLE HAVE SEEN HUTTO POLICE DEPARTMENT.

YOU KNOW, YOU CAN SEE THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING. BUT LIKE I SAY, YOU CAN'T JUDGE A BOOK BY ITS COVER. I WANT TO SHOW YOU SOME CONCERNS THAT WE'RE DEALING WITH, WITH THE CURRENT PLACE, THAT LOCATION THAT OUR FACILITIES ARE STAGED.

WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE PICTURE, AND I HOPE YOU ALL CAN SEE THAT.

YOU WILL SEE. THE RED CIRCLE IS WHERE THE HUDDLE POLICE DEPARTMENT IS.

AND YOU GOT FRONT STREET GOING RIGHT IN FRONT OF THAT.

BUT INTERESTINGLY, IF YOU LOOK ACROSS, YOU'LL SEE ON THE RAILROAD TRACKS, I'VE GOT THAT MARKED LITERALLY, YOU'VE GOT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN OUR PROPERTY AND THE RAILROAD TRACKS IS ESSENTIALLY THE SAME DISTANCE FROM ONE SIDE OF 79 TO THE OTHER. WHAT IS A CONCERN THAT I WANT TO BRING TO YOUR ATTENTION THAT MANY PEOPLE ARE AWARE OF, AND THEY HAVE BROUGHT THAT CONCERN. SAME CONCERN TO US AS WELL.

AND SOME OF YOU AS WELL, IS THAT YOU HAVE ABOUT 40 TO 40 5 TO 50 TRAINS PER DAY GOING IN FRONT OF THE POLICE DEPARTMENT AT ABOUT 45MPH, AND THERE'S NO SET SCHEDULE.

THAT'S UNPREDICTABLE. AND THERE'S NO RESTRICTIONS ON THE TYPE OF FREIGHT, ACCORDING TO UNION PACIFIC.

THAT'S, THAT'S THAT'S TRANSPORTED ALONG THERE.

BUT WE ALSO HAVE TWO AMTRAK'S THAT RUN PER DAY THROUGH THE CITY OF HUTTO ON THOSE SAME TRACKS AT ABOUT 70MPH.

BUT IF YOU LOOK AT THAT PICTURE OF OUR LOCATION, YOU WILL SEE THAT WE ARE EXTREMELY LIMITED ON THE EXPANSION POTENTIAL FOR THAT THAT SITE.

ALSO SOME CONCERNS IF YOU LOOK AT THERE AT THE TOP, I'VE GOT THE POLICE DEPARTMENT FACILITY CIRCLED, BUT I'VE ALSO GOT THE INTERSECTION OF JIM CAGE AND FRONT STREET CIRCLED.

JUST TO SHOW YOU SOME OF THE CHALLENGES WE HAVE IS WHEN IT COMES TO RESPONSE TIME, IF YOU'VE GOT AN OFFICER THAT HAS GONE TO THE OFFICE, FOR EXAMPLE, TO DROP OFF EVIDENCE OR TO DO A REPORT, AND THEY GET A CALL, AND IF THEY NEED TO, TO NEGOTIATE THE TRAFFIC TO GET ACROSS 79, YOU CAN SEE THE COMPLICATIONS IF THEY COME TO THE INTERSECTION, PARTICULARLY IF YOU'VE GOT SCHOOL IN IN IN SESSION, YOU'VE GOT TRAFFIC BACKED UP. NOT ONLY ARE YOU HAVING TO NEGOTIATE THAT INTERSECTION, THEY'RE HAVING TO NEGOTIATE THE TRAFFIC ACROSS THE THE TRACKS AND ACROSS 79.

SO IT PUTS US IN A POSITION TO WHERE IT BOTTLENECKS AND IT CREATES CHALLENGES WHEN IT COMES TO RESPONSE TIMES.

I ALSO WANT TO SHOW YOU THIS.

EXAMPLE OF OUR PARKING.

THIS IS A TYPICAL DAY. IF YOU LOOK AT THE ONE ON THE LEFT, YOU'LL SEE IN THE BACK THERE'S AN ANNEX FACILITY THAT WE USE, AND I'LL SHOW THAT TO YOU IN A SECOND.

POLICE DEPARTMENT IN THE FRONT YOU'LL SEE OUR PUBLIC PARKING AREA. IT'S REALLY LIMITED.

NOW. THERE IS SOME PARKING ON THE SIDE TO THE RIGHT OF THE THE POLICE FACILITY ON THE PICTURE ON THE LEFT, YOU'LL SEE THAT THERE'S SOME PARKING THERE AND THAT'S TYPICALLY FOR OFFICER OVERFLOW. BUT IF YOU LOOK IN THAT BACK PARKING LOT, OUR SECURE FACILITY THERE ARE THERE ARE VEHICLES THERE, BUT THERE ARE ONLY TWO SPOTS AND ONE HANDICAPPED SPACE THAT IS AVAILABLE BECAUSE THE PARKING IS SO LIMITED.

SO WHAT WE USE IS OVERFLOW IS THE SHOPPING CENTER NEXT DOOR.

[00:50:03]

THE PARKING HAS IS IS AN EXTREME CHALLENGE.

BUT WE'LL ALSO USE AND WE CONTINUE TO USE OFF SITE PARKING LIKE WE USE THE HUDDLE ISD'S TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT. THEY ALLOW US TO USE VEHICLE PARKED VEHICLES OUT THERE WHEN WE HAVE CHALLENGES WITH PARKING.

SO WHEN YOU WALK INTO OUR POLICE DEPARTMENT, YOU LOOK AT THE LOBBY, IT AIN'T MUCH, BUT IT'S OURS, AND WE TAKE CARE OF WHAT WE'RE GIVEN TO THE BEST OF OUR ABILITY. AND WHEN YOU WALK IN, YOU'RE ABLE TO SEE THAT WE HAVE THE RECEPTION AREA AND THERE'S ONE DESK.

AND IN FACT WHEN I WAS LEAVING EARLIER TODAY, THERE WAS A, A CITIZEN THERE WRITING OUT A STATEMENT.

AND THAT WAS THE SPOT. THAT WAS THE ONLY SPOT THAT WE HAD FOR HER TO TAKE CARE OF THAT CONCERN THAT SHE HAD, BECAUSE WE HAVE LIMITED SPACE AND OPPORTUNITIES FOR PEOPLE TO HAVE THE PRIVACY THAT THEY NEED TO ADDRESS VARIOUS CONCERNS.

THIS IS OUR TRAINING FACILITY.

THIS IS THE ONLY SPACE THAT WE HAVE IN THE HUDDLE POLICE DEPARTMENT TO HOUSE TRAINING.

WE DO REGULAR, REGULAR TRAINING.

AND OUR NUMBERS WHEN IT COMES TO TRAINING ARE ARE IMPRESSIVE BECAUSE THAT'S WHAT WE WE STRIVE FOR. THAT IS SOMETHING THAT OUR COMMUNITY DESERVES IS HIGHLY QUALIFIED, HIGHLY TRAINED OFFICERS. BUT YOU'LL LOOK OUR FOOTPRINT IS VERY LIMITED.

WE'VE GOT IN THIS TRAINING FACILITY 32 SEATS OR THE MAXIMUM CAPACITY.

IT SERVES A REALLY GOOD FUNCTION WHEN YOU'RE USING IT FOR CLASSROOM INSTRUCTION.

BUT IF YOU'RE GOING TO DO DEFENSIVE TACTICS OR ANY OTHER TRAININGS, YOU HAVE TO REMOVE THOSE TABLES AND CHAIRS OUT TO TRY TO GET SPACE AND USE IT THE BEST OF YOUR ABILITY. AND IT CREATES CHALLENGES BEING THE ONLY FACILITY THAT WE HAVE, UNLESS WE GO AND BORROW SOMEONE ELSE'S, IF THEY ARE, IF THEY ALLOW THAT. SO WE ALSO HAVE AN ANNEX BUILDING BECAUSE OF THE MAIN BUILDING NOT HAVING THE CAPACITY FOR ALL OF OUR STAFF TO BE INSIDE THIS FACILITY WHEN THEY ORIGINALLY BUILT THE OVERALL FACILITY WHERE WE ARE NOW, WHEN THEY ORIGINALLY BUILT THIS, THIS WAS A STORAGE FACILITY FOR THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, AND IT'S BEEN RETROFITTED TO PROVIDE SERVICES FOR THE POLICE DEPARTMENT.

AND INSIDE THIS BUILDING, WHICH IS NOT VERY LARGE, WE HAVE AN EVIDENCE ROOM.

WE HAVE A PROCESSING STATION, WE HAVE AN I.T.

TECH. WE HAVE IN A CUBICLE.

WE HAVE RECORDS. WE HAVE THE CODE ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS.

WE HAVE A CRIME SCENE, TWO CRIME SCENE TECHS.

WE HAVE ANIMAL CONTROL ALL SERVING OUT OF THIS ONE CONFINED SPACE.

NOW, THIS IS INSIDE IT.

WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE LEFT, YOU WILL SEE THAT THERE'S BEEN SOME RETROFITTING GOING ON.

WE ADDED SOME CUBICLES INSIDE THERE FOR OUR STAFF TO HAVE WORKSPACES, BUT YOU'LL ALSO SEE SOME OF THE STRUGGLES IN THE MIDDLE AND TO THE RIGHT THAT WE'RE DEALING WITH. BECAUSE THIS FACILITY HAS EXCEEDED ITS SHELF LIFE, WE'RE CONTINUALLY DEALING WITH MAINTENANCE ISSUES THAT WE ARE HAVING TO ADDRESS WHEN WE HAVE RAIN. THAT'S ONE OF THE THINGS THAT'S A BYPRODUCT, IS YOU CAN ONLY PATCH THINGS SO MUCH. AND WE HAVE DONE THAT TO AT NAUSEAM.

AND THIS IS SOME OF THE BYPRODUCT RESULTS THAT WE'RE DEALING WITH WITH THAT ANNEX BUILDING. SO WHEN IT COMES TO SPATIAL ADAPTATION, OUR GOAL IS TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE DOING THE BEST WE CAN WITH WHAT WE'VE GOT.

AND WE KNOW THAT THERE IS A NEED, AND WE'RE CONTINUING TO MAKE SURE THAT WE DIVIDE AND CONQUER SO THAT WE CAN CONTINUE TO MAXIMIZE OUR RESPONSE AND SERVICES TO OUR COMMUNITY. SO SOME OF THE ADDITIONAL THINGS WE'RE DOING RIGHT NOW IS MY OFFICE.

WE'RE ACTUALLY DIVIDING THAT OFFICE IN HALF TO TRY TO GET US AN ADDITIONAL OFFICE SPACE SO THAT WE CAN ABSORB SOME OF THE, THE, THE SPACING THAT WE NEED.

WE'RE ALSO WE HAVE TWO WORKSPACES IN OUR COMMAND STAFF AREA, BUT WE'VE PURCHASED OH, AND FOR THE MODIFICATION OF MY OFFICE THAT'S ABOUT 17,000. WE GOT A QUOTE FOR A LITTLE OVER 17,000 JUST TO DIVIDE MY OFFICE UP SO WE CAN HAVE AN EXTRA SPACE.

IN THE COMMAND STAFF AREA, WE'VE GOT TWO WORKSTATIONS SET UP TO WHERE WE CAN ALLOW OFFICERS TO USE THAT. BUT WE'RE ADDING THREE ADDITIONAL CUBICLES IN THERE.

AND THE CUBICLES THAT WE PURCHASED, THEY'RE ABOUT $7,500 APIECE TO ABSORB SPACE.

WE'RE DOING THE BEST WE CAN WITH WHAT WE'VE GOT, BECAUSE WE DON'T WANT ANYTHING TO IMPEDE OUR FUNCTIONALITY AND THE SERVICES THAT WE PROVIDE TO OUR COMMUNITY.

ALSO, OUR EVIDENCE ROOM HAS HAS FAR EXCEEDED CAPACITY, AND WE PURCHASED A KLEENEX BOX TO STORE EVIDENCE IN.

AND IF YOU LOOK AT THIS CONEX BOX HERE, THIS IS THE CONNEX BOX THAT WE PURCHASED AS OFFICE SPACE FOR OUR CRISIS SUPPORT SPECIALISTS.

THAT SPACE HAS ROOM FOR TWO INDIVIDUALS.

AND WE'VE WE'VE HAD THEM IN.

AND YOU CAN LOOK AT THE ANIMAL CONTROL VEHICLE TO LOOK AT THE TO PUT IT IN CONTEXT.

AND YOU'LL SEE THAT IT'S NOT THAT BIG A FACILITY, BUT WE'RE DOING WHAT WE CAN WITH WHAT WE HAVE.

UNTIL WE CAN DO BETTER.

AND WE ALSO HAVE SOME MULTIPLE OFF SITE STORAGE LOCATIONS FOR ITEMS THAT WE CANNOT

[00:55:05]

ON THE PREVIOUS PICTURES I SHOWED Y'ALL FROM THE AERIAL VIEW.

LET ME GO BACK. YOU CAN LOOK AND SEE THAT WE HAVE.

IF YOU LOOK AT THE PICTURE ON THE RIGHT, YOU'LL SEE THAT IN BETWEEN THE CARS, THERE'S A SPACE THAT I'VE GOT MARKED AS THE TRAINING SPACE. AND THEN IN THE TOP LEFT OF THAT SAME PICTURE ON THE RIGHT, YOU'VE GOT TRAINING SPACE. THE ONE ON THE TOP LEFT IS THE BACK DEAD END SIDE OF AUSTIN AVENUE.

AND INSIDE THE PARKING LOT HERE IS IS A SPACE THAT WE USE FOR OUR SPECIAL RESPONSE TEAM, FOR THEM TO DO THEIR PHYSICAL AGILITY TRAINING, FOR BEING ON THE TEAM AND CONTINUING TO MAKE SURE THAT THEY'RE MAXIMIZING THEIR PHYSICAL EFFECTIVENESS AND PRESENCE AND RESPONSE CAPABILITIES.

WE USE THE BACK TRAINING SPACE BECAUSE WE DON'T HAVE ANY OTHER AREA TO DO THE PAINTBALLS. WE DO SIMULATED TRAFFIC STOPS AND OTHER TRAINING.

WE'LL USE THAT BACK CITY STREET TO TRY TO ACCOMPLISH SOME OF THOSE TASKS.

AND THIS PICTURE JUST SHOWS YOU THOSE FROM DIFFERENT VANTAGE POINTS. THE ONE ON THE LEFT IS THE BACK STREET OF AUSTIN AVENUE, AND THE ONE ON THE RIGHT IS THE PARKING LOT OF OUR FACILITY. SO THAT'S A LITTLE BIT ABOUT OUR FACILITIES.

AND ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE DID BRING TO YOU BEFORE WAS THE DISPATCH CONCERN.

SO THERE HAVE BEEN SOME CONCERNS ABOUT WHETHER IT'S PRACTICAL OR BENEFICIAL FINANCIALLY TO CONSIDER BRINGING IF WE BUILT A FACILITY TO BRING DISPATCHING IN-HOUSE OR CONSIDER IT CONSIDERING LEAVING IT AT WILLIAMSON COUNTY. AND I WANT TO BRING YOU SOME CONSIDERATIONS THAT WE'RE, THAT WE'RE FOCUSED ON, AND WE WANT TO HAVE YOU PROVIDE THE MOST INFORMATION POSSIBLE SO YOU CAN MAKE THE MOST INFORMED DECISIONS.

SO CURRENTLY WILLIAMSON COUNTY PROVIDES OUR DISPATCHING. THEY PROVIDE IT FOR HUDDLE. AND WE ARE THE LARGEST ENTITY THAT THEY PROVIDE SERVICES FOR.

THEY PROVIDE SERVICES FOR ABOUT 22 ENTITIES.

AND THAT INCLUDES FIRE DEPARTMENTS AND AND SMALLER CITIES LIKE GERALD, LIBERTY HILL, GRANGER.

THEY PROVIDE DISPATCHING FOR THEM.

WE'RE THE LARGEST. AND WHEN YOU LOOK AT CALL VOLUME, OUR CALL VOLUME IS ABOUT THAT.

THEY MARKED FOR LAST YEAR WAS ABOUT 35,000 CALLS FOR SERVICE.

AND THAT'S JUST THROUGH WILLIAMSON COUNTY. THE THE SECOND, THE SECOND PLACE TO US IS LIBERTY HILL WITH ABOUT 7000 CALLS.

SO WHEN YOU LOOK AT THEIR THEIR TOTAL SERVICES, PROVIDED THEY, THEY PROVIDE SERVICES FOR THEIR OWN WILLIAMSON COUNTY SHERIFF'S DEPARTMENT, BUT ALSO US.

WILLIAMS COUNTY SHERIFF'S DEPARTMENT IS ABOUT 56,000 CALLS FOR SERVICE FOR THEIR NINE.

I THINK I THINK THEY'RE UNINCORPORATED AREAS ABOUT 925FT².

929 SOMEWHERE AROUND THERE, AND THEIR CALL VOLUME IS 56,000 HOURS.

FOR THE CITY OF HUTTO IS ABOUT 35,000.

SO WE'RE DOING A LOT OF WORK IN THIS COMMUNITY FOR FOR THE RETURN ON THE INVESTMENT THAT THAT THIS COMMUNITY DESERVES.

BUT WILLIAMSON COUNTY, WHEN WE TALK ABOUT THE DISPATCH AND WE HAVE A REALLY GOOD RELATIONSHIP WITH THEM, POSITIVE RELATIONSHIP. WE LOVE OUR OUR COUNTY. THEY LOVE US. AND WE HAVE THE WORKING, WORKING PARTNERSHIP IS SOMETHING THAT I CONSIDER TO BE VERY INVALUABLE.

BUT PEOPLE, MANY PEOPLE DON'T REALIZE THAT THEY DISPATCH FOR US AND WE PAY FOR THAT SERVICE. SO A FEW YEARS AGO, WILLIAMSON COUNTY CAME UP WITH A MATRIX TO CHARGE A SET FEE OR A FEE FOR ENTITIES THAT THEY PROVIDE DISPATCHING FOR, AND THEY PUT A COST PER CALL ON, ON, ON AGENCIES.

AND WE IN 2025, WE PAID $826,000 TO WILLIAMSON COUNTY FOR DISPATCH SERVICES.

AND FOR NEXT YEAR, IT'S GOING UP TO $1,193,000.

AND THERE WAS A PROPOSAL FOR ABOUT AN ADDITIONAL 3% ADDED TO THAT YEAR OVER YEAR.

ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE HAVE MADE AS A GOAL OF OUR POLICE DEPARTMENT IS TO GET OUR RESPONSE TIME TO ABOUT THREE MINUTES.

WHY? BECAUSE IF YOU'VE GOT SOMEONE BREAKING INTO YOUR HOUSE, OR YOU GOT SOMEONE THAT'S AN AGGRAVATED ASSAULT, THREE MINUTES IS A LOT BETTER THAN SIX MINUTES OR WORSE.

AND SO OUR GOAL IS TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE RESPONDING.

WE'RE DOING A LOT OF THINGS IN ADDITION TO CHANGING UP OUR PATROL SECTOR SO THAT WE CAN MAXIMIZE OUR EFFICIENCY. BUT WHEN IT COMES TO DISPATCHING, THERE ARE LIMITATIONS.

WHEN YOU HAVE YOUR OUTSIDE AGENCY BECAUSE YOU'RE NOT CALLING SOMEONE IN HUDDLE, YOU'RE CALLING WILLIAMSON COUNTY, AND THERE'S A CALL TAKER THAT TAKES IT.

THEN THAT CALL TAKER TAKES THE INFORMATION, GETS IT TO A DISPATCHER, AND THEN THE DISPATCHER WILL REACH OUT TO US.

AND ONE OF THE CHALLENGES YOU WILL FIND IS IF THERE ARE PRIORITY ONE CALLS WITH OTHER AGENCIES, SAY, FOR EXAMPLE, LIKE WILLIAMSON COUNTY, THEIRS TAKES PRIORITY OVER OURS.

AND SOMETIMES YOU'LL HAVE A SITUATION WHERE AN OFFICER NEEDS THEM TO MONITOR A TACTICAL CHANNEL BECAUSE WE'RE DOING SOME SENSITIVE INVESTIGATIONS.

[01:00:04]

SO THOSE THERE ARE SOME CHALLENGES THAT WE DO RUN INTO.

AND WE DO KNOW BEFORE I GOT HERE THAT THE COMMUNITY, ONE OF THE EXPECTATIONS WITH THE 2018 BOND WAS THAT THE CITY WOULD MOVE TOWARDS A LOCALLY CONTROLLED DISPATCH CENTER.

AND SO IF WE HAD ONE THING I WANT YOU TO CONSIDER IS THAT IF WE HAD OUR OWN DISPATCH, WE WOULD BE ABLE TO PROVIDE DISPATCH SERVICES NOT ONLY FOR EMERGENCY, BUT FOR NON-ESSENTIAL, NON-EMERGENCY CALLS LIKE PUBLIC WORKS.

WE'RE ABLE TO LISTEN AND MONITOR AND AND AND DISPATCH THEM TO CALLS WHEN THOSE COME OUT TO INCREASE EFFICIENCY IN MULTIPLE AREAS.

AND ONE OF THE BIGGEST CONCERNS THAT WE DO HAVE IS THAT IN THE, IN THE AGREEMENT IS THAT ANY PARTY CAN TERMINATE THE AGREEMENT FOR CONVENIENCE AND WITHOUT CAUSE UPON A 120 DAY CALENDAR DAY WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE OTHER PARTY.

SO IF IT EVER GOT TO THE POINT, THERE'S THE UNCERTAINTY COMPONENT.

IF IT GOT TO THE POINT WHERE WE BECAME TOO BIG TO WHERE IT JUST WASN'T FEASIBLE TO PROVIDE THAT SERVICE, WE COULD POTENTIALLY GET THAT.

NOTICE THAT WE NEED TO FIND ALTERNATE SOURCES.

AND SO I'VE HAD QUESTIONS IN THE PAST ABOUT SEEKING OTHER OPTIONS.

WELL, I'LL TELL YOU, I'VE HAD THE I'VE HAD THE UNFORTUNATE PRIVILEGE OF DOING THAT BEFORE. AND OTHER AGENCIES LIKE ROUND ROCK OR GEORGETOWN OR LEANDER, CEDAR PARK, THEY ARE THEY HAVE NO INTEREST IN PROVIDING DISPATCH SERVICES TO ANY AGENCY OUTSIDE OF THEIR OWN. AND SO YOU'LL FIND THAT THE COUNTY DOES THAT.

AND LIKE, FOR EXAMPLE, THERE ARE OTHER AGENCIES LIKE ISD THAT USED TO DISPATCH FOR MINOR ISD AND TRAVIS COUNTY USED TO DISPATCH FROM ISD, AND ONCE THEY TOOK THEIR OFFICERS OUT OF THEIR SCHOOL, THEY NO LONGER PROVIDED THAT SERVICE.

SO THEY WENT TO AISD. AND AISD SAID, OUR BANDWIDTH IS NOT SUFFICIENT ENOUGH.

SO WE'RE GOING TO GIVE YOU TIME AND YOU HAVE TO FIND YOUR OWN. AND THEY ENDED UP HAVING TO GET THEIR OWN DISPATCH BECAUSE THEY SIMPLY DIDN'T HAVE THE SECURITY OF DEPENDING ON OTHERS. SO I THINK WE'RE NOT PLEASED WITH OUR POLICE DEPARTMENT.

WE BROUGHT BEFORE YOU SOME OPPORTUNITIES FOR A CONSOLIDATED, PURPOSE BUILT, FUTURE PROOFED FACILITY THAT WE WE CAN ALSO CONSIDER HAVING THAT TO INCLUDE POLICE DEPARTMENT, MUNICIPAL COURT, EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT, EVEN DISPATCH. AND I MENTIONED MUNICIPAL COURTS, AND I KNOW THAT THE JUDGE WAS IN FRONT OF THE COUNCIL ONCE BEFORE AND EXPLAINED SOME OF THE CONCERNS THAT THEY HAVE WITH THE COURTS.

AND SOME OF THOSE THINGS INCLUDE THE CONGESTION THAT WE HAVE ON COURT DAYS.

IT INCLUDES NO MEETING SPACE FOR THE ATTORNEYS OR CLIENTS OR WITNESSES, AND THERE'S CHALLENGES WHEN YOU HAVE IT IN THE PROXIMITY OF THE LIBRARY.

BUT ONE OF THE BIGGEST THINGS IS THAT THERE WAS AN ASSESSMENT DONE ON THE COURT FACILITIES BY THE OFFICE OF COURT ADMINISTRATION, AND THERE WERE SOME COMPLIANCE CONCERNS BASED UPON THE CURRENT CONFIGURATION, AND THEY FELT LIKE IT.

THERE WERE SOME CHALLENGES WITH IT, WITH THE SUITABILITY OF IT IN THE PROXIMITY OF IT IN THE CITY HALL.

AND THERE ALSO ARE LIMITED ON THEIR SPACE.

THERE'S THERE'S NOT MUCH SPACE FOR ANY FUTURE, FUTURE GROWTH. AND THERE ARE SOME OTHER THINGS THAT THE JUDGE TALKED ABOUT, HIS WORKSPACE. AND WE ARE ALSO NOW A COURT OF RECORD WHICH WHICH BRINGS ANOTHER COMPONENT OF OF NEED FOR OUR OUR COURTS.

SO WHAT IF OUR FACILITIES WERE BUILT TO MEET TODAY'S NEEDS? SO IF YOU LOOK TO THE TOP RIGHT AT THAT CHART, YOU'LL SEE THE POLICE MAIN FACILITY IS ABOUT 1100 AND 611,616FT².

IF IT WAS REPLACED TODAY, NOT MEANING BUILT TO WHERE IT WAS COMFORTABLE, BUT BUILT TO WHERE IT HOUSED THE CURRENT STAFF.

AND WE COULD DO ONLY THE CURRENT FUNCTIONS AND THE SPACES WERE ADJUSTED, MEANING THAT YOUR IT PERSON WOULDN'T SIT IN A SMALL CUBICLE AND HAVE THE CUBICLE AS A WORKSPACE. THEY COULD HAVE A COMFORTABLE WORKSPACE OR THE THE, THE CRIME SCENE TECHS COULD HAVE A FUNCTIONAL WORKSPACE.

EXPANDING THAT JUST FOR THOSE, OR TAKING YOUR VICTIM SERVICES OUT OF THE CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIVE DIVISION AND PUTTING THEM IN A SECURE, SAFE SPACE WHERE THEY CAN HAVE THE EFFECTIVENESS MAXIMIZED FOR THEIR SERVICES, THEN THEY'RE SAYING THAT 600 OR 16,368, IF WE WANTED TO REPLACE IT, TO KIND OF JUST MEET SOME OF THE MINIMUM STANDARDS, THAT'S WHAT WE COULD DO.

REALISTICALLY, WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE NUMBER OF OFFICERS AND THE NUMBER OF STAFF THAT WE HAVE, IF WE WANTED TO BUILD A COMFORTABLE FOR TODAY.

THAT WOULD BE ABOUT 25,000FT².

BUT WHEN YOU LOOK AT THESE AND YOU, YOU COMBINE THEM ALL.

YOU LOOK AT OUR ASSETS, MEANING BRINGING THE THE ITEMS THAT WE STORE OFF SITE INTO OUR POLICE FACILITY AND THE SECURED SPACES AROUND THAT PROPERTY.

[01:05:06]

IF WE INCLUDED OFFICE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT, YOU HAVE THAT THERE. YOU HAVE THE COURT AS WELL.

SO IF WE COMBINE ALL OF THOSE JUST TO MEET THE MINIMUM NEEDS FOR TODAY AND NOT TOMORROW WOULD BE 26,000FT². SO WHEN WE TALKED ABOUT THE MASTER PLAN BUILDING COMPONENTS, WE BROUGHT YOU A WIDE RANGE OF OPTIONS, MEANING THIS IS WHAT IT COULD LOOK LIKE BUILT OUT. AND THIS IS WHAT IT COULD LOOK LIKE IF WE SCALED BACK AND HAD OPTIONS.

AND I WANT PEOPLE TO UNDERSTAND THAT WE ARE NOT ASKING FOR ANYTHING THAT IS EVEN REMOTELY LUXURIOUS. THAT'S NOT THAT'S NOT OUR MAKEUP.

AND WE'RE NOT TRYING TO KEEP UP WITH THE JONESES. IN FACT, I THINK THE JONESES LEFT US A LONG TIME AGO. WE'RE TRYING TO KEEP UP WITH HUTTO AND OUR FUTURE GROWTH, BECAUSE OUR COMMUNITY DESERVES IT, AND OUR OFFICERS NEED THAT SPACE THAT THEY CAN PROVIDE THE SERVICES THAT OUR COMMUNITY NEEDS.

SO WE BROUGHT YOU PREVIOUSLY INFORMATION ON THE COURTS AND WHAT THAT BREAKDOWN WAS FOR EACH NEED THERE. WHAT WOULD BE IN A MAIN POLICE FACILITY? ONLY IF WE WERE TO INCORPORATE 911 AND WE'RE IT'S IT'S GOING TO TAKE ALL OF US TALKING ABOUT THESE THINGS TO SAY, WELL, WHAT ABOUT THIS? HOW ABOUT THAT? I MEAN, BECAUSE I THINK THAT'S VERY IMPORTANT FOR US TO GET PERSPECTIVE AND AND GET CLARIFICATION ON THINGS THAT WE MAY OR MAY NOT HAVE A FULL UNDERSTANDING WHEN IT COMES TO THE OFFICE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT.

WE HAD THAT IN THERE AS WELL ASSET GARAGES WHERE WE CAN STORE NOT ONLY VEHICLES, BECAUSE RIGHT NOW, IF WE HAVE LIKE WE'VE HAD A WE HAD A CRITICAL SITUATION NOT LONG AGO TO WHERE WE HAD TO PROCESS A VEHICLE AND WE DON'T HAVE AND STORE IT.

WE DON'T HAVE THE THE SITE TO DO THAT.

SO WHAT WE ENDED UP HAVING TO DO WAS ASK ONE OF OUR LAW ENFORCEMENT PARTNERS, COULD WE USE ONE OF YOUR STORAGE FACILITIES TO PROCESS THIS AND STORE IT UNTIL WE THE COURTS GRANT US THE THE RIGHT TO RETURN THAT? SO WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE ASSET GARAGES THAT LAYS OUT ALL OF THE COMPONENTS THAT GO WITH THAT AS WELL AS THE TRAINING CENTER.

SO WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE TRAINING CENTER, YOU'LL SEE THINGS IN THERE.

WE'VE WE'VE TALKED ABOUT LIKE A INDOOR RANGE.

DOES THAT MEAN WE WANT TO BUILD THAT TOMORROW. NO. DOES THAT MEAN THAT WE WE WANT IT. YEAH. AND I'LL TELL YOU WHY WE WANT IT.

WE WANT IT BECAUSE WE NEED IT.

AND AND THE REASON WE NEED IT IS BECAUSE THE STATE REQUIRES US BY LAW IN ORDER TO TO MAINTAIN YOUR CERTIFICATION, THAT YOU HAVE TO GO TO THE FIRING RANGE AND QUALIFY WITH AND MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS TO CARRY A WEAPON.

WE CURRENTLY HAVE A CONTRACT THAT WE WE PARTNER WITH WILLIAMSON COUNTY OUT AT THEIR TRAINING FACILITY TO USE THEIR RANGE.

THEY HAVE GROWN IN POPULARITY AND GROWN IN NEED THEMSELVES, TO THE POINT TO WHERE SCHEDULING HAS BECOME INCREASINGLY DIFFICULT.

AND THAT'S WHY WE WANTED TO BRING TO Y'ALL THAT THAT IS SOMETHING THAT IS ON THE HORIZON THAT WE PROBABLY NEED TO CONSIDER MOVING FOR.

MAYBE NOT TOMORROW, MAYBE NOT A YEAR FROM NOW.

BUT WE WANTED TO BRING THAT TO YOUR ATTENTION.

THE SAME GOES WITH OUR EVOC TRACK.

AND IF WE THERE ARE THINGS THAT WE WILL CUT AND THERE ARE THINGS THAT WE WE AGREE THAT ARE NOT PRIORITY TODAY COMPARED TO ALL OF THE ESSENTIAL ONES THAT WE NEED, JUST LIKE THE EVOC TRACK.

AND THAT'S SOMETHING THAT THERE ARE OTHER OPTIONS THAT ARE OUT THAT I THINK ARE VERY PROGRESSIVE AND VERY INSPIRING THAT WE HAVE THE POTENTIAL TO LOOK INTO SOLUTIONS THAT CAN MITIGATE MEET THE NEED, BUT ALSO MITIGATE THE TAX TAX BURDENS THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT WHEN YOU SPEND ANY PUBLIC DOLLARS.

BUT IF WE DIDN'T HAVE THE FIRING RANGE, WE'RE GOING TO CONTINUE TO USE WILLIAMSON COUNTY UNTIL. IF THAT'S NOT BENEFICIAL OR AVAILABLE, THEN WE'LL TRY TO FIND OTHER SOLUTIONS. IT'S WHAT WE DO.

IF IT COMES TO OUR OUR TRAINING.

EVOC. TRACK, WE'LL CONTINUE TO SET UP CONES AND TEACH OFFICERS EMERGENCY VEHICLE OCCUPANCY COURSE TRAINING OUT AT ADAM MORGAN PARK.

WE DO WHAT WE GOTTA DO UNTIL WE CAN DO BETTER.

AND THAT'S WHY WE WANT TO BRING THIS TO YOU.

BECAUSE IN MANY WAYS, IT'S TIME FOR US AS A DEPARTMENT TO DO BETTER. SO LOOKING AT EACH ONE OF THESE BUILDING COMPONENTS AND THE MAIN BUILDING AND THE COMPONENTS THAT ARE RELATED TO THEM, IF WE WERE TO LOOK AT THIS AND SAY, LET'S REDUCE SOME OF THOSE, THIS IS JUST AN EXAMPLE.

IF WE WERE TO REDUCE, YOU'LL SEE IF WE TOOK OUT THE TRAINING FACILITY THAT'S ON THE RIGHT HAND SIDE, THE GREEN BOX.

YOU SEE, IF WE TOOK THAT OUT, THESE ARE THE SERVICES THAT WE WOULD LOSE.

SAME WITH OFFICE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT.

THE 911 CALL CENTER. AND YOU LOOK AT THE ASSET GARAGE AND IT'S LIKE, WELL, WHY WOULD YOU NEED EVIDENCE PROCESSING? BECAUSE IT IS A NEED AND THERE ARE MANY OPTIONS YOU'LL SEE IN THERE THAT, FOR EXAMPLE, WITH THE POLICE FACILITY, WE CANNOT DO WITHOUT WE YOU CANNOT DO WITHOUT

[01:10:02]

YOU CANNOT DO WITHOUT INVESTIGATION AND PATROL CRIME LABS.

YOU GOT TO HAVE THOSE. SO THOSE ARE ESSENTIAL SERVICES THAT WE HAVE COMBINED TO, TO DEMONSTRATE THE NEED THERE.

THE SAME GOES WITH THE COURT.

SO LET'S LOOK AT A SUMMARY OF THE REDUCTIONS.

AND WE MOVE THIS OUT TO 20, 2040.

PREVIOUSLY WHEN WE BROUGHT THIS TO YOU, IT WAS WE WERE LOOKING AT PROJECTIONS.

AND IT'S VERY DIFFICULT WHEN YOU'RE LOOKING OUT TEN YEARS AND PLAYING THE, THE, THE GENIE THAT RUBS THE CRYSTAL BALL AND SAYING, WELL, WE'LL PROBABLY NEED 5158 HAVE ACHIEVED 158 FEATS BY THAT.

THAT TIME WE LOOK AT WHAT WE WOULD NEED AS WHEN IT COMES TO STAFFING.

AND THAT'S HOW YOU DETERMINE WHAT SQUARE OR SQUARE FOOTAGE IS GOING TO BE, DEPENDING ON THE STAFF, DEPENDING ON THE THE JOB TASK AND DEPENDING ON THE FUNCTION IN THE AGENCY WILL HELP YOU COME UP WITH AN APPROXIMATE NUMBER.

WE REDUCE THAT TO MEET WHAT WE BELIEVE WOULD BE A GOOD, ACHIEVABLE GOAL BY THE YEAR 2040, ADDING 147 STAFF MEMBERS.

NOW WHAT THAT IS, IS THAT'S 131 SWORN POLICE OFFICERS.

AND IT'S LIKE, WELL, THAT'S A LOT. HOW ARE YOU GOING TO GO FROM WE'RE 51 RIGHT NOW.

HOW ARE YOU GOING TO GO TO 131? THAT'S A LOT OF OFFICERS ADDED A YEAR.

WELL, IF YOU TAKE IT OUT TO 15 YEARS LIKE WE'VE DONE WITH THIS ONE.

YOU'RE ADDING ABOUT 4 TO 5 OFFICERS A YEAR, WHICH IS A TYPICAL TREND THAT WE DO NOW.

WE REDUCED THE SPACE AS MUCH AS WE FELT WOULD BE EFFECTIVE, NOT ONLY FOR TODAY, BUT LONG TERM OUT TO 2040.

WE BELIEVE THAT 45,000FT² IS A USABLE, FUNCTIONAL FACILITY FOR THE POLICE MAIN.

WE ALSO ADDED ASSETS THERE, BUT WE.

IF YOU LOOK AT THE REVISED DATA, THERE'S NO LONGER POLICE. THERE'S NO LONGER POLICE COVERED PARKING OR 911 DISPATCH, EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT OR TRAINING CENTER.

AND WE HAVE MUNICIPAL COURT IN THERE.

AND SO IF WE REVISE THAT, IT WAS REDUCED TO 60,000.

BUT IF YOU LOOK AT THE POLICE MAIN THAT IS LESS THAN 50,000FT², IT'S WHAT WE GOT THAT DOWN TO.

SO HERE'S SOME OPTIONS THAT WE WANTED TO TO HAVE YOU CONSIDER.

AND WE'RE VERY OPEN. I THINK IT'S VERY IMPORTANT FOR THE COLLABORATION TO TO EXIST.

WE CAN ADJUST AND ASK OPTIONS.

WELL, WHAT ABOUT THIS OPTION? WHAT ABOUT THAT ONE? WHY ARE WE DOING THIS ONE AND NOT THAT ONE? SO THAT WE CAN COME TO A COMMON UNDERSTANDING OF HOW WE CAN BEST PROCEED.

IF YOU LOOK AT OPTION ONE, THAT ONE'S GOT THE POLICE BUILDING THE ASSETS MUNICIPAL COURT, BUT IT DOESN'T HAVE ALL THE OTHERS.

AND THERE'S A PRICE TAG AND A SQUARE FOOTAGE FOR THAT ONE.

THE SAME WITH OPTION TWO, WHICH IS ONLY THE POLICE BUILDING AND MUNICIPAL COURT. THE OPTION THREE, WHICH IS ONLY THE POLICE DEPARTMENT.

AND YOU'LL SEE THAT THAT'S 45,914FT².

AND THAT'S OVER A TEN YEAR JUSTICE OPTIONS.

JUSTICE CENTER OPTIONS.

SO WITH DISPATCH, IF YOU ADDED DISPATCH TO EACH ONE OF THOSE, YOU'LL SEE THE SQUARE FOOTAGE AND HOW THAT'S INCREASED.

AND THEN YOU'LL SEE THE COST ASSOCIATED WITH TYPICALLY DISPATCH IS ADDING ABOUT $5 MILLION IN A, IN ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT IN THOSE FACILITIES AND WITH EACH OPTION.

LAST THING I WANT TO TALK ABOUT IS THERE'S SOME ADDITIONAL CONSTRAINTS. YOU MENTIONED YOU HEARD ME MENTION EARLIER ABOUT OUR EVIDENCE AND OUR PROCESSING CENTER.

IF YOU LOOK AT THE PICTURES ON THE RIGHT THAT THAT FACILITY, THAT PICTURE IS OF ONE OF OUR EVIDENCE ROOMS, THAT IT'S AT CAPACITY TO THE POINT WHERE WE ARE STACKING STUFF UP TO THE CEILING.

THE PICTURE DOWN BELOW IS AN IT WAS A CONVERTED CLOSET THAT WE'RE USING FOR OUR CRIME SCENE TECHS TO PROCESS EVIDENCE CURRENTLY IN OUR FACILITY.

OUR PATROL IS THEY FUNCTION OUT OF THE BRIEFING ROOM, IS IN ONE TIGHT, CONFINED SPACE.

AND WE HAVE, LIKE I SAID, THE CRIME SCENE, THE CRIME LAB AND PROCESSING CENTER IS IN A CLOSET.

AND SO WE'VE GOT SOME CHALLENGES THAT I THINK NOT ONLY OUR COMMUNITY, NOT ONLY OUR POLICE DEPARTMENT, BUT OUR COUNCIL RECOGNIZES THAT THERE IS A NEED TO ADDRESS THESE ISSUES.

AND I LOOK FORWARD TO TALKING WITH YOU ABOUT ANY OPTIONS THAT YOU MAY WANT TO DISCUSS.

THANK YOU SIR. DISCUSSION OR QUESTIONS FROM COUNCIL.

THE QUESTION ABOUT THE 911 CENTER.

IT SOUNDS LIKE WE JUST WANT TO HOLD YOU TO THIS, BUT IT'S $5 MILLION IS THE APPROXIMATE ADDITIONAL COST FOR THE 911.

AND WE'RE NOW AT 1.2 MILLION, I THINK, OF THE NEW FISCAL YEAR 26 COSTS.

[01:15:01]

SO THAT 5 MILLION YOU GET A PAYBACK WITHIN 4 OR 5 YEARS.

THE OTHER BUT THE OTHER THING YOU SAID IS THAT AT ANY TIME THEY CAN SAY YOU GOT 120 DAY NOTICE, THAT YOU'RE NO LONGER.

SO IS THAT WEIGHED IN TO I MEAN, IS THAT LOOK AGAIN, NOT TO HOLD YOU TO ANYTHING. IS THAT LIKE A 2 OR 3 YEAR WINDOW OR IS THAT LAURA 5 OR 6 YEAR WINDOW BEFORE THEY CAN.

AND I KNOW YOU CAN'T KNOW WHEN THEY'RE GOING TO PULL THE TRIGGER, BUT. SO. EXCUSE ME.

SO DID I UNDERSTAND YOUR QUESTION? IS IT THE 3 TO 5 WINDOW RELATED TO.

WILLIAMSON COUNTY, BECAUSE THEY'VE GIVEN US NO INDICATOR THAT THEY'RE GOING TO TERMINATE ANYTHING, BUT THAT IS IN OUR AGREEMENTS, RIGHT? YES. AND WE SIGNED THEM FOR THREE YEARS.

I MEAN, I DON'T KNOW WHAT THEIR PLANS OF GROWTH ARE.

THERE MAY BE SOME GROWTH IN THERE. THAT IS ALSO OUR INCREASE OF 3%.

YES. SO I MEAN, IF WE DECIDE NO ON THE 911 CENTER ON ANY OF THE OPTIONS, AND AND IN THREE YEARS FROM NOW, THEY SAY YOU GOT 120 DAYS, WE'RE GOING TO LOOK BACK THIS YEAR AND SAYING, OH, WE SHOULD HAVE DONE THAT.

SO IS THERE ANY INDICATION THAT WE CAN, AS A COUNCIL, UNDERSTAND AGAIN, CRYSTAL BALL.

YES, SIR. IS, IS IS THIS SOMETHING THAT IS LIKE AN A 2 OR 3 YEAR WINDOW? BECAUSE I WOULD SAY, YEAH, LET'S GET THE 911 CENTER.

BUT IF IT'S NOT, IF IT LOOKS LIKE THEIR GROWTH PLANS AND WE'RE GOOD PARTNERS AND THAT'S FURTHER OUT. MAYBE WE CAN LIVE WITH THE 911 CONTRACT FOR FURTHER OUT.

YES, SIR. SO TO YOUR POINT, WE CURRENTLY PROVIDE WE'RE CURRENTLY PROVIDED THAT SERVICE FROM WILLIAMSON COUNTY AND THEY PROVIDE A GREAT SERVICE.

THEY'RE A GREAT PARTNER.

THE CHALLENGE AND CONCERN THAT WE HAVE IS, AGAIN, WE'RE A LARGE ENTITY AND AND A VERY HIGH VOLUME OF CALLS.

IT'S LIKE LEANDER FOR EXAMPLE.

THEIR CALL VOLUME IS A LITTLE BIT LARGER THAN OURS SLIGHTLY.

AND THEIR LARGER CITY.

SO OUR CALL VOLUME IS VERY INTENSIVE.

AND WHEN WE ADD STAFF, NOT ONLY DO YOUR SUBSCRIBER FEES GO UP YOUR MAINTENANCE AND SUBSCRIBER FEES FOR YOUR RADIO, BUT IF YOU HAVE IF WE ADD ENOUGH STAFF TO WHERE YOU'RE ADDING THEM TO THE SYSTEM AND THEY THEN THEY END UP HAVING TO HIRE DISPATCHERS, THEN THEY HAVE TO HIRE, THEN THEY HAVE TO GET ANOTHER ADDITIONAL CONSOLE. SO THERE ARE COSTS THAT WILL INHERIT THAT.

AT THE END OF THE CONTRACT.

WE HAVE NOTHING TANGIBLE THAT'S OURS.

BUT WE'VE PAID FOR THAT RENTAL OF SERVICE, SO THERE ARE SOME CHALLENGES THAT EXIST THERE. OKAY. THANK YOU.

YES, SIR. COUNCIL MEMBER.

IF I MAY. CITY MANAGER ART.

FOR THE RECORD, I DID HEAR YOU SAY ONE THING THAT I WANTED TO CLARIFY.

THE AMOUNT THAT WE PAID AT WILLIAMSON COUNTY IS THE OPERATING EXPENSES.

THE 5 MILLION THAT I BELIEVE WAS BEING DISCUSSED IS THE IS THE CAPITAL COST TO BUILD A FACILITY? ABSOLUTELY.

SO IN MY EXPERIENCE, YOU'RE NOT GOING TO REALLY YOU'RE NOT GOING TO SAVE THE 1.2 MILLION 100% AT BECAUSE YOU'RE GOING TO BE BRINGING THAT IN-HOUSE AND HIRING YOUR OWN DISPATCHERS AND HAVING YOUR OWN EQUIPMENT.

IT'S GENERALLY NOT CHEAPER TO TO RUN YOUR OWN DISPATCH.

THAT'S NOT USUALLY WHY YOU DECIDE TO DO DISPATCH.

IT'S USUALLY BECAUSE OF THE COMPLICATIONS OR YOU'RE GETTING YOU'RE GETTING SO SOPHISTICATED OR THE THE WILLIAMSON COUNTY IS ASKING US TO TAKE IT BECAUSE THEIR THEIR RESOURCES ARE STRETCHED. IT'S USUALLY OTHER REASONS OTHER THAN TRYING TO SAVE MONEY.

SO IT'S JUST GOING TO BE A QUESTION OF WHETHER COUNCIL WANTS TO PLAN FOR THAT LIKELIHOOD OR NOT, I THINK.

THANKS FOR THE CLARIFICATION. YEAH. ALL RIGHT. CHIEF? YES, SIR.

LOVE YOU. LOVE THE POLICE.

I HOPE THE HEADLINES THAT I DON'T.

IT'S NOT THAT I DON'T SUPPORT THE POLICE.

I, I THINK WE NEED TO HAVE A GOAL OF HAVING A BOND ELECTION MAY OF 26TH THAT WE USE EXISTING MONEY. I THINK THERE'S 3 MILLION IN COMMUNITY BENEFIT TO START DESIGNING.

BUT HERE'S MY OVERALL ISSUE.

WE SAY THAT WE HAVE A CALL.

CALL TIME OF SIX MINUTES.

BUT I KNOW FROM PREVIOUS DISCUSSIONS THAT WE CAN GET DOWN TO A 10TH OF A SECOND.

THE TIMING BETWEEN ME CALLING 911 THEM, ANSWERING THEM, DISPATCHING SOMEBODY. SO WHILE YOUR GUYS'S OVERALL THING IS SIX MINUTES AND THE GOAL IS THREE MINUTES, WHICH I THINK IS ADMIRABLE, WHAT I FOR ME, WHAT I NEED TO KNOW IS WHAT IS THE LAG BETWEEN THE TIME I CALL 911 AND THE TIME YOU GUYS GET THE CALL. BECAUSE THE LAST TIME WE WENT THROUGH THIS, THERE WAS THIS 45 MINUTE PROCESS OF WE HAD A CALL FOR 45 MINUTES AND THE CHIEF CAME UP.

HE WASN'T LIKE YOU, NOT NEAR AS ADMIRABLE.

AND HE PITCHED THIS. AND SO I SAID, WELL, MY GOD.

SO I WENT TO THE COUNTY AND I SAID, CAN YOU SHOW ME THESE CALL LOGS? AND THEN THEY SHOWED ME EVERY CAT EVENT.

AND AS ONE CALL, WE LEFT OPEN FOR 45 MINUTES BECAUSE OF A CERTAIN SITUATION.

SO IF WE'RE GOING TO SAY THAT AND YOU DIDN'T SAY THIS, BUT PEOPLE IN THE PAST, IF WE'RE GOING TO SAY SWITCHING 911 MAKES FOR FASTER CALL TIMES, I'D LIKE TO SEE THE CURRENT CALL TIME.

BECAUSE IF WE GO OUT AND SPEND, YOU KNOW, MILLIONS OF DOLLARS AND WE SAVE, YOU KNOW, NOT THAT SAVING FIVE SECONDS AND SAVING SOMEONE'S LIFE ISN'T WORTH THE MONEY,

[01:20:03]

AND THEN ALSO THE THE 2018 YOU WEREN'T HERE WAS A VERY WEIRD BOND ELECTION FOR SOME PEOPLE. A LOT OF THINGS WERE THROWN OUT.

A LOT OF THAT MONEY GOT MISSPENT, MISMANAGED, AND SO A LOT OF THINGS WERE PROMISED TO PEOPLE.

ONE OF THEM'S 911. AND TO THE CITY MANAGER'S POINT, I'M HEARING WHAT WE CAN SAVE FROM THE COUNTY, BUT NO ONE HAS STILL YET PROVIDED.

WHAT'S THE FTE COUNT FOR THE 911 CALLS? WHAT IS THAT GOING TO COST? BECAUSE IF YOU TELL US, HEY, WE'RE GOING TO SAVE YOU 1,000,002 LIKE WE DID WITH OUR SEWER, WE WENT OUT AND EXPANDED IT.

AND THEN ALL OF A SUDDEN IT WAS LIKE, I DON'T KNOW ABOUT EVERYBODY ELSE.

I DIDN'T KNOW ABOUT THE, THE M AND O SIDE OF THAT.

AND SO THEN IT WAS LIKE, WE'RE GOING TO FIND OUT TONIGHT. WE MAY HAVE TO RAISE WATER RATES $30 A MONTH JUST TO PAY FOR THE LABOR FOR THE EXPANSION OF THE PLANT.

AND WE ALREADY TOLD EVERYBODY, THIS IS WHAT YOU'RE PAYING EXTRA FOR THE PLANT. SO IF WE TELL EVERYBODY WE'RE SAVING 01,000,002, BUT THEN THE BUDGET COMES THROUGH AND IT'S A $3.4 MILLION COST, THEN I'M GOING, WHAT? WHAT AM I GETTING FOR 3.4 MILLION? IS PUBLIC WORKS REALLY NEED THAT DISPATCHING FOR AN EXTRA 1.8.

SO TO ME I GOT TO HAVE SOME NUMBERS LIKE THAT.

THE CONTRACT TERMINATION I'D LIKE TO.

I HAVE NO PROBLEM SITTING DOWN WITH THE, WITH THE JUDGE OR THE COMMISSIONER AND FINDING OUT. ARE WE ASKING THAT IN THERE? BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, SOMETIMES PEOPLE WANT THE OPTION TO CANCEL STUFF AND IT'S RECIPROCAL.

AND SO I WANT TO MAKE SURE.

IS THAT JUST A STANDARD THING? DID WE ASK FOR THAT OR ARE THEY REALLY THINKING ABOUT CANCELING IT BECAUSE YEAH, THAT WOULD PUT US IN A PICKLE.

BUT IF IT'S JUST A STANDARD THING, ONE OF THE THINGS I WOULD SAY IS THEY'VE GOT ONE HELL OF AN OPERATION THEY'VE BUILT OUT.

AND IF ALL OF A SUDDEN OUR 45,000 CALLS A YEAR DROP OFF, YES, SIR. THAT'S GOING TO IMPACT THEM. SO I, I DON'T KNOW THAT THEY'RE, YOU KNOW, LOOKING. AND AGAIN, YOU DIDN'T SAY THEY'RE LOOKING TO CANCEL US OR ANYTHING, BUT. NO. AND THE BIGGEST THING HERE OVERALL IS THIS.

AND I WAS TRYING TO PUT THIS ACROSS LAST TIME WITH A CONSULTANT, AND I'M NOT REAL GOOD AT ARTICULATING THINGS SOMETIMES. TIMES WE'RE BEING ASKED TO BUILD A WELL, IF YOU GO BACK A SLIDE, HOW BIG WAS THAT? 5455 K DOLLARS FOR 50 K.

ANOTHER SLIDE BACK, ANOTHER SLIDE NOT PLAYING GAMES.

THERE WE GO. OKAY, ALRIGHT, 46,000FT².

TO ME WE'RE LIKE DESIGNING A HOUSE, RIGHT? WE'RE LIKE, HEY, WE WANT TO BUILD A HOUSE. WE'RE NOT REALLY BEING TOLD HOW MANY CAR GARAGE, WE'RE NOT REALLY TOLD HOW THE KITCHEN WANTS TO LOOK, HOW MANY BEDROOMS. WE WANT AN OFFICE WE WANT TO.

WE'RE NOT REALLY BEING TOLD ALL THAT. WE'RE JUST BEING TOLD 46,000FT, 46,000 IS GOING TO GET IT DONE.

WE'RE AT 11 NOW. WE NEED A5X.

AND I'D LIKE TO SEE SOMEHOW LIKE, WHAT DOES THIS ALL LOOK LIKE? BECAUSE I WENT THROUGH A TOUR OF A FACILITY ACTUALLY WITH AC CHIEF JONES, AND IT WAS A LITTLE OVER THE TOP FOR ME, AND I DON'T KNOW HOW BIG THAT PARTICULAR CITY WAS. IT WAS OVER THE TOP AND AT $800 A SQUARE FOOT, MY MY FEAR IS, IS IF I TOLD YOU THIS IN AN EMAIL.

IF WE PUT ALL THE MONEY INTO THE POLICE, WHICH I THINK YOU GUYS WITHOUT A DOUBT DESERVE A FACILITY. THE PUBLIC WORKS PEOPLE GOT THE SAME THING.

I MEAN, THEIR THEIR PARKING ENGINE EQUIPMENT IN THEIR DESK AND WORKING ON IT IN BETWEEN TEAMS CALLS. AND THEN YOU GOT THE PARKS PEOPLE THERE JUST IN A TRAILER, SITTING ON A PARKING LOT. I MEAN, THEY'RE NOT EVEN WORRIED ABOUT SECURITY. SO WE'VE GOT ALL THESE THINGS WE GOT TO DO.

AND I'M LIKE, OKAY, IF WE THROW IT ALL AT ONE, I DON'T KNOW THAT EVERYBODY CAN STOMACH.

NEXT YEAR WE'RE GOING TO DO THE PARKS BECAUSE THE PARKS GUYS, THEY WANT THEY WANT A $60 MILLION FACILITY OR NOT THE PARKS, I'M SORRY, THE PUBLIC WORKS. AND SO THERE'S GOT TO BE A WAY THAT WE CAN LOOK AND SAY, OKAY, THIS IS WHAT WE NEED.

20,000 TODAY IS EXACT AS LAST TIME.

SO THAT'S NOT GOING TO WORK.

SO GIVE US LIKE 30,000.

WE'VE GOT THIS PROGRAM TO WHERE TODAY THIS WHATEVER THAT.

YOU KNOW THE ROLL CALL ROOM IS GOING TO BE PART OF OUR TRAINING ROOM TOMORROW, WHETHER THAT BE FIVE YEARS OR TEN.

THERE'S GOT TO BE A WAY TO STAGE THIS, BECAUSE MY BIGGEST FEAR IS WE'RE GOING TO THROW THIS TO THE BALLOT, PEOPLE. AND I MEAN, THERE'S A CHANCE THEY MAY THEY MAY SAY NO.

AND THEN THEN WE'VE REALLY GOT A PROBLEM BECAUSE WE ASKED REALLY HIGH IN MY MIND, WE CAN ASK, LOOK, WE NEED 30,000FT².

THE JUDGE IS GOING TO HAVE TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO HOLD COURT IN A 30,000 SQUARE FOOT BUILDING IN SOME MANNER.

HOW DO WE PROGRAM THAT? AND THEN HOW DO WE DO THAT TO WHERE WE KNOW? THEN WE GET THE PARKS PEOPLE, WE HAVE THE SAME DISCUSSION WITH THEM AND TELL THEM, GUYS, YOU'RE NOT GETTING 50,000FT².

I THINK ONE OF LIKE THREE CONFERENCE ROOMS, THEY HAVE NONE NOW.

SO TO ME, ONE CONFERENCE ROOM IS BETTER THAN NONE.

THREE HAS GOT TO BE A WAY TO CUT THIS DOWN, BECAUSE ONCE WE GET DONE WITH PUBLIC WORKS, WE GOT TO GO TO PARKS. AND THEN WE GOT THE LIBRARY PEOPLE IN A NEW LIBRARY.

AND I'M GOING, MAN, HOW DO YOU BUILD $300 MILLION IN FACILITIES, MAKE EVERYBODY HAPPY, AND NO ONE GET MAD AT THE OTHER GROUP? AND SO THAT'S WHAT I'M REALLY LOOKING FOR, LIKE A FLOOR PLAN OR SOMETHING TO BE ABLE TO GO, OKAY, WE CAN SELL THIS TO THE PUBLIC, BECAUSE IF I VOTE RIGHT NOW,

[01:25:04]

I'M JUST VOTING FOR THIS PIECE OF PAPER RIGHT HERE.

I DON'T KNOW WHAT IT'S GOING TO LOOK LIKE. I DON'T KNOW, YOU MAY HAVE 100 BY 100 SQUARE FOOT OFFICE AND I MIGHT SAY, HEY, 800 BUCKS A FOOT, CAN YOU, YOU KNOW, IS THERE A WAY TO SHARE THAT WITH THE AC? AND FOR TIMES JUST THINGS LIKE THAT.

SO A LITTLE MORE DETAIL. BUT I THINK INSTEAD OF US RUSHING FOR A NOVEMBER BALLOT, I THINK THE PRUDENT THING TO BE, SINCE IT'S SUCH AN EXPENSIVE DEAL, IS TO UNDERSTAND, ALONG WITH THE PARKS AND THE LIBRARY AND THE PUBLIC WORKS, HOW THE HECK ARE WE GOING TO FUND ALL THIS AND THEN GO IN MAY AND PUT SOME OF THIS STUFF ON THE BALLOT AND ASK THAT PEOPLE LIKE, HOW DO YOU WANT US TO DO THIS? THE OTHER THING WE HAVE, WE'VE GOT TO BE REAL CAREFUL OF IT DIDN'T PASS THIS YEAR, BUT I FORGOT THAT BILL.

JAMES. BUT THE BILL FROM THE STATE, I TOLD JAMES, I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S. IT WASN'T THIS YEAR. SO IT'S NOT IF IT'S WHEN THEY'RE TRYING TO CRACK DOWN TO WHERE THEY'RE GOING TO LIMIT OUR ABILITY TO BORROW MONEY BASED ON OUR OVERALL DEBT RATIO. THERE'S BEEN OTHER SCHOOL DISTRICTS THAT GOT ABOVE THAT, AND THEN WHEN IT GOT COMPRESSED, THEY COULDN'T BORROW ANY MONEY. THERE'S ALWAYS A POTENTIAL WE MAY GO OUT, DO THIS.

THERE'S A SPECIAL SESSION COMING UP.

WE STILL GOT IN TWO YEARS IN THE DEAL.

IF THEY PASS A DEAL AND ALL OF A SUDDEN WE CAN'T BORROW ANY MONEY BECAUSE WE SPENT IT ALL ON A POLICE STATION AND PUBLIC WORKS.

WE JUST HAVE TO GO OUT AND TELL THE PUBLIC THERE'S NO ROADS FOR HOWEVER MANY YEARS UNTIL OUR BOND RATIOS COME IN.

SO FOR ME, THAT'S WHERE I GET REAL NERVOUS, BECAUSE JAMES CALLED ME AND SAID, HEY, YOU MIGHT WANT TO PAY ATTENTION TO THIS BILL HERE.

THEY MAY LIMIT OUR ABILITY TO BORROW MONEY.

WE'RE ALREADY I THINK YOU SAID WE'RE ALREADY OVER THE PROPOSED LIMIT.

YEAH, WE'RE DEFINITELY ARE. YEAH.

SO WE'RE ALREADY OVER THE LIMIT.

THE STATE'S TRYING TO PUSH, SO WE STILL GOT A SPECIAL SESSION.

THAT'S WHERE I'M LIKE, IF WE FIND A WAY.

BUT WE GOT TO GET GOING ON DESIGN IN MY OPINION.

WE GOT TO GET THE ULTIMATE.

TO ME THE CONSULTANT GOT PAID A LOT OF MONEY.

WE NEED TO KNOW THE ULTIMATE BUILD OUT FOOTPRINT SO WE CAN CARVE THAT OUT AT THE COTTONWOOD SITE AND GO, HERE IT IS.

AND THEN WE'VE GOT TO HAVE A PLAN.

AND MY HOPE IS, IS THAT SOME OF THIS OTHER DEVELOPMENT COMES THAT WE HAVE ON THERE AND HELP US. JUST SO WE DON'T GET UPSIDE DOWN TO WHERE WE'RE SITTING HERE GOING, WE CAN'T EVEN BUY A, A VEHICLE BECAUSE THE STATE NOW HAS COMPRESSED US TO THE POINT WHERE WE DON'T HAVE THE ABILITY. SO TOTALLY WANT TO GIVE YOU GUYS WHAT YOU CAN.

AND WE'VE EVEN HAD TALKS. I THINK THERE'S WAYS TO GET THE THE FIRING RANGE PAID FOR BY SOMEBODY ELSE, MAYBE EVEN THE TRACK AND THINGS LIKE THAT.

SO I THINK WE CUT THOSE OUT, BUT WE HAVE IT ALL PROGRAMED IN THE OVERALL SITE SO THAT WHEN THAT CALL COMES, WE CAN SAY YOU WANT TO PAINT THE TRACK ORANGE FOR HOME DEPOT. WE DON'T REALLY CARE BECAUSE HOME DEPOT JUST CUT A CHECK FOR $10 MILLION AND THEY'RE BUILDING A HOME DEPOT OR WHATEVER IT'S CALLED. BUT ANYWAY, THAT'S WHAT I'M HOPING FOR. I WOULD LOVE I'D LOVE TO ALMOST HAVE A COMMITTEE.

I HATE SUBCOMMITTEES COMMITTEES, BUT A COMMITTEE OF THE COUNCIL TO WORK WITH YOU AND SOME OF YOUR STAFF AND JAMES, TO BE ABLE TO SIT DOWN AND REALLY TRY TO FLESH OUT. AND THEN ALSO THAT COMMITTEE ALSO MEET WITH PUBLIC WORKS AND PARKS AND LIBRARY AND TRY TO FIGURE OUT, AND HOW DO WE BITE $300 MILLION BECAUSE OUR BUDGETS ONLY 20 SOMETHING MILLION A YEAR. HOW DO WE HOW DO WE BITE TEN YEARS OF REVENUES? LITERALLY IN THREE YEARS? BECAUSE EVERYBODY YOU GUYS PROBABLY HAVE THE WORST NEED OUT OF EVERYBODY. AND THE LIBRARY'S GOING TO COME GRAB ME OUT OF MY HOUSE, BUT THEY PROBABLY HAVE THE LEAST ISSUES OUT OF EVERYBODY, BUT WE STILL HAVE TO ADDRESS IT ALL.

BUT ANYWAY. YES. AND TO YOUR POINT.

SORRY. I'M SORRY. OH, OKAY.

TO YOUR POINT, TO ANSWER A FEW OF THE CONCERNS THAT YOU BROUGHT UP WHEN IT COMES TO RESPONSE TIME DATA. I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT 45 MINUTE DELAY WAS, BUT I CONSIDER THAT TO BE AN OUTLIER. AND THAT'S SOMETHING WE'D NEVER BRING TO YOU, BECAUSE THAT JUST IS NOT REFLECTIVE OF THE RESPONSE TIME.

BUT WE DO HAVE THE DATA.

WE HAVE COMPREHENSIVE DATA OF WHAT THE THE THE THE RESPONSE TIME IS FOR PRIORITY ONE, PRIORITY TWO, PRIORITY THREE, PRIORITY FOUR CALLS ALSO THE TIME OF DAY AND WHAT THE RESPONSE TIMES WILL BE.

AND IT INCLUDES WHAT INFORMATION IS.

COMPILED FROM WHEN A PERSON CALLS DISPATCH, HOW LONG THEY TAKE ON THAT CALL, UNTIL THE TIME THAT THAT CALL IS GIVEN TO US, AND THEN OUR ARRIVAL TIME.

SO WE HAVE ALL OF THAT AND OUR TIME ON SITE AS WELL.

WHAT'S THAT TIME CALLED FROM THE I KNOW RESPONSE TIME IS THE TIME YOU GUYS GET THE CALL TO ARRIVE. WHAT'S THE WHAT'S IT CALLED FROM THE TIME YOU CALL 911 TILL YOU GUYS GET THE CALL? AS FAR AS A SPECIFIC TITLE IF I SAID, HEY, CAN YOU JUST RUN US A REPORT OF EVERY 911 CALL? SO WE KNOW THEY CALLED IT, LIKE FIVE, TEN, TEN.

AND YOU GUYS GOT THE CALL.

DID YOU DID IT? WAS IT A MINUTE LATER YOU GOT THE CALL OR WAS IT FIVE SECONDS OR WHAT DO YOU CALL THAT LITTLE. ARE YOU REFERRING TO? THE DISPATCH CALL TIME? YEAH. MAYOR COUNCIL DWAYNE JONES, ASSISTANT CHIEF. IT'S JUST THEY CALL IT A

[01:30:02]

DISPATCH, JUST ON THE TIME DELAY.

YEP. FROM THE TIME THE 911 CALL COMES IN UNTIL THE CALL IS DISPATCHED.

YEP. I THINK THAT'D BE.

I MEAN, TO HELP US MAKE A DECISION ON 911.

I THINK THAT'D BE HELPFUL TO KNOW HOW MUCH BETTER CAN IT GET? YES. AND WE GET THAT. WE GET THAT MONTHLY WITH REQUESTS.

WE DON'T HAVE ACCESS. WE HAVE TO REQUEST IT FROM THEM SINCE THEY COMPILE THE DATA. ALSO THE COST BREAKDOWN WHEN IT COMES TO OPERATING A DISPATCH LIKE MR. EARP SAID. ANY 100% CORRECT.

THE $5 MILLION IS THE EQUIPMENT SET UP AND CONFIGURATION OF THAT FACILITY, BUT WE ACTUALLY PULLED LEANDER'S DATA AND THEY HAVE 16 DISPATCHERS WORKING TOTAL FOR THEIR, THEIR CITY AND THEIR SALARIES ALONE ARE ABOUT $1.5 MILLION, 1 MILLION, 1,517,989, OR $898.

THEIR OPERATIONAL COSTS WHEN IT COMES TO SUPPLIES MAINTENANCE THE CONTRACTUAL SERVICE, WHICH IS THE MAINTENANCE AND SUBSCRIBER FEES FOR THE COUNTY, IS ABOUT $58,000. THEY HAVE OTHER THINGS, LIKE THEY HAD A CAPITAL OUTLAY FOR SOME MAJOR EQUIPMENT UPDATE. SO THEIR ENTIRE WHEN YOU CONSIDER ALL OF THAT AND THEIR SALARIES FOR 16 STAFF AND THEIR OPERATIONS IS ABOUT $1,869,492.

IF HUTTO POLICE DEPARTMENT, FOR EXAMPLE, WE TOOK THOSE SAME NUMBERS AND AND EXTRAPOLATED IT OUT TO MEET THE NEEDS THAT OF TEN, YOU'RE LOOKING AT $948,686 FOR SALARIES.

KEEPING THAT SAME OPERATIONS COST IS 191,000.

THE TOTAL IS $1,140,280 FOR TEN.

WHAT'S THE MINIMUM YOU NEED TO RUN THE SHIFT OR RUN A WEEK LIKE A BARE MINIMUM WOULD BE EIGHT, BECAUSE YOU'D HAVE FOUR SHIFTS AND THE TEN WOULD BE A SUPERVISOR AND OVERLAP IN CASE YOU HAD SOMEONE OUT. AND THAT INCLUDES LIKE VACATIONS.

YES, SIR. AND THAT'S WHY WE HAVE THE TEN TO.

AND IF AT WORST CASE SCENARIO YOU INSTEAD OF HAVING TWO ON AT ONE TIME, YOU COULD PIVOT TO ONE.

AND THERE'S SOME EFFECTIVE PROACTIVE SCHEDULING THAT YOU CAN DO FOR YOUR, YOUR PEAK TIMES. YOU MAY WANT TO HAVE TWO THERE, AND YOU MAY HAVE A 5 TO 11 SHIFT OR A SHIFT WHERE YOU ONLY HAVE ONE ON FOR 10 TO 6 ON ON A WEDNESDAY NIGHT, FOR EXAMPLE, THERE ARE VARIABLES THAT YOU CAN DO TO MAXIMIZE THE EFFICIENCY WHERE YOU DON'T NECESSARILY NEED THAT LARGE NUMBER.

AND FROM WHAT I WAS TOLD LEANDER STARTED OUT WITH EIGHT.

THEN THEY TRANSITIONED TO TEN SO THAT THEY COULD HAVE THAT SPECIFIC OVERLAP.

AND THEY'VE GROWN SINCE THEN, AND NOW THEY'RE AT 16.

AND WHEN IT CAME TO WHEN IT COMES TO THE THE SQUARE FOOTAGE, I WANT, I WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT I EXPLAIN THAT WE DIDN'T GET TO THAT THAT NUMBER JUST BY SAYING, WELL, YOU NEED THIS MANY, THIS AMOUNT OF STAFF. WE WENT THROUGH SOME DELIBERATE STEPS AND PRACTICES ON LOOKING AT, OKAY, IF YOU'VE GOT THIS, LIEUTENANT, HOW MUCH SPACE WOULD THEY NEED? OKAY. WHAT ABOUT BATHROOMS? WHAT ABOUT STORAGE? WHAT ABOUT THE COMMAND STAFF CENTER? WHAT ABOUT TRAINING? AND YOU TAKE ALL OF THAT SQUARE FOOTAGE OF THAT FOR THE OFFICER'S NEED FOR, SAY, FOR EXAMPLE, 20, 29, 2035, 2040.

AND SO YOU SEE HOW YOU WILL GROW OVER THAT.

AND THAT'S THAT WAS THE PRACTICE WE WENT THROUGH.

AND WE BOILED IT DOWN FROM THE 49,000 TO THE 45,914.

SO WE HAVE WE HAVE DATA RELATED TO THE SQUARE FOOTAGE OF EACH INDIVIDUAL THAT WOULD BE OPERATING OUT OF THAT FACILITY.

WHAT IT WOULD LOOK LIKE FOR RECORDS AND EVIDENCE, WHAT IT WOULD LOOK LIKE FOR IT. WE HAVE ALL OF THOSE THOSE DATA POINTS COLLECTED AND GATHERED. AND THAT WAS SOMETHING THAT OUR OUR ARCHITECTS HELPED US THROUGH WHEN WE CAME UP WITH THESE NUMBERS. YEAH.

IF THEY CAN SHARE SOME WITH US BECAUSE, LIKE, IF YOU'RE BUILDING AN INDUSTRIAL SPACE, YOU SAY, I WANT TO BUILD 100,000 SQUARE FOOT BUILDING, AND THERE'S JUST A FORMULA THAT PEOPLE DO ON THE BACK OF THEIR BACK PIECE OF PAPER.

WELL, 100,000 SQUARE FOOT.

YOU'RE GOING TO NEED, YOU KNOW, 4563 FOR OFFICE.

YOU'RE GOING TO NEED THIS FOR BATHROOMS. SO YES, YOU GUYS HAVE TAKEN A LOT BIGGER STEP THAN MOST PEOPLE WHEN THEY'RE DEVELOPING SHOPPING SPACE. THEY KNOW A 10,000 SQUARE FOOT BUILDING.

YOU'RE GOING TO NEED X AMOUNT OF ACRES FOR PARKING.

YES, SIR. THEY HAVEN'T DONE IT QUITE.

BUT ANYTHING YOU CAN SHARE? JUST SO WHEN WE GO TO THE PUBLIC AND GO, I'VE AT LEAST SEEN SOMETHING BECAUSE RIGHT NOW I WOULD TELL THEM, I DON'T KNOW, I LIKE, I DON'T, I JUST DON'T KNOW.

AND I'M KIND OF THE GUY THAT'S ALWAYS ASKING FOR, YOU KNOW, I DON'T WANT TO KNOW YOUR SECURITY SYSTEM, BUT JUST SOME KIND OF DETAIL. BUT.

YES, SIR. SO WE'VE HAD MULTIPLE MEETINGS WITH THEM AND LIKE YOU'RE SAYING, EVEN WHEN YOU BROUGHT DOWN THE BROUGHT UP THE PARKING. THAT'S SOMETHING THAT WE DID AS WELL AS WHAT ARE THE NUMBER OF SPACES IF YOU'VE GOT COURTS HERE, HOW MUCH SPACE WOULD COURTS NEED? WHAT WOULD THE LOBBY SIZE BE? HOW WOULD THOSE THINGS MATCH UP? WHAT ARE THE THE SECURE AREAS? WHAT DO THOSE LOOK LIKE? WHAT ARE THE HALLWAYS, THE DIMENSIONS AND THINGS OF THOSE NATURE SO

[01:35:02]

IT'LL BE THREE YEARS MINIMUM BEFORE YOU CAN BUILD THAT. WHAT WILL WE NEED AT THAT POINT? AND AS WE GROW AS A CITY, WHAT SPACES CAN BE TO MAKE IT FUTURE PROOF? MEANING THAT. OKAY, WELL, TODAY WE'RE GOING TO USE THIS FOR THIS TYPE OF SERVICE. BUT AS WE GROW, WE MAY NEED TO TRANSITION INTO THIS NEW SPACE, AND WE CAN ABSORB THIS SPACE WITH OTHER SERVICES THAT WE PROVIDE.

SO WE'VE HAD THESE THESE, THESE DISCUSSIONS THROUGHOUT THE PROCESS.

COMMAND STAFF AND OUR, OUR OFFICERS HAVE ALL WE'VE GIVEN WE'VE RECEIVED FEEDBACK AND DISCUSSION FROM THEM SO THAT WE COULD TAKE IT IN OUR MEETINGS TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE BOILING THIS DOWN TO WHERE WE'RE PROVIDING ESSENTIAL NEEDS FOR ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS AND SERVICES THAT THE COMMUNITY AND THE DEPARTMENT ARE EXPECTED TO PROVIDE.

CHIEF, CAN YOU GO FORWARD A SLIDE? YES, SIR.

AND THEN ONE MORE. ARE THERE COMPARABLE BENCHMARKS TO OTHER CITIES OUR SIZE THAT WE CAN LOOK AT TO KIND OF GET A COMPARISON FOR INFORMATION LIKE THIS? ARE WE TALKING ABOUT WITH THE THE COST OR THE SQUARE FOOTAGE? THE COST? WELL, I GUESS BOTH.

OKAY. SO WITH THE SQUARE FOOTAGE, IF YOU LOOK AT, SAY, FOR EXAMPLE, KYLE THERE ARE ABOUT 60 PLUS THOUSAND AND THEIR FACILITY IS ABOUT 64,000FT². IT'S A LOT LARGER THAN WHAT OUR FOOTPRINT IS.

AND WE'RE TALKING ABOUT A RANGE OF OUT TO 2040 IS 45,000FT² IS WHAT WE'RE LOOKING FOR.

THAT'S THE POLICE MAIN.

NOW, IF YOU ADD IN THE DISPATCH, OF COURSE, WE'RE AT 49,000.

AND THERE'S A CAFETERIA PLAN, YOU CAN GO ALL THE WAY UP.

BUT WHEN YOU TALK ABOUT THE CORE, COMPARING IT TO THEM, WE'RE 64. THEY'RE 64,000.

AND OUR POLICE MAIN IS IS AGAIN 45,000.

NOW, THE DOLLAR AMOUNTS ARE TOTALLY DIFFERENT WHEN YOU LOOK AT WHEN THEY BUILT. YOU LOOK AT GEORGETOWN, WHEN THEY BUILT THERE, THEY PROBABLY BUILT THEIRS FOR A THIRD OF WHAT WE'RE PAYING FOR OURS.

AND SO BECAUSE, YOU KNOW I LOOK AT THE PRICES.

I DON'T LIKE THE PRICES.

I DON'T LIKE THEM TODAY.

I LIKE THEM LESS TOMORROW.

I LIKE THEM EVEN LESS A YEAR FROM NOW BECAUSE THEY'RE GOING TO KEEP GOING UP. AND SO THE GOAL IS HOW DO WE MEET THAT NEED.

AND I THINK IT'S A CHALLENGE TO SAY.

WELL WE'VE GOT 55. WE GOT 55 MILLION THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT HERE.

BUT THEY ONLY PAID 20 MILLION FOR THEIRS, AND THEIRS IS 4 OR 5 TIMES LARGER.

THAT'S BECAUSE THE TIMES ARE DIFFERENT, AND THE COSTS OF GOODS AND SERVICES AND MATERIALS IS JUST THROUGH THE ROOF.

SO IT'S KIND OF HARD TO TO EVEN GAUGE SOMEONE TWO YEARS AGO COMPARED TO PRICE.

ARE WE LOOKING AT ARE WE ARE THERE PROJECTED SAVINGS THAT WOULD HELP OFFSET TAXPAYER FUNDS FOR SOMETHING LIKE THIS? ARE YOU GUYS LOOKING AT THAT WITH YOUR CONSULTANT? WE'RE EXPLORING ANY OPTIONS AND EVEN PARTNERSHIPS IS SOMETHING THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT.

ANY OPTIONS THAT WE CAN TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE ABSORBING AS MUCH COST AS WE CAN FROM ALTERNATIVE REVENUE SOURCES IS SOMETHING THAT WE'RE DOING, IN FACT, LIKE WITH TO YOUR POINT, WITH DISPATCHING THERE, THERE ARE OTHER ENTITIES THAT COULD POTENTIALLY HAVE A REVENUE NEUTRAL PARTNERSHIP WITH US TO PROVIDE DISPATCH SERVICES AND SAY, FOR EXAMPLE, I HAVEN'T HAD THE CONVERSATIONS, BUT YOU'VE GOT HUDDLE ISD, FOR EXAMPLE, BECAUSE THEY ARE HUDO.

IT MAY MAKE SENSE. THE DOLLARS MAY MAKE SENSE FOR THEM TO PARTNER WITH US, AND IF THEY DO THAT, DEFRAYS THE COST OF OUR DISPATCHING BECAUSE IT BECOMES A REVENUE NEUTRAL SHARED PARTNERSHIP IN THE SAME WITH OTHER ENTITIES THAT MAY LOOK FOR THE ALTERNATIVE. IT'S SOMETHING THAT WE COULD CONSIDER.

SO IF WE WERE TO TO A POINT THAT WAS MADE EARLIER, IF WE WERE TO WAIT AND PUT THIS ON THE BALLOT IN MAY.

RIGHT. HOW DOES THIS INVESTMENT INTO A NEW FACILITY COMPARE TO CONTINUING TO DO WHAT WE ARE DOING RIGHT NOW? SO WE'RE LIMITED ON OUR SPACE.

WE'RE LIMITED ON WHAT WE CAN, FOR EXAMPLE, WHAT WE CAN PROVIDE AND HOW THE QUALITY OF WHAT WE OF OUR SERVICES AND THE EFFICIENCY OF OUR FUNCTIONALITY IS WHERE OUR CHALLENGE LIES. FOR EXAMPLE, OUR SPECIAL INVESTIGATIVE UNIT, WHICH IS LIKE OUR VICE, THEY'RE THEY'RE AN ELITE COMPONENT OF INVESTIGATIONS. THEY GO OUT AND THEY WORK.

THE HUMAN TRAFFICKING, THEY WORK THE THE NARCOTICS, THEY WORK ALL OF THESE MAJOR ORGANIZED CRIME TASK FORCE AND INCIDENTS, WE HAVE STRUGGLED TO FILL THAT POSITION, DELAYED BECAUSE WE DON'T HAVE WHEN WE FEEL IT, WE DON'T HAVE THE WE DON'T HAVE THE SPACE FOR ANY OF THEM TO OPERATE.

[01:40:01]

SO WE'VE ASKED OTHER PRIVATE ENTITIES, WOULD IT BE POSSIBLE FOR US TO SET UP A SPACE THERE? AND WE'RE WORKING TO TRY TO FIND SOLUTIONS LIKE THAT SO THAT WE CAN SAY, WELL, WE'VE GOT THIS SERVICE, BUT WE CAN GO AHEAD AND PROVIDE IT UNTIL WE CAN HAVE THE FACILITIES WHERE WE CAN FUNCTION TO THE LEVEL OF EXPECTATION.

UNDERSTOOD. SO, I MEAN, AND YOU DON'T HAVE TO ANSWER, BUT FROM WHAT I FEEL LIKE I'M HEARING FROM YOU IS THE LACK OF RESOURCES AND WAITING.

WOULD WE'RE PUTTING A RISK TO PUBLIC SAFETY.

WE'RE PUTTING A RISK TO SERVICE DELIVERY BY CONTINUING TO PROLONG THIS.

AND SO I WOULD JUST, YOU KNOW, HOPE THAT THE PUBLIC HEARS, YOU KNOW, THE URGENCY THAT'S NEEDED FOR SOMETHING LIKE THIS.

BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, HEARING THAT BUILT IN 2002, SEVEN OFFICERS THAT'S JUST NOT GOING TO CUT IT.

AND SO I'M HOPING THAT, YOU KNOW, THAT'S A THAT'S A REAL DISCUSSION THAT WE CAN HAVE WHENEVER BUDGET SEASON COMES.

ALSO, THAT 1.1 FOR DISPATCH REALLY CONCERNS ME AS WELL.

AND TO ANOTHER POINT THAT WAS MADE EARLIER, YOU KNOW, THE, THE ADDITION FOR DISPATCH YOU KNOW, THINGS ARE JUST GOING UP.

AND SO I'M HOPING THAT, YOU KNOW, THE PUBLIC SAFETY ASPECT IS, IS FOCUSED IN ON AS WELL AS THE SERVICE DELIVERY THAT WE PROVIDE TO RESIDENTS IS FOCUSED IN ON AS WELL. SO THANK YOU FOR YOUR PRESENTATION. YES, SIR.

AND THANK YOU. AND LIKE TO YOUR POINT IT'S THE FUNCTIONALITY AND THE SERVICE COMPONENT THAT WE'RE, WE'RE TRYING TO NEGOTIATE WITH FIDELITY, SAY, FOR EXAMPLE, LIKE WE'VE GOT A TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT DIVISION RIGHT NOW, WE'VE ONLY GOT TWO IN THERE BECAUSE WE GOT ONE OFFICE IN THE SERGEANT AND THE OFFICER SHARE THAT SAME SPACE, BECAUSE WE JUST SIMPLY DON'T HAVE THE CAPACITY TO EXPAND THE SERVICES THAT WE KNOW THAT OUR COMMUNITY NEEDS.

CHIEF, I JUST WANT TO SAY THANK YOU.

AS ALWAYS, WHEN YOU COME UP, I APPRECIATE YOUR PROFESSIONALISM. I DO APPRECIATE WHAT YOU AND YOUR STAFF DO FOR THE CITY.

A POINT THAT YOU MADE ABOUT THIS, YOUR WHOLE PRESENTATION HERE IS MAXIMIZING, MAXIMIZING EFFICIENCY.

AND I KNOW OTHER DEPARTMENTS HAVE TO DO THIS AS WELL.

BUT YOU GUYS HAVE DEFINITELY MAXIMIZED YOUR EFFICIENCY WHERE YOU ARE.

I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT THAT WE WE CONSIDER THIS. I WOULD PROBABLY ECHO THE SENTIMENTS OF MAYOR AND AND SAY, MAYBE THIS NEEDS TO BE A BALLOT MEASURE.

I MEAN, THIS IS THIS IS A ALMOST STICKER SHOCK AND I'M SURE IT IS FOR YOU AS WELL.

LIKE YOU SAID, YOU DON'T LIKE THE PRICE, BUT IT'S THE NATURE OF THE BEAST.

SO YOU KNOW, I. YEAH, WE IT'S GOING TO BE IT'S GOING TO BE A VERY DIFFICULT THING WHAT WE DO AND HOW WE DO IT AND WHETHER THE PEOPLE REALLY WANT TO PAY FOR IT. SO I WOULD JUST ASK THAT YOU CONTINUE TO MAXIMIZE EFFICIENCY, WHICH I KNOW YOU'RE ALREADY DOING. YES, SIR. AND I APPRECIATE YOUR STAFF.

COUPLE, I GUESS A QUESTION.

THE THE TERMINATION AGREEMENT IS THAT IN OUR CURRENT AGREEMENT? YES, SIR. SO IT'S LIKE A STANDARD.

YES. IT'S NOT LIKE A NEW THING THAT THEY'RE THEY'RE DOING.

NO. AND IN FACT, IT WAS THE SAME AGREEMENT I HAD WHEN I WAS THE CHIEF OF A PREVIOUS AGENCY. THAT YOU HAVE THAT IN THERE AND I, I'M ASSUMING AND THAT IT'S A THE SAME AGREEMENT THAT THEY HAVE WITH OTHER ENTITIES.

AND IT JUST GIVES. IT GIVES.

YOU KNOW, BOTH BOTH ENTITIES A TERMINATION AVENUE.

IF THEY IF WE DECIDED WE WANTED TO GET OUT, WE COULD GIVE THEM THAT AND VICE VERSA.

EXACTLY. SO IT THE AGREEMENT WENT INTO EFFECT IN 2023, AND IT'S UP FOR RENEWAL IN 2026.

ONE OF THE CHALLENGES AND I HAVE TO GIVE YOU BOTH SIDES, I TALK ABOUT THE POSITIVES, BUT I HAVE TO TALK ABOUT THE REALITIES AS WELL. THE ONE OF THE UNCERTAINTIES IS WE DO NOT KNOW WHAT THE NEW FINANCIAL REQUEST WILL BE AFTER THE 2026 CONTRACT EXPIRES.

AND IF THERE IS AN AMOUNT THAT IS IS SUGGESTED, WE HAVE LITTLE TO NO SAY IN, IN IT BECAUSE WE'VE HAD THOSE CONVERSATIONS BEFORE AND ATTEMPTED THAT WHEN WE MOVED TO THE INITIALLY THE 25 THE WHEN THEY WHEN THEY UPPED IT, IT WENT TO $25.14 A CALL.

NOW IT'S GONE. THEN IT WENT UP TO $32 A CALL AND THEN IT WENT TO ABOUT 30.

I THINK THIS COMING YEAR IT'S GOING TO BE ABOUT $30 A CALL.

THEY'VE REDUCED IT. SO HERE'S WHAT HAPPENS. AND A LOT OF PEOPLE DON'T UNDERSTAND. IF YOU JUST GOT AN OFFICER THAT GOES 7600 COUNTY, I'M 1041, MEANING THAT YOU'RE STARTING YOUR SHIFT.

THAT'S $30. AND IF YOU DON'T DO ANYTHING ELSE AND YOU SAY 7600 COUNTY, I'M 1042, MEANING I'VE ENDED MY SHIFT.

THAT'S $30. YOU'VE PAID $60 FOR JUST REACHING OUT.

THAT'S THAT'S THE THAT'S THE CHALLENGE THAT WE'RE DEALING WITH.

[01:45:01]

OUT OF CURIOSITY HOW OFTEN DO OFFICERS HAVE TO QUALIFY FOR A FIREARM? SO THAT WAS A TIME WHEN WE COULD GO OUT.

WE WE COULD GO OUT WEEKLY.

WE'VE CHANGED THAT BECAUSE OF THE DEMAND ON THE LIMITED SPACES THAT THEY HAVE OUT THERE.

THE STATE REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF ONE TIME A YEAR.

OH, WE DO. WE DO MORE THAN THAT WHEN WE CAN GET SPACE.

OKAY. OKAY. YEAH. I WAS LIKE JIM SAID, I WAS KIND OF CRUNCHING THE NUMBERS ON THE ON THE DISPATCH, AND I KNOW THAT I'VE ACTUALLY NOT NECESSARILY BEEN ON THIS SIDE OF THE SITUATION, BUT HAVE BEEN ON THE OUTSIDE OF A POLICE DEPARTMENT IN THAT SORT OF SITUATION OF WHETHER OR NOT THEY WANT TO TAKE ON DISPATCH.

AND THAT COST AND, AND TO MR. EARP'S COMMENTS. IT'S NOT IT'S NOT NECESSARILY CHEAPER MAYBE, YOU KNOW, MAYBE 15 YEARS DOWN THE ROAD, BUT IT'S NOT CHEAPER.

IT'S MORE OF A THE LEVEL OF SERVICE YOU COULD PROVIDE TO YOUR COMMUNITY IN DOING THAT.

SO I DON'T KNOW THAT THAT'S I DON'T KNOW THAT THAT'S SOMETHING THAT I WOULD, YOU KNOW, LOOK AT DOING.

I MEAN, IF, IF WILKO IS GOING TO INCREASE 44% YEAR OVER YEAR, THEN MAYBE I MIGHT CHANGE MY MIND PRETTY QUICK.

BUT YEAH, I THINK WE JUST WE'VE GOT A WE'VE GOT A, WE'VE GOT A BIG A, A BIG ANIMAL TO TACKLE HERE.

AND, AND YOU KNOW, LIKE I SAID, I MIGHT ECHO THE THE MAYOR, YOU KNOW, MAYBE WE NEED TO GO OUT AND AND I WOULD I AGREE, I WOULD LIKE A MORE CONCRETE DELIVERABLE OF WHAT WE'RE GOING TO PAY FOR.

YOU KNOW, YOU TELL ME YOU NEED 45,000FT².

I COULD GET I COULD PROBABLY GET BEHIND THAT.

BUT AT THE SAME TIME, I NEED TO KNOW WHAT I'M GETTING FOR THAT 45,000FT². YOU GUYS HAVE DONE AMAZING IN THE SQUARE FEET THAT YOU HAVE.

AND OBVIOUSLY WE'RE GOING TO ASK YOU TO CONTINUE TO DO THAT FOR THE TIME BEING.

YES, SIR. AND I KNOW YOU RELUCTANTLY AND WILLINGLY WILL, BUT YEAH, I WOULD LIKE TO SEE SOMETHING LIKE THAT.

AND, YOU KNOW, MAYBE IF WE NEED TO, YOU KNOW, TALK ABOUT PAYING FOR THE DESIGN UNTIL WE GET THAT ON THE BALLOT, THEN WE HAVE TO.

DO YOU GUYS DEFINITELY DESERVE IT. Y'ALL ARE NOT THE ONLY ONES. BUT I JUST WANT TO SAY I APPRECIATE YOU AND APPRECIATE YOU, SIR.

YEAH. SO IT SEEMS LIKE THE 911 DISPATCH IS THE THE TOPIC EVERYBODY'S TALKING ABOUT, AND I'M GOING TO TALK ABOUT IT TOO. MY RECOLLECTION FROM WHEN THE BOND ELECTION HAPPENED WAS THEY CAME BACK FROM THE BOND ELECTION.

COUNCIL STARTED TALKING ABOUT, OKAY, HOW DO WE GO ABOUT THIS DISPATCH CENTER? AND THAT WAS THE VERY FIRST TIME ANYBODY CAME TO THEM AND SAID, WELL, HERE'S WHAT THE MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS IS GOING TO COST. AND THAT WAS STICKER SHOCK BECAUSE 2019, THE CITY BUDGET WAS MUCH SMALLER.

THE COUNTY WAS NOT CHARGING ANYWHERE NEAR $1 MILLION A YEAR, AND THAT COST WAS JUST NOT GOING TO HAPPEN AT THAT POINT IN TIME.

AND SO IT JUST GOT SHELVED. IT JUST WAS NOT FEASIBLE.

YES, SIR. IT'S CLOSE TO FEASIBLE NOW, BUT IT'S NOT IT'S NOT A PRESSING NEED THAT I SEE RIGHT NOW. IT'S SOMETHING THAT WE SHOULD DO IN THE FUTURE.

BUT I STILL HAVE OTHER QUESTIONS ABOUT IT TOO.

YES, SIR. I THINK WHAT WE SHOULD DO IS DEFINITELY BUILD IN THE 3500FT² IN THE BUILDING, AND DO SOME SMART THINGS TO MAKE SURE IT'S EASILY ACCESSIBLE FOR PUTTING IN THE COMMUNICATION LINES AND EVERYTHING WHEN IT'S TIME TO OUTFIT IT. BUT I THINK WE SHOULD SAVE THE MILLIONS OF DOLLARS ON THAT EQUIPMENT RIGHT NOW, BECAUSE WE HAVE SO MANY OTHER FACILITIES AND ADDITIONAL THINGS THAT YOU GUYS ARE GOING TO BE COMPROMISING ON IN THIS FACILITY.

YES. AND I THINK WE SHOULD FIND, YOU KNOW, PURPOSE THAT MONEY ELSEWHERE BUT HAVE THE ABILITY TO THEN RETROFIT TO THEN TO THEN INSTALL THE DISPATCH CENTER.

MAYBE IT'S FIVE YEARS DOWN THE LINE.

I DON'T KNOW WHAT IT IS, BUT AND THEN AS FAR AS WHEN IT MAKES SENSE AND WHAT THE BENEFIT IS, IT'S VERY IMPORTANT TO KNOW WHAT THE BENEFIT IS ON OUR, OUR POLICE CALLS.

YES. BUT FOR THE COMMUNITY, IT'S ALSO IMPORTANT TO KNOW HOW THAT IMPACTS THEIR ISD CALLS, BECAUSE THAT ALL GOES THROUGH THE COUNTY.

RIGHT NOW THE ESD BOUNDARY IS NOT THE CITY BOUNDARY.

SO IT GETS COMPLICATED WHEN THEY'RE POTENTIALLY GETTING CALLS FROM TWO DIFFERENT DISPATCH CENTERS. AND HOW THAT ALL WORKS.

AND SO I THINK WE NEED TO HAVE THAT ANALYSIS AND, AND HAVE SOME IDEA HOW THAT WORKS BEFORE WE GO DOWN THAT ROAD.

BUT I ALSO DON'T NECESSARILY THINK THAT'S OUR PROBLEM TO TACKLE TODAY.

I THINK GETTING YOU GUYS A FACILITY AND GETTING THE THINGS THAT ARE PRESSING NEEDS, WE HAVE TO DO ALL THOSE THINGS AND DOING WHAT WE CAN TO BE SMART TO ALLOW ADDING IN THESE OTHER FEATURES IN THE FUTURE SO THAT WE'RE NOT, YOU KNOW, WE'RE NOT LOOKING FIVE YEARS DOWN THE ROAD SAYING, WOW, NOW WE'RE GOING TO NEED A BIGGER FACILITY AGAIN. THAT'S THAT'S THE WRONG ANSWER. BUT FIVE YEARS DOWN THE ROAD TO SAY, OKAY, YOU KNOW WHAT? IT'S TIME TO DO THAT 911 DISPATCH AND WE'VE GOT THE SPACE FOR IT.

AND WE JUST HAVE TO FIND, YOU KNOW, WHATEVER THE COST IS AT THAT POINT IN TIME, I THINK THAT MAKES SENSE.

SO I THINK WE JUST NEED TO DIAL IN WHERE WE'RE AT ON THESE OPTIONS, WHAT FEATURES WE WANT TO PAY FOR TODAY, WHERE WE MIGHT WANT TO JUST PLAN FOR THE GROWTH FOR TOMORROW AND NOT OUTFIT A CERTAIN THING LIKE THE DISPATCH CENTER.

I DON'T KNOW IF THERE'S OTHER THINGS THAT FIT THAT TOO, THAT WE MIGHT SAY, YOU KNOW WHAT, WE'RE NOT GOING TO FINISH OUT EVERY FEATURE IN THIS BUILDING. WE'RE JUST GOING TO SAY THESE ARE PLANNED FUTURE UPGRADES.

[01:50:02]

HOPEFULLY WE'VE GROWN.

HOPEFULLY WE'VE WE'VE GOT A FINANCIAL POSITION AND THEN COME BACK AND SAY, OKAY, WHAT ARE WE NOT PUT IN THIS THIS JUSTICE CENTER THAT WE NEED TO GO INSTALL NOW. SO THAT'S KIND OF THE WAY I THINK IT MAKES MORE SENSE.

AND WE SUPPORT AND APPRECIATE YOU FOR THAT.

AND THAT'S ONE OF THE REASONS WHY I'M SO GLAD I'M A CHIEF OF POLICE, NOT A COUNCIL MEMBER.

YOU KNOW, BECAUSE YOU GOT YOU GOT TO MAKE SOME DIFFICULT CONVERSATIONS AND YOU GOT TO MAKE IT WORK FOR ALL INVOLVED.

AND THAT'S ONE OF THE REASONS WHY, AS WE DESIGNED THIS, OUR GOAL WAS FUTURE PROOFING, FUTURE PROOFING IT SO THAT YOU CAN GROW INTO SPACES. IF THAT WAS AN OPTION THAT THE COUNCIL DESIRED, OUR GOAL WAS NOT TO BRING SOMETHING, SAYING THIS IS THE ONLY WAY WE WANT IT AND WE GOT TO HAVE IT. THAT'S SO PASSÉ.

AND I THINK THAT WE HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY, THE COLLABORATIVE OPPORTUNITY TO LOOK AT WHAT WORKS WITHIN THE CONFINES OF OF OUR CAPABILITIES AND TRY TO MEET THAT.

AND SO I APPRECIATE YOU ALL FOR THAT.

SO CHIEF HAD A COUPLE QUESTIONS.

SO REMIND US AGAIN WHAT THE ASSET GARAGE ENTAILS.

WHAT DOES THAT ALL INCLUDE.

YES SIR. SURE. SO IN THAT YOU'LL HAVE YOUR TACTICAL GEAR, THE STORAGE FOR YOUR TACTICAL GEAR. YOU ALSO HAVE YOUR VEHICLE BAYS, LIKE IF WE HAVE A VEHICLE WHERE, GOD FORBID, SOMEONE, THERE'S A TRAGEDY THAT OCCURRED IN IT.

YOU HAVE TO SAVE THAT AS EVIDENCE.

NOT ONLY YOU HAVE TO PROCESS IT, BUT YOU HAVE TO SAVE IT FOR EVIDENCE AND STORE IT. WE DON'T HAVE THE CAPACITY FOR THAT.

THIS WOULD PROVIDE NOT ONLY THAT, BUT IT PROVIDES US AN OPPORTUNITY TO DO MAINTENANCE. SAY, FOR EXAMPLE OUR IT GUY, HE WE SAVED A LOT OF MONEY BY GETTING HIM TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT THAT WE USED TO PAY FOR A, A SECONDARY VENDOR TO INSTALL OUR EQUIPMENT WHEN WE GET NEW VEHICLES.

HE'S DOING THAT, BUT HE'S DOING IT OUTSIDE, AND HE'S DOING IT WHEN.

WHEN IT'S COLD, WHEN IT'S RAINING, WHATEVER.

BUT HE'S MEETING THAT NEED BECAUSE THERE'S A COST SAVINGS COMPONENT IN THAT.

THIS WOULD GIVE THEM THE, THE SECURED STORE SOME CLIMATE CONTROLLED SPACE WHERE THEY COULD WORK THAT ALSO IF WE GREW TO WHERE WE NEEDED A MOBILE COMMAND CENTER, A BUILDING OR VEHICLE, WE COULD HAVE THE SPACE FOR THAT.

BUT YOU STORE YOUR TACTICAL GEAR AND AND OTHER LARGE ITEMS. CODE ENFORCEMENT TOOLS. THERE ARE A VARIETY OF THINGS THAT CAN GO INTO THE ASSET GARAGE, AND THAT COULD BE SCALABLE AS WELL.

OKAY. THAT'S HELPFUL. AND THEN GO GO BACK TO THE OTHER PAGE WHERE YOU WERE FORWARD OR FORWARD. ONE MORE, 1 OR 2 MORE.

YEAH. RIGHT THERE. OKAY. SO YEAH, FOR ME, I MEAN, I THINK WE NEED TO I DON'T LOOK AT THE 18,000FT².

I LOOK AT THE 26,000FT² BECAUSE THAT'S REALLY WHAT YOU SHOULD BE.

YOUR YOUR PERSONNEL ARE CRAMMED IN THERE.

I DON'T KNOW WHO ELSE HAS TAKEN A TOUR OF THE EXISTING FACILITY. IF YOU HAVEN'T, I ENCOURAGE YOU AS A COUNCIL MEMBER TO GO DO THAT BECAUSE IT'S YOU'RE CRAMMED IN THERE.

I JUST FEEL SO BAD FOR THOSE LADIES THAT ARE OUT THERE IN THAT LOOKS LIKE AN ENHANCED INTERROGATION BAY OUT OF GUANTANAMO BAY OR SOMETHING OUT THERE.

I MEAN, I KNOW THAT IT'S AIR CONDITIONED, BUT YOU ARE UTILIZING WELL OVER WHAT YOU REALLY SHOULD BE EXPECTED TO DO AS OFFICERS.

AND SO I APPRECIATE YOU FOR THAT.

I APPRECIATE YOUR, YOUR OFFICERS AND YOUR PERSONNEL WILLINGNESS TO KIND OF SUFFER THROUGH WHAT THEY'RE SUFFERING THROUGH AND TO COME IN AFTER A RAINY DAY AND TO, YOU KNOW, HAVE TO CLEAN UP THEIR, THEIR, THEIR DESK SPACE BECAUSE IT'S DRENCHED IN, IN RAINWATER. SO FOR ME, I LIKE THE IDEA OF TAKING A LITTLE BIT MORE TIME, BUT THEN HAVING IT SO DETAILED TO WHERE WHEN WE GO TO THE CITIZENS, WE CAN SAY EXACTLY. THEY HAVE A VERY, VERY CLEAR PICTURE OF WHAT THEY'RE VOTING ON.

I REALLY LIKE THAT IDEA, SO I DON'T HAVE A PROBLEM WAITING UNTIL MAY.

I THINK IT'S WORTH THE EXTRA SIX MONTHS.

I MEAN, WOULD YOU AGREE WITH THAT IF WE TOOK THAT? AND I LIKED WHAT THE MAYOR SAID TOO, IS MAYBE WE CAN USE SOME OTHER FUNDS TO TO NOT DERAIL WHERE WE'RE GOING AND TO PAY FOR SOME OF THOSE STUDIES THAT WE NEED, AND TO GET SOME MORE DETAILED DRAWINGS AND SOME MORE DETAILED PICTURES, IF WE CAN KIND OF KEEP THE BALL ROLLING AND NOT STOP AND NOT LOSE SIX MONTHS, I THINK THAT WOULD BE HELPFUL. AND THEN WE GO TO THE CITIZENS IN MAY AND WE WE SHOW THEM HERE, HERE'S EXACTLY WHAT WE'RE ASKING FOR.

OKAY, OKAY, OKAY. I'M SORRY I MISSED YOUR LAST.

SO. SO, YOU KNOW, I'M TOTALLY IN FAVOR OF WAITING FOR MAY.

AS LONG AS WE CAN KEEP THE BALL ROLLING, I GUESS IS WHAT I WAS, WHAT I WAS SAYING. AND I REALLY LIKE THE IDEA OF STILL BUILDING THE THE 3500FT² DISPATCH, BUT THEN JUST NOT, YOU KNOW, NOT POPULATING IT AND WAITING FOR THAT.

ANY PLAN THAT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE COURT OVER THERE, I WILL NOT SUPPORT THE COURT NEEDS TO GET OUT OF CITY HALL.

THEY DON'T BELONG HERE.

NOT THAT WE DON'T WANT THEM HERE, BUT THIS IS.

I MEAN, YOU SAID THAT IN THAT STUDY THAT WAS DONE, THEY SAID THEY SHOULD NOT BE HERE. THEY SHOULD BE IN THEIR OWN FACILITY, SAFETY AND OTHERWISE. WE NEED TO WE NEED TO GET THEM THE RIGHT SPACE.

[01:55:01]

YES SIR. THANK YOU SIR.

THANK YOU SIR. THANK YOU.

THERE'S NO OBJECTIONS.

[9.3. Consideration and possible action on approving an Eagle Scout project at Fritz Park along Cottonwood Creek Trail. (Jeff White)]

ALL RIGHT. HEARING NONE.

CONSIDERATION. POSSIBLE ACTION ON APPROVING AN EAGLE SCOUT PROJECT AT FRITTS PARK ALONG COTTONWOOD TRAIL. COTTONWOOD CREEK TRAIL.

JEFF, ARE YOU COMING? ALL RIGHT.

GOOD EVENING. COUNCIL JEFF WHITE, DIRECTOR OF PARKS AND RECREATION. IT'S MY PLEASURE TO INTRODUCE DAVID GORDO.

YES. THE EAGLE SCOUT PROJECT FOR CONSIDERATION FOR FRITTS PARK.

YOU JUST EARNED YOUR CITIZENSHIP IN THE COMMUNITY RIGHT THERE FOR THAT.

ALL RIGHT. SO HELLO, MY NAME IS DAVID GODO.

I'M PART OF TROOP 565.

AND CURRENTLY I AM A LIFE SCOUT.

AND TROOP 565. AND PART OF THE LAST REQUIREMENT, THE LAST RANK REALLY OF SCOUTS IS EAGLE SCOUT.

AND TO GET THAT, I HAVE TO DESIGN, FUNDRAISE PLAN AND BUILD A PROJECT FOR A, FOR THE COMMUNITY. AND I CHOSE FOR MY PROJECT TO DO I WAS GOING TO BUILD A BOOK, WALK US THROUGH THE THROUGH FRITZ PARK.

WHAT A BOOK WALK IS, IS WHERE WE HAVE ONE PODIUM OF A BOOK, THE PAGE OPEN OF A CHILD'S BOOK OF.

AND ABOUT 30FT AWAY. THERE IS ANOTHER PODIUM WITH A DIFFERENT PAGE OF THAT BOOK.

AND SO YOU'RE WALKING THROUGH THE STORY, AND YOU GET TO GO OUTSIDE ON THE TRAILS, AND IT'S VERY NICE. I'VE FOUND THAT WITH DYSLEXIA WITH MY DYSLEXIA AND THAT I LEARN HANDS ON I FOUND THAT IT IS MORE HELPFUL FOR ME TO GO THROUGH THESE TYPES OF THINGS.

USUALLY, THEY'RE VERY TEMPORARY DEALS.

I WANT THIS TO BE A LITTLE BIT MORE PERMANENT.

A LOT OF EAGLE SCOUTS I KNOW THAT ARE IN MY TROOP PERSONALLY.

THEY DO A LOT OF BENCHES AND STUFF LIKE THAT, AND THEY BUILD FOR THAT.

I WANT IT TO BE A LITTLE DIFFERENT. SO THIS WAS MY KIND OF TAKE ON THAT.

AS I SAID, IT WOULD BE ABOUT AS I SAID, THE PODIUMS WOULD BE ABOUT WILL BE 30FT APART. THEY'LL BE ABOUT 18 OF THEM.

ONE KIND OF EXPLAINING WHAT'S GOING ON. AND THEN 17 MORE FOR THE AVERAGE LENGTH OF THE BOOK FOR A DOUBLE SIDED PAGE OF A OF CHILDREN'S BOOK.

MY GOAL IS TO RAISE ENOUGH FOR SIX BOOKS TO START OFF WITH, AND THEN THE LIBRARY HAS GRACIOUSLY OFFERED THAT THEY WILL TAKE OVER THE PROJECT AFTERWARDS, AND THEY CAN SWAP OUT BOOKS AND PUT IN BOOKS THAT THEY WANT AFTERWARDS.

SO THIS WAS KIND OF A 3D DESIGN THAT VERY PUT TOGETHER, NOT VERY PUT TOGETHER RIGHT NOW, BUT IT WAS A VERY LIKE MOCK DESIGN.

AS YOU CAN SEE, IT'S SIX FOOT POST.

WE PUT THREE FEET INTO THE GROUND, SO THAT WAY IT'S STURDY.

IT'S STURDY. IT'S NOT GOING TO FALL OVER, MOVE AROUND.

AND THEN THE PODIUM RIGHT ON TOP.

SO THAT WAY YOU CAN SEE THIS IS THE MORE THIS IS THE ACTUAL FRAME OF THE FRONT.

IT IT IS FOR THE ACCESSIBILITY HAS TO BE VIEWABLE FROM 40IN WE TESTED.

IT IS GOOD ON THAT. IT IS NOT.

IT MUST NOT PROTRUDE MORE THAN FOUR INCHES FROM THE POST WHICH WE TESTED.

THAT'S ALSO GOOD. THE CEDAR POST MUST BE PRESSURE TINTED, WHICH THE THE POST THAT WE PLAN ON GETTING ARE THE ONES THAT ARE GOING TO BE PRINTED, AND THERE MUST BE A THREE INCH GAP IN BETWEEN THE TWO POSTS, SO THAT WAY THEY CAN MOW. THAT'S GOOD TOO.

THIS IS MORE OF A PUT TOGETHER PROTOTYPE THAT I HAVE RIGHT HERE IN FRONT.

AS YOU CAN SEE, IT KIND OF OPENS UP.

SO THAT WAY YOU CAN REPLACE THE BOOKS OUT.

THERE WILL BE A LATCH. THIS IS KIND OF JUST A PROTOTYPE.

IT'S NOT REALLY PUT TOGETHER. IT'S NOT REALLY A FINISHED PRODUCT. WE STILL NEED TO. WE WOULD STAIN IT AND THERE WOULD BE A LATCH HERE.

SO THAT WAY YOU CAN'T JUST OPEN IT OUT IN THE OPEN.

AND OF COURSE IT'S GOING TO BE IN THE GROUND, NOT ON JUST POST.

THE LOCATION OF COURSE, IS GOING TO BE FRITZ PARK.

STARTING FROM THE FROM THE BRIDGE, FROM THE BASEBALL FIELDS AND ENDING OVER AT UNDER THE BRIDGE 79. THERE'S ABOUT 17.

THERE IS 17 OR 18 POSTS THAT'LL BE THERE.

THIS IS THE COST OF EVERYTHING TO FOR THE EAGLE PROJECT.

I DO HAVE TO DO MY OWN FUNDRAISING FOR THIS.

[02:00:01]

FOR THE FUNDRAISING, MY PLAN IS TO PUT THERE'S THREE POSSIBLE WAYS THAT I WOULD LIKE FOR PEOPLE TO FUNDRAISE.

IT IS DIRECT MONETARY DONATIONS FOR THE PROJECT AS A WHOLE.

THAT'S JUST IF THE THAT'S JUST MONEY GIVEN SUPPLIES, DONATIONS THAT COULD BE LIKE FOOD MATERIALS NEEDED TOOLS, IF ANYBODY WOULD DO THAT.

OR YOU COULD SPONSOR A PEDESTAL.

A PEDESTAL RUNS ABOUT $200.

AND FOR THAT, WE WOULD POST A LITTLE PLACARD RIGHT IN FRONT, KIND OF LIKE, RIGHT HERE ISH.

IT WOULD BE VERY ADVERTISEMENT FOR THOSE THAT WANT TO SPONSOR A PEDESTAL.

THANK YOU. THAT IS ALL.

ANY QUESTIONS? GREAT JOB MAN.

EXCELLENT PRESENTATION. FOR ANY ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS, MY EMAIL IS ON THE BOARD.

MY ONLY QUESTION IS FOR JEFF.

DO YOU HAVE ANY RESERVATIONS? ANY OBJECTIONS? SINCE YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE TO MAINTAIN MAINTAIN AROUND THESE OR, YOU KNOW, WE'VE WE'VE PUT DAVID THROUGH THE WRINGER ON THIS SOME OF THIS MATERIALS THAT WE'VE GONE BACK AND FORTH ON. WE FEEL LIKE MATERIALS HE'S PRESENTED IS, IS GOING TO LAST FOR A WHILE.

THERE WILL BE SOME ONGOING MAINTENANCE OF ADDING SOME, YOU KNOW, WATERPROOF SEALER EVERY COUPLE OF YEARS IF WE DO NEED TO REPLACE ONE DUE TO DAMAGE, IT'S ABOUT $150, $200 DEPENDING ON WHAT GETS DAMAGED.

SO IT'S SOMETHING THAT WE FEEL LIKE WE CAN INCORPORATE IN OUR BUDGET. HOPEFULLY NOBODY EVER MESSES WITH THEM AND THEY'RE WIDELY USED. THE PARKS BOARD DID APPROVE THIS ON JUNE 25TH, SO THEY'RE SUPPORTIVE OF IT AS WELL.

AWESOME. YEAH. MY ONLY QUESTION WAS GOING TO BE ABOUT, YOU KNOW, INCORPORATING LIBRARY. AND YOU ALREADY ADDRESSED THAT. SO THAT'S GREAT. I THINK THEY'VE THEY'VE GOT AN OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE SOME FUN WITH IT. YOU KNOW, WHATEVER WHATEVER THEY DO WITH IT, I'M SURE THEY CAN THEY CAN MAKE IT A REALLY COOL THING FOR, FOR SOME OF THE KIDS TO BE EXCITED ABOUT, YOU KNOW, CHECKING OUT A NEW BOOK THAT'S OUT IN THE PARK THIS MONTH OR WHATEVER IT IS.

YEAH, I LIKE IT. DAVID, I APPRECIATE YOU DOING SOMETHING LIKE THIS.

I KNOW IT'S GOING TO BE A BIG BENEFIT FOR CHILDREN AS WELL AS ADULTS.

SPECIFICALLY FOR ME, MY DAUGHTER HAS DYSLEXIA, AND SO DOING SOMETHING LIKE THIS IS GOING TO BE REALLY BENEFICIAL.

AND I KNOW SHE'LL BE REALLY EXCITED ABOUT IT.

I WANT TO CONGRATULATE YOU ON GETTING TO A LIFE SCOUT.

THAT'S SOMETHING THAT IS EXTREMELY DIFFICULT.

I AM AN EAGLE SCOUT. I KNOW THAT PARENTS PLAY A HUGE PART IN GETTING TO THIS OPPORTUNITY.

AND SO THANK YOU TO YOUR PARENTS FOR CONTINUING TO SUPPORT YOU AND YOUR TROOP AS WELL. I'M REALLY EXCITED ABOUT THIS PROJECT.

I AM SO GRATEFUL THAT YOU'RE DOING SOMETHING THAT HELPS TO HIGHLIGHT QUALITY OF LIFE HERE IN THE CITY OF HUTTO. I THINK THAT'S SOMETHING THAT IS OFTEN OVERLOOKED.

AND SO TO DO SOMETHING SO SIMPLE BUT SO MEANINGFUL, I THINK IT'LL BE POWERFUL FOR YEARS TO COME.

SO THANK YOU SO MUCH. CONGRATULATIONS.

AND I LOOK FORWARD TO SEEING THIS UPON COMPLETION.

AND YOU CAN MARK ME DOWN FOR SPONSORING ONE OF THEM.

THANK YOU. AND HE SAID ON THE RECORD.

SORRY ABOUT THAT. IF YOU COULD EMAIL US A PROGRESS SOME OF US MAY WANT TO COME DOWN.

I KNOW COUNCILMAN THOMPSON, OUR EAGLE SCOUTS COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON HAS BEEN ON WORKED ON SEVERAL EAGLE PROJECTS AS HIS TIME OVER HIS TIME IN SCOUTS.

AND SO I THINK THERE'S A LOT OF INTEREST AND, YOU KNOW, MAYBE COMING BY SAYING, HEY MAYBE, YOU KNOW, HELPING OUT. I WON'T BE DIGGING POST HOLES OR ANYTHING, BUT I'M HAPPY TO PLACE A POST IN PERSON THERE. SO I THINK THIS IS GREAT.

LIKE MAYOR SAID, I'VE GOT THREE BOYS THAT ARE EAGLE SCOUTS.

I MADE IT TO FIRST CLASS, KIND OF GAVE UP AND BUT I ENCOURAGE MY BOYS TO DO IT AND THEY, THEY REALLY THEY GOT A LOT OF ENJOYMENT OUT OF IT AND THEY DID PROJECTS AROUND. AND SO IT'S GREAT TO SEE ANOTHER PROJECT THAT'S BEING DONE.

MY ONLY QUESTION THAT I HAD IS WILL THERE BE IN THE FINAL DESIGN? WILL THERE BE SOME KIND OF WEATHERPROOFING, WATERPROOFING SO THAT IT'LL PROTECT THE BOOKS THAT ARE IN THERE? SO, SO FAR WE HAVE FOUR WEATHERPROOFING OR WEATHERPROOFING. WE HAVE THIS KIND OF OUTDOOR.

IT'LL BE OF COURSE, THE SHEETS WILL BE LAMINATED, SO IT'S NOT GOING TO BE PAPER.

THIS WAS JUST AN EXAMPLE.

BUT WE HAVE THIS WEATHERPROOFING STRIPS. THAT WAY THE WATER DOESN'T SEEP THROUGH THE CRACKS IN THE SIDE. BUT WHERE? AND OF COURSE, THE LAMINATED SHEETS.

BUT I'M HOPING THAT THAT WILL BE ENOUGH, LIKE WEATHERPROOF PROTECTION FOR.

THAT'S GREAT. AND GOOD JOB.

EVEN CHIEF YARBOROUGH DIDN'T GET APPLAUSE, PLUS. SO I'LL MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE NINE THREE AS PRESENTED. SECOND MOTION BY COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON, SECONDED BY MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON.

ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? HEARING NONE.

PLEASE CALL THE VOTE COUNCILMEMBER KING I.

[02:05:04]

AYE. COUNCILMEMBER. MORRIS AYE.

MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON.

AYE. COUNCILMEMBER. THOMPSON.

AYE. MOTION PASSES SEVEN ZERO.

AND, DAVID, WHEN YOU GO TO YOUR YOUR BOARD OF REVIEW, IT'D BE SO MUCH EASIER NOW THAT YOU'VE BEEN THROUGH THIS, YOU KNOW, BREEZED THROUGH THERE. THANKS.

THIS IS A TEST. ALL RIGHT? IF THERE'S NO OBJECTIONS.

[12.4. Discussion and possible action on the disbursement of Outside Agency Funds for Fiscal Year 2026. (Kristi Barnes)]

OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING.

ALL RIGHT. HEARING NONE. WE'LL MOVE ON. ITEM 12 FOR DISCUSSION.

POSSIBLE ACTION ON THE DISBURSEMENT OF OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDS FOR FISCAL YEAR 2026.

GOOD EVENING, MAYOR AND COUNCIL KRISTI BARNES, COMMUNITY AND CULTURE OFFICER FOR THE CITY OF HUTTO. THIS ITEM, AS WE GET IT PULLED UP, WE HAD 14 APPLICATIONS SUBMITTED THIS YEAR.

THE CITY COUNCIL COMMITTEE WAS MADE UP OF PLACES TWO, FOUR AND SIX. THE TOTAL AMOUNT REQUESTED FROM THE 14 APPLICATIONS WAS $326,000, $326,482. THE ESTIMATED 1% FROM THE GENERAL FUND EXPECTED FOR NEXT YEAR IS ON THE SCREEN $193,572.64. I'M HERE TO HELP WITH ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT APPLICATIONS AND PROCESS.

BUT I'LL LEAVE IT UP TO THE COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS YOUR RECOMMENDATIONS.

THANKS, CHRISTY. IS IT 193 WITH A NO NEW REVENUE BUDGET BECAUSE I KNOW LAST YEAR WE SWITCHED THAT. OKAY. WHICH ONE OF THE GUYS THAT WAS ON THE YOU HAVEN'T TALKED TONIGHT? COUNCIL MARY KING I'M GOING TO WALK YOU THROUGH THE DECISION MAKING ON WHAT YOU GUYS WERE RECOMMENDING. WELL, WE EACH CAME WITH OUR OWN IDEAS AND PERSPECTIVES ABOUT HOW WE WANTED TO APPROACH THE FUNDING.

AND IN DIALOG BETWEEN THE THREE OF US, WE PRETTY MUCH CAME ON AGREEMENTS TO ADDRESS WHAT WE FELT WERE CRITICAL NEEDS THAT WOULD SUPPORT EACH APPLICANTS REQUESTS.

AND BEING ABLE TO OPERATE WITHIN THAT EXPECTED $93,572 BUDGET.

IF THE MAYOR PRO TEM OR COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON WOULD LIKE TO ADD TO THAT.

THAT'S A SLICK WAY OF PASSING IT OFF. IT WAS.

IT WAS. I JUST WANT TO ADD ANYTHING.

I MEAN, EVERYBODY WHO APPLIED HAD SOME VALIDITY TO THEIR REQUESTS.

THE DECISIONS WEREN'T NECESSARILY ALL EASY. AND SO WE CAN HAVE DISCUSSION ON EACH ONE OF WHY WE WENT THE WAY WE DID.

I THINK WE CAME TO GENERAL AGREEMENT AS WE DISCUSSED IT.

WE CAME IN DISAGREEING ON, YOU KNOW, SOME OF THE ONES THAT GOT ZERO WE DISAGREED ON AND SOME OF THE OTHER ONES, THERE'S REASONS WHY WE DIDN'T GIVE THEM THE FULL MONEY THAT I THINK WE'LL HAVE TO DISCUSS AS WE GO THROUGH.

RIGHT. MY ONLY QUESTION IS LOOKING AT THIS IS IF IF WE IF WE'VE IF WE GIVE $1,800 TO THE AMERICAN LEGION, THEN I'M HIGHLY EXPECTING A CONVERSATION VERY QUICKLY ON. YES. ANOTHER MATTER THAT WAS THAT WAS OUR DISCUSSION WAS THE REQUEST WAS MAINLY FOR RENT AND THEN $1,800.

AND WE SAID, OKAY, WE'LL GIVE YOU $1,800.

THE RENT WILL HAVE TO ADDRESS A DIFFERENT WAY.

THAT WAS THAT WAS THAT WAS THE ONLY WAY THAT THAT HAPPENED. WE WOULD NOT I WOULD NOT HAVE ZEROED THAT OUT. IT WAS WE HAVE A RESPONSIBILITY TO ADDRESS THAT SEPARATELY.

AND THESE NUMBERS ARE NOT SET UNTIL OCTOBER 1ST.

SO BARRING IF WE DON'T HAVE SOMETHING FIGURED OUT WITH THEM BY THEN WE WILL.

I'M ON THE RECORD THAT I'LL BE PUSHING FOR A CHANGE.

THE ONLY OTHER QUESTION I HAD, AND WE DON'T HAVE TO DO IT TONIGHT.

I KNOW AT HABITAT FOR HUMANITY IS.

YES. I JUST WOULD LIKE TO KNOW MORE.

BY THE TIME WE COME TO WHEN THE TIME COMES TO ACTUALLY APPROVE THIS, I'D LIKE TO KNOW MORE OF WHAT THEY'RE ACTUALLY DOING IN HUTTO.

SO SO THE PLAN IS THEY WANT TO HAVE A HOME REPAIR PROGRAM IN HUTTO, WHERE THEY WILL REPAIR, WHERE THEY WILL HELP LOW INCOME SENIORS, VETERANS MAKE REPAIRS IN THEIR HOME.

THEY HAVE CONTRACTORS THAT THEY WORK WITH WHO DONATE TIME.

THEY HAVE A DEAL WITH HOME DEPOT TO GET, I THINK IT'S HOME DEPOT TO GET SUPPLIES.

AND SO THEY WOULD SPEND THIS MONEY IN HUTTO TO FIX, YOU KNOW, IT WOULD BE IT WOULD DEPEND ON HOW MUCH THE EXPENSES WERE. IT COULD BE A $10,000

[02:10:03]

THEY WOULD FIX. SO IT'S IT'S A NEW THING.

IT'S A NEW THING FOR THEM.

FOR ME, IT'S A THING THAT THEY'VE DONE ELSEWHERE. BUT IT'S SOMETHING THEY WOULD BE DOING IN HUTTO. YEAH. ON THAT ONE.

I'M A LITTLE HESITANT TO TO PROVIDE FUNDING FOR THAT, ONLY BECAUSE I KNOW THAT THE LIONS CLUB DOES A LOT OF THAT WORK.

THE AMERICAN LEGION DOES A LOT OF THAT WORK.

I DON'T KNOW, OFF TOP OF MY HEAD, ANYBODY ELSE? BUT BECAUSE OF THAT MONEY, I DON'T JUST DON'T THROWING IT OUT THERE NOW.

I'M A LITTLE ON THE FENCE BECAUSE THEY'RE NOT CURRENTLY IN HUTTO.

AND I ALSO DON'T THINK WE HAVE TO USE THE WHOLE ALLOTMENT OF MONEY.

THERE'S NOTHING THAT SAYS WE CAN'T BUDGET THE MONEY.

AND THEN IN NOVEMBER, WE DECIDE TO DO SOMETHING ELSE WITH IT.

BUT I JUST THROW THAT OUT THERE. WE MIGHT WANT TO CHECK WITH A COUPLE OF THESE OTHER ORGANIZATIONS AND FIND OUT HOW MUCH THEY'RE DOING, BECAUSE THERE'S A LOT OF NEED, I GET IT.

AND BUT THAT'S JUST MY QUICK.

AND ONE OF THE REASONS WHY, I MEAN, I RECOMMENDED TO CUT IT BACK.

THEY ASKED FOR 50,000.

MY RECOMMENDATION WAS TO CUT IT BACK TO 35,000.

I THINK WE ENDED UP AT 37 FIVE.

I'M LOOKING AT THE, THE, OUR WORK SPREADSHEET.

AND SO, YEAH, I MEAN, THE IDEA WAS TO FUND AS MUCH AS WE COULD BECAUSE THEY WERE NEW. AND SO THAT'S ONE OF THE REASONS WHY WE DECIDED NOT TO GIVE THEM THE FULL AMOUNT. BUT THEN THE OTHER BIG THING FOR ME WAS THAT THIS MONEY STAYED IN HUTTO, THAT THIS WAS FOR NEW PROJECTS THAT WOULD BE ADDED IN HUTTO, RATHER THAN GOING TO PROJECTS THAT WOULD BE IN ANOTHER CITY.

IS THERE A WAY FOR THEM TO HOW DO WE HOW DO WE VERIFY THAT? BECAUSE AND HERE'S WHY. HERE'S WHY I GO WITH THIS.

YEARS AGO I WAS I WAS ON THE FINANCE FUNDRAISING GUY FOR A, A COUNCIL DISTRICT FOR THE BOY SCOUTS.

AND I WAS LIKE, OH, I'M GOING TO DO A GREAT JOB, RAISE ALL THIS MONEY. AND AT THE TIME, I WAS GIVING TO UNITED WAY 4 OR 5% OF MY INCOME, I THINK, WAS TO UNITED WAY. AND I THOUGHT, OH, I'LL GET THE, MY, MY COMPANY WOULD MATCH IT. AND I SAID, THIS IS GREAT. MY COMPANY WILL MATCH IT.

AND BY MATCHING IT, THEY'LL GET TWICE AS MUCH.

WHAT I FOUND OUT ONCE I BECAME A FINANCE CHAIR AND GOT THROUGH, THAT IS, THEY WERE ONLY GOING TO SPEND SO MUCH MONEY ON THAT BOY SCOUT PROGRAM.

AND SO I GAVE MORE. THEY JUST GAVE LESS.

IT'S ALMOST LIKE THE STATE LOTTERY.

THEY GIVE, YOU KNOW, $1 BILLION TO BILLION EDUCATION, AND THEN THEY CUT $1 BILLION OUT.

SO AS LONG AS IT'S 50,000 EXTRA OR 35,000 EXTRA AND THERE'S SOME WAY TO TRACK THAT.

BUT IF WE JUST FOR ME, IF WE JUST GIVE MONEY TO THEM AND THEN THERE'S NO WAY TO JUSTIFY OR BE ABLE TO VERIFY HOW THEY SPENT IT HERE, I'D RATHER SPEND FOR THE ACTUAL ORGANIZATIONS THAT ARE POSTED UP AND HERE EVERY DAY, BUT. SO I'M SO SORRY, I WAS JUST GOING TO COMMENT ON ON THAT.

HOW TO VERIFY. SO THAT'S PART OF THE REPORTING PROCESS.

SO IT'S REIMBURSABLE. SO THEY'D HAVE TO ACTUALLY SHOW THE WORK THAT THEY'RE DOING THAT'S REIMBURSABLE. CORRECT.

OKAY. THAT'S GOOD. SO AM I TO UNDERSTAND FROM THAT COMMENT THAT THAT'S HOW WE'RE ABLE TO MEASURE THE RESULTS OF THE MONEY THAT WE'RE GIVING.

CORRECT? OKAY. AND THE REASON I ASK IS BECAUSE ON THIS, I SAW THAT WE'RE NOT GIVING ANY MONEY TO THE EDUCATION FOUNDATION, AND THAT WAS A HUGE RED FLAG FOR ME BECAUSE I KNOW THAT THE EDUCATION FOUNDATION, THEY ENABLE GRANTS AND, YOU KNOW, KIDS COME UP WITH IDEAS WHAT THEY WANT TO FUND. YOU KNOW, THERE WAS THERE WAS TALK ABOUT AN, A PLAYSCAPE FOR, FOR ALL ABILITIES.

THERE WAS TALK ABOUT A PLAN TO BUILD A GARDEN AND, YOU KNOW, TEACH KIDS HOW TO, TO WORK TOGETHER TO ACCOMPLISH, YOU KNOW, SOME OF THE, OR ALL OF THE PROJECTS THAT THEY ARE LOOKING AT DOING. AND SO JUST WANT TO UNDERSTAND HOW WE CAME TO THE DECISION OR HOW THE COMMITTEE CAME TO THE DECISION TO COMPLETELY NIX SOMETHING THAT ENABLES GRANTS FOR KIDS TO DO PROJECTS HERE IN THE CITY OF HUTTO.

SO I WAS THE ONE WHO SUGGESTED WE DO THAT.

AND THE REASON I DID THAT WAS JUST SIMPLE MATH.

THEY GAVE US THEIR FINANCIALS AND THEY WERE TAKING IN $700,000 IN INCOME, AND THEY WERE SPENDING $400,000.

AND SO THEY WERE GOING TO BE PUTTING $300,000 IN THE BANK, BASICALLY. AND SO THERE'S NOT A NEED FOR US TO ADD MONEY WHEN THEY'RE ALREADY TAKING IN $300,000 MORE THAN THEY'RE SPENDING THIS YEAR.

AND SO I WANTED TO MOVE THAT MONEY TO OTHER PLACES THAT DIDN'T HAVE FUNDING UNLESS WE GAVE IT TO THEM. THEY ALREADY HAD MORE FUNDING THAN THEY NEED FOR THE YEAR.

RIGHT. AND I CAN APPRECIATE THAT.

BUT AT THE SAME TIME, THAT MONEY GOES TO GRANTS FOR KIDS.

AND SO. SEEING THE BREAKDOWN, I CAN'T VOTE OR SUPPORT SOMETHING LIKE THIS

[02:15:05]

I MEAN, THEY CAN SPEND THE $300,000 THEY HAVE IN THE BANK AND DO THE SAME GRANTS.

THAT'S WELL, I WOULD ADD TO THEY LAST I SAW THEY HAD OVER A $2 MILLION ENDOWMENT.

AND WE HAVE ONE CHARITY THAT'S ABOUT TO LOSE THEIR PLACE AND ESSENTIALLY BE HOMELESS.

WE HAVE ANOTHER GROUP ON HERE THAT IF YOU GO TO THE HUDDLE RESOURCE CENTER, IT'S IN 100 YEAR OLD BUILDING FALLING APART.

ALL OF THEM WOULD PROBABLY DREAM OF A $2 MILLION ENDOWMENT.

AND IF YOU'RE TELLING ME THEY ALSO HAVE A POSITIVE CASH FLOW, THE THE FEEDING 5000 THERE, THEY ASKED FOR 25,000.

THAT DOESN'T COVER THE WHOLE YEAR. THE HUDDLE RESOURCE CENTER RUNS OUT OF BILL ASSISTANCE WITHIN DAYS OF EACH MONTH.

AND I WAS JUST PART OF A DONATION TO HUDDLE.

DISCOVERY 4000 IS NOT GOING TO CUT THE LUNCH BOX.

THEY'RE BASICALLY DOING IT, DOING IT TO FEED KIDS UNTIL THEY RUN OUT OF MONEY. SO THESE OTHER PEOPLE, THEY DON'T OPERATE ON A POSITIVE CASH FLOW.

THEY DON'T HAVE ANY MONEY SAVED.

THEY DON'T HAVE A $2 MILLION ENDOWMENT.

AND THEY'RE LITERALLY TRYING TO MOST OF THEM ARE TRYING TO FEED FEED PEOPLE WHO CAN'T AFFORD FOOD, PAY BILLS.

COST OF WILLIAMSON COUNTY IS ANOTHER ONE THAT WE ARE LUCKY TO HAVE THEM.

THAT'S A LOT MORE EXPENSIVE TO TO HANDLE THAT IF WE DID IT LOCALLY.

SO THIS IS THE FIRST YEAR NOT TO HAVE A HEAD OF EDUCATION FOUNDATION FUNDED IF WE WERE TO APPROVE IT. I HAVE NOT BEEN A SUPPORTER OF GIVING THEM MONEY IN THE PAST, PRIMARILY BECAUSE FROM A NEED THEY'RE RUN IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ISD, WHICH IS A MUCH BIGGER ORGANIZATION THAN WE ARE.

AND THEY ARE IN EDUCATION.

AND SO IF WE'RE FUNDING GRANTS FOR THINGS AT THE SCHOOL, THAT'S GREAT. BUT THERE'S A WHOLE SCHOOL DISTRICT THAT HAS A WHOLE BIGGER TAXING AUTHORITY THAN WE DO, AND WE'RE HAVING A HARD TIME JUST BASICALLY FEEDING PEOPLE AND MEETING BASIC NEEDS.

BUT I THINK IT'S A GOOD POINT ABOUT, YOU KNOW, I APPRECIATE YOU EXPLAINING WHY WE'RE NOT DOING THE HEAD OF EDUCATION OR WHY THE RECOMMENDATION WAS NOT TO DO THEM.

AND THAT WAS THE HARDEST ONE FOR ME. I THINK THAT'S THE ONE I FOUGHT FOR THE HARDEST.

I THINK DAN AND AARON WILL WILL ATTEST TO THAT.

YOU KNOW, I, I WAS RECOMMENDING GIVING THEM, YOU KNOW, A LESSER AMOUNT THAN WHAT THEY'D ASKED FOR, BUT I'VE BEEN A PART OF THAT PROGRAM.

I THINK IT'S A WORTHY PROGRAM OF WHAT THEY DO.

I'VE ACTUALLY BEEN ON THE COMMITTEE THAT THAT KIND OF JUDGES, THE DIFFERENT GRANTS THAT THEY DO FOR THE KIDS.

AND SO YOU KNOW, I DON'T KNOW HOW IF, IF THEY'LL BE ABLE TO FUND THIS WITH THE, THE EXCESS FUNDS THAT THEY, THAT THEY DO HAVE.

I DON'T KNOW HOW THAT ALL WORKS, BUT ANYWAY, I WAS WILLING TO COME DOWN TO ZERO ON THAT ONE BECAUSE THE OTHER TWO COMMITTEE MEMBERS WERE WILLING TO LISTEN TO SOME OF MY OTHER IDEAS THAT I HAD ON SOME THINGS.

SO IT'S ALL ABOUT GETTING TO A GETTING TO A DECISION THAT WE CAN ALL LIVE WITH.

BECAUSE BECAUSE, I MEAN, 326,000 THAT WAS ASKED FOR AND WE ONLY GOT 193 TO WORK WITH. SO. COULD I ASK FOR A LITTLE HISTORICAL BACKGROUND OR CLARIFICATION BECAUSE OF MY LACK OF KNOWLEDGE ON THE AMERICAN LEGION DECISION.

WHAT WENT INTO THAT? YEAH, I CAN I CAN SHARE.

AND THEN, YOU KNOW, THE OTHER TWO CAN CAN CERTAINLY FILL IN.

SO OF THE $25,000 THAT THEY ASKED FOR ALL BUT 1804 OF IT WAS FOR RENT IN THEIR CURRENT, THEIR CURRENT LOCATION.

IT WAS TO, TO COVER THE RENT.

AND SO THE IDEA WAS THAT IF WE CAN SOLVE THAT PROBLEM THROUGH OTHER MEANS, THEY DON'T NEED TO PAY THE RENT THERE ANYMORE, AND THEY THEN THEREFORE THEY DON'T NEED THAT MONEY. OKAY.

SO THERE WERE NO OTHER REQUESTS.

I MEAN, OF THE $25,000, THAT WAS JUST THE 1804 PLUS RENT.

YES. OKAY. CORRECT. THANK YOU.

I JUST WANT TO TALK ABOUT A COUPLE OF THE OTHER ZEROS ON HERE.

JUST TO GIVE CONTEXT OF WHAT MY THINKING WAS.

BLUEBONNET TRAILS AND NAMI ARE BOTH, YOU KNOW, IN THE MENTAL HEALTH AREA.

I THINK THAT'S IMPORTANT.

THAT'S IMPORTANT WORK. ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE HAVE IS PUBLIC HEALTH ITEMS DO NOT NECESSARILY HAVE TO FALL IN THIS PORTION OF THE BUDGET.

THEY CAN BE IN THE GENERAL FUND, AND THAT BALANCES AGAINST OTHER THINGS, LIKE THE CHILDREN'S ADVOCACY CENTER THAT WE DO FUND OUT OF THE GENERAL FUND. BUT I THOUGHT THAT THAT WAS ANOTHER FUNDING SOURCE THAT WAS POTENTIAL. SO THEY COULD BE CONSIDERED FOR THAT. WITHOUT BEING IN THIS PARTICULAR FUNDING BUCKET.

AND THEN THE OTHER ONE WAS HOW DO ARTS TODAY, WHICH, YOU KNOW, I THOUGHT, THAT'S A GREAT PROGRAM THEY WANT TO START.

BUT I ALSO THOUGHT THAT THAT COULD POTENTIALLY BE ADDRESSED OUT OF HOT FUNDS VERSUS THIS BUCKET OF MONEY.

SO SO IT WASN'T NECESSARILY THAT THERE WASN'T VALUE TO THERE TO ANY OF THOSE THREE

[02:20:03]

SO I WENT TO THE ONES THAT NEEDED TO BE FUNDED OUT OF THIS.

US AND ALL OF THEM SERVE COMMUNITY NEEDS IN SOME WAY OR ANOTHER.

YEAH, THAT'S WHAT I RECALL, TOO, FROM THE CONVERSATION THAT WE WERE LOOKING FOR. IS THERE ANY OTHER WAY TO FUND THESE WORTHY PROGRAMS FROM ANOTHER SOURCE? AND IF WE CAN DO THAT, THEN LET'S DO THAT AND THEN FREE UP MORE FUNDS FOR OTHERS THAT CAN'T BE FUNDED THROUGH HOT OR SOMETHING ELSE.

THANK YOU. ALL RIGHT. I DON'T KNOW IF WE NEED I DON'T THINK WE NEED A MOTION.

IT'S GOING TO BE INCORPORATED INTO OUR BUDGET.

AND THEN I GUESS IT'S ALWAYS WHETHER WE MAKE A MOTION OR NOW OR NOT.

WE CAN STILL AMEND IT IN THE BUDGET, BUT YES, THAT'S CORRECT, MAYOR. IF POSSIBLE, WE CAN PERHAPS TAKE THE RECOMMENDATIONS TONIGHT IF EVERYONE AGREES ON THOSE NUMBERS AND BRING BACK A RESOLUTION.

IS THAT SOMETHING THAT YOU'D CONSIDER? WE CAN. I MEAN, I DON'T KNOW, THE RESOLUTIONS.

I DON'T THINK RESOLUTION IS NEEDED. I MEAN, BECAUSE THE REASON I SAY IT IS WE'LL PASS A RESOLUTION, BUT I DON'T WANT IS PEOPLE TO GO OUT.

AND WE MADE IT. WE GOT 20 GRAND AND THEN THE BUDGET COMES UP.

WE CUT TO 15, THEY GO, WE HAD A RESOLUTION.

THE RESOLUTION IS NOT BINDING.

AND SO CORRECT. YES. SO I DO NOTIFY ALL ORGANIZATIONS THAT EVEN IF SOMETHING IS YOU KNOW, APPROVED THIS EVENING WITH THIS CITY COUNCIL AND THE RECOMMENDATION THAT IT'S ALL DEPENDENT ON THE FINAL APPROVAL OF THE FY 26 BUDGET BUT JUST FOR ORGANIZATIONAL PURPOSES, TO HAVE SOMETHING TO COME BACK TO YOU ALL WITH IF THERE IS CHANGES OR ANYTHING ELSE THAT WE CAN CONSIDER OR COMMENTS.

IF THE RECOMMENDATION BY THE COMMITTEE IS APPROVED BY THE BODY OR MAYBE THERE'S SOME ADJUSTMENTS THERE. SO WOULD IT BE HELPFUL IF WE SAID SOMETHING TO THE EFFECT OF THAT? WE WE APPROVE THE RECOMMENDATION FROM THE NOMINATING OR NOMINATING COMMITTEE, FROM THE OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING COMMITTEE TO BE PUT INTO THE BUDGET FOR CONSIDERATION OF FINAL APPROVAL. I THINK THAT'S KIND OF WHAT I HEAR RIGHT, IS THAT YOU NEED SOMETHING TO START WITH.

YOU NEED NUMBERS TO PLUG INTO THE BUDGET SO THAT YOU CAN GIVE US A BUDGET.

AND IF, IF, IF WE CAN SAY, YEAH, PUT THESE NUMBERS IN UNDERSTANDING THAT THEY COULD CHANGE. IS THAT IS THAT KIND OF WHAT YOU'RE LOOKING FOR.

YES. OKAY. SO MAKE THAT MOTION.

YEAH. CONVOLUTED MOTION.

ALL RIGHT. IS THERE A SECOND SECOND.

I WOULD SAY IS I TRIED TO PUSH THIS ITEM AND HERE'S WHAT I WOULD SAY.

I DON'T KNOW IF THIS IS I DON'T KNOW IF THIS ITEM IS A CRITICAL PATH TO GETTING A BUDGET DONE, BECAUSE IF YOU TAKE THE 192 AND YOU PUT IT IN THE BUDGET, IT'S WE DON'T HAVE TO BUDGET ANYTHING IN OCTOBER.

WE CAN WAIT TILL NOVEMBER, DECEMBER, JANUARY.

SO WHAT I'M TRYING TO DO IS WHEN WE DO THESE MEETINGS IS REALLY GET US OUT OF HERE EARLIER. BUT THIS IS ONE WHERE I'LL VOTE FOR IT, BUT I DON'T KNOW. ANYWAY, MAYOR I WOULD JUST SAY THAT I DO PUT THE THE THE I PLUG IN THE NUMBER AS A HOLDER IN THE BUDGET PREPARATION.

I THINK YOU ALL DOING THIS EARLIER HELPS THE NONPROFITS WITH THEIR PLANNING MORE THAN IT HELPS ME WITH MY BUDGETING.

RIGHT. BUT WE'RE TELLING THEM DON'T PLAN FOR ANYTHING BECAUSE IT IT COULD CHANGE IN TWO MONTHS. SO REALLY IT SHOULDN'T BE HELPING THEM ANY.

BECAUSE IF ANYBODY LEAVES, IF ANYBODY LEAVES THIS CONVERSATION AND GOES OUT AND STARTS EARMARKING MONEY, THEN WE'VE HAD THAT HAPPEN BEFORE.

AND THEN WE CHANGED. AND THEN IT WAS LIKE, WELL, WHY DID YOU GUYS DO THAT? SO ANYWAY, I GUESS AS LONG AS IT'S A VERY BIG NOTHING'S FINAL UNTIL THE BUDGET PASSES, BECAUSE WE'VE HAD SOME CRAZY BUDGET YEARS, WHICH IS USUALLY LIKE THE SECOND WEEK OF SEPTEMBER. YEAH. OKAY.

ANY OTHER DISCUSSION ON THE MOTION? HEARING NONE.

PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. I'M SORRY. WHO WAS THE SECOND? OH, COUNCIL. MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON.

THANK YOU. COUNCILMEMBER PORTERFIELD, A MAYOR.

SNYDER, A COUNCILMEMBER.

GORDON, A COUNCILMEMBER.

KING, A COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS, A COUNCILMEMBER.

THOMPSON, A MAYOR PRO TEM.

THORNTON A MOTION PASSES SIX ONE.

ALL RIGHT. NEXT, WE HAVE ITEM NINE ONE QUARTERLY PRESENTATION FROM THE DOWNTOWN

[9.1. Quarterly presentation from the Downtown Hutto Business Association - "Q2 Look Back and 2H Look Ahead." (Grade Matthews)]

GOOD EVENING, GRACIE MATTHEWS REPRESENTING DOWNTOWN BUSINESS ASSOCIATION FOR THE RECORD.

I'M HERE TODAY TO DO THE VERY FIRST QUARTERLY UPDATE AS REQUESTED FROM THE APRIL COUNCIL MEETING. SINCE LAUNCHING THE ORGANIZATION IN APRIL, WITH A TARGET OF SERVING AS A MAIN POINT OF CONTACT FOR EVERYTHING RELATED WITH DOWNTOWN

[02:25:03]

WE'VE REGISTERED THE 501 C6 WITH THE STATE.

WE ARE UP TO 27 MEMBERS NOW.

THAT IS UP FIVE NEW MEMBERS FROM APRIL.

WE HAVE OPENED UP MEMBERSHIP AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO BE UP TO BUSINESS OWNERS, PROPERTY OWNERS AND EMPLOYEES OF THE BUSINESSES LOCATED DOWNTOWN SO WE CAN OPEN UP THAT QUALIFICATION. THE FOUR STAFF MEMBERS, AKA THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, HAS TO BE EITHER A BUSINESS OWNER OR A PROPERTY OWNER.

ONE OF OUR BIGGEST ACHIEVEMENTS THIS QUARTER IS THE TWO ACTIVE COMMITTEES THAT WE HAVE, WHICH IS THE EVENTS AND THE FINANCE COMMITTEE.

AND THAT'S WHAT THE MAJOR PART OF THIS PRESENTATION IS GOING TO BE ABOUT.

ONE MAJOR CHANGE I DO WANT TO MENTION IS WE HAVE CHANGED THE DOWNTOWN DEFINITION.

SO INSTEAD OF THE EASTERN BORDER ENDING AT FM 1660, WE HAVE EXPANDED IT ALL THE WAY TO FRITZ PARK, TO PARK AVENUE. THE PURPOSE OF THAT WAS TO INCLUDE ALL OF OT FIVE H ZONING, AS WELL AS MOST OF OT 40.

THAT'S A TYPO. SO OT 40.

SO IT'S GOING TO BE BENCHMARKED BY CO-OP TO YOUR WEST, FRITZ PARK TO THE EAST, LIVE OAK TO THE NORTH, AND US 79 TO THE SOUTH.

SO THAT WOULD BE CONSIDERED DOWNTOWN.

PART OF OUR ASSOCIATION.

EVENTS COMMITTEE. SO THEIR MISSION IS TO REVITALIZE DOWNTOWN AND BRING COMMERCE AND ENTERTAINMENT BACK DOWNTOWN.

SO WE HAVE FIVE COMMITTEE MEMBERS WHO ALL VOLUNTEER THEIR TIME.

WE HAVE A MIX OF BUSINESS OWNERS AND PROPERTY OWNERS AND ALSO THE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE IN APRIL TO JUNE. I'M NOT GOING TO GO THROUGH ALL OF THEM, BUT WE'VE HAD SMALL AND LARGE SCALE EVENTS.

YOU CAN SEE THAT IT'S NOT JUST DOWNTOWN BUSINESSES.

WE'RE COLLABORATING WITH OTHER DEPARTMENTS SUCH AS THE LIBRARY.

WE ALSO HAVE EVENTS THAT HAPPEN OFF OF DOWNTOWN.

SO OUR FIRST GOLF TOURNAMENT WAS HELD AT FOREST CREEK.

WE RAISED ENOUGH MONEY TO ACTUALLY PAY.

SINCE WE'RE A NON-PAID MEMBERSHIP NONPROFIT, WE ACTUALLY RAISED ENOUGH MONEY TO ACTUALLY PAY AND REGISTER FOR A NONPROFIT.

WITH THAT LEFTOVER MONEY, WE WILL HIRE AND DO SOME WEBSITE DESIGNING SO THAT WE CAN HAVE A MORE CLEAR QR CODE THAT LEADS PEOPLE TO DOWNTOWN INFORMATION.

LOOKING AHEAD AT FUTURE PLANS FOR EVENTS.

AUGUST 16TH. WE HAVE A PICKLEBALL TOURNAMENT.

IT'S GOING TO HAVE FREE BOOTH OPPORTUNITIES FOR ALL DOWNTOWN BUSINESSES IN OCTOBER.

MARK YOUR DATES FOR THE OLD TIME DAYS FESTIVAL THAT'S PUT ON BY THE CHAMBER.

NOVEMBER 29TH. IT'S NOT ON THE CITY'S CALENDAR YET, BUT THIS IS SHOP SMALL SATURDAY, SO WE WANT TO MERGE THAT AND PIGGYBACK THE DOWNTOWN CHRISTMAS TREE LIGHTING WITH THAT.

SO WE DO UNDERSTAND THE TREE LIGHTING IS A CITY EVENT.

SO WE'LL BE WORKING WITH CITY STAFF TO COORDINATE THE DETAILS.

LOOKING AHEAD. THAT'S A BIG TYPO I JUST NOTICED.

IT'S NOT 150 YEARS. IT IS 115 YEAR ANNIVERSARY NEXT YEAR.

I DO NOT PLAN TO DO THIS COMMITTEE FOR 35 YEARS.

IS ACTUALLY FOR THE FOUNDING OF THE CITY, NOT THE NOT THE 1911 DATE.

OKAY, SO SO IT IS 150 I DIDN'T MISS HERE.

OKAY, GOOD, GOOD. OKAY.

YOU JUST AGED 30 YEARS.

I KNOW IT'S TIME TO RETIRE.

BUT WE WANT TO LOOK AHEAD, BECAUSE WE DO THINK THAT AT LEAST ONE OFF CYCLE. RIGHT? NOT THE CRAWFISH, NOT THE OLD TIME THAT ONE OF THE OFF CYCLE EVENTS WOULD HAPPEN DOWNTOWN.

SO WE WANT TO BE A PART OF THAT ALSO.

AND AS I MENTIONED, WEBSITE IS IN PROGRESS.

WE ARE COLLECTING BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS FROM EVERY OWNER, AND WE'LL HAVE A MAP WITH ALL THE SPECIFIC INFORMATION THAT WILL BE EVENT SPECIFIC AS THEY HAPPEN. QUESTIONS ON THE COMMITTEE.

FINANCE COMMITTEE. THIS COMMITTEE'S MISSION IS TO OBTAIN FUNDING SOLUTIONS FROM WHEREVER HOWEVER WE CAN. SO THIS COMMITTEE IS MADE UP OF MYSELF GABE SANCHEZ, ANOTHER PROPERTY OWNER, GARY BROWN, AND JUSTIN LOT FROM CHAMBER.

JUST A FRIENDLY REMINDER OF THESE THREE EXISTING ORDINANCES THAT I BROUGHT UP DURING THE MAY WORKSHOP. TWO ARE RELATED WITH TAX AND ONE IS RELATED WITH ACTUAL GRANT THAT NEEDS TO BE FUNDED FOR FACADE IMPROVEMENT.

BECAUSE ONE OF OUR MAIN MISSION FOR THIS ASSOCIATION IS TO REHABILITATE THE HISTORIC BUILDINGS. SO THAT'S A VERY IMPORTANT GRANT THAT WE ARE SEEKING LOOKING AT EDC INCENTIVES THAT ARE PROPOSED AND NOT APPROVED YET FOR FISCAL YEAR 26.

I TRY TO PULL OUT THE ONES THAT I THOUGHT WAS RELATIVE TO OUR ASSOCIATION.

THE THREE THAT I FOUND WERE SMALL BUSINESS PERFORMANCE GRANTS FIRE SUPPRESSION FOR COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES.

FACADE IMPROVEMENT GRANT FOR HISTORIC COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES.

SO I KNOW THAT THOSE ARE NOT APPROVED YET, BUT AND I DO UNDERSTAND THAT CITY AND EDC

[02:30:05]

BUT I WANT TO ENCOURAGE MAYBE SOME INTERDEPARTMENTAL COLLABORATION SO THAT WE CAN GET THESE FUNDED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.

OUR REQUEST TONIGHT ARE SPECIFIC.

WE HAVE TWO REQUESTS. SO SINCE THE WORKSHOP, WE HAVE NOT HEARD FROM THE CITY OR COUNCIL ABOUT ANY OF THESE ITEMS. SO I WANT TO BE VERY CLEAR IN MY REQUEST TONIGHT THAT THE COUNCIL WOULD FUND FOR THE THREE EVENTS POLICE SECURITY FUNDING IN 2026.

SO THAT WOULD COVER THE CRAWFISH FESTIVAL OLD TIME DAYS AND ONE EVENT THAT WILL BE 450 YEARS. IF YOU ARE CURIOUS ABOUT HOW MUCH THAT WOULD BE BASED ON THE MANPOWER AND THE HOURLY RATE THAT WE USE FROM THIS YEAR, IT'S ABOUT $10,000.

WE'RE NOT ASKING FOR MONEY IF THERE'S A WAY FOR YOU TO COORDINATE THAT, THAT'S OKAY TOO. RIGHT.

SO THAT'S OUR FIRST REQUEST.

OUR SECOND REQUEST IS TO PROVIDE A CRITERIA AND ELIGIBILITY TO ACTIVATE THE TWO TAX RELATED ORDINANCES AND FUND THE FACADE GRANT.

AND WE WANT TO ALLOW RETROACTIVE APPLICATION OF THOSE ORDINANCES.

AND THEN OTHER FUTURE FUNDING SOURCES MAY BE TOO LATE FROM KRISTY'S PRESENTATION JUST NOW, BUT WE HAVEN'T EVEN LOOKED INTO OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING OR HOT FUNDS.

SO THAT'S SOMETHING THAT WE WANT TO DEFINITELY THINK IN ADVANCE FOR FISCAL YEAR 27, IF THAT'S THE ONLY TIME THAT WE HAVE TO DO QUESTIONS ON THE FINANCE COMMITTEE.

FOR ME, I'D LIKE TO FIND A WAY TO HELP YOU ALL WORK WITH THE EVENTS.

AND KIND OF SEED FUND A LITTLE BIT TO WHERE AT SOME POINT YOU ALL ARE ON YOUR OWN AND FUNDING THINGS TO WHERE LIKE, I DON'T MIND TRYING TO HELP YOU GUYS WITH SOME OF THIS, BUT EVENTUALLY I'D LIKE TO SEE THE DOWNTOWN OPERATE KIND OF LIKE YOU SEE IN OTHER CITIES. THEY'RE RAISING THEIR OWN MONEY, THEY'RE DOING THEIR OWN THINGS. WE'RE FOCUSED ON REBUILDING SIDEWALKS, LANDSCAPING, AND YOU GUYS ARE DOING YOUR OWN PROGRAMING.

AND MAYBE THAT TAKES SOME OF THAT OFF FROM THE CITY PROGRAMING A LOT DOWN THERE TO WHERE IN THE BEGINNING, SOME OF OUR MONEY WE SPENT ON OUR SIDE GOES TO YOU ALL.

AND THEN OVER TIME IT MORPHS INTO YOU GUYS JUST HANDLING DOWNTOWN PROGRAMING.

AND WE'RE NOT WE'RE NOT SPENDING ALL OF OUR MONEY DOWN THERE. ABSOLUTELY.

YEP. RIGHT NOW OUR WHOLE COMMITTEE, YOU KNOW, WE'RE ALL VOLUNTEERS AT THIS POINT, YOU KNOW.

SO I REALLY DO APPRECIATE EVERYONE WHO IS TAKING TIME, ESPECIALLY THE SMALL BUSINESS OWNERS.

BUT, YOU KNOW, WE'RE JUST TRYING TO DO AS MUCH AS WE CAN WITHIN OUR SCOPE, RIGHT? WE DON'T WANT TO.

WE HAVE BIG DREAMS AND VISIONS.

BUT FOR THIS YEAR, LET'S STICK WITH THIS, RIGHT? IF WE CAN HAVE SOME SMALL WINS, I THINK THAT CAN GET A LOT OF MOMENTUM AND BE MOTIVATED TO EVENTUALLY GET THERE, TO BE SELF-FUNDED.

THIS SLIDE IS A COPY PASTE FROM APRIL.

SO LET'S START WITH THE VERY RIGHT.

WHAT IS COMPLETED? THIS ONE WAS OUR BIGGEST PAIN POINT, BUT I THINK THIS POINT IS COMPLETED.

WE APPRECIATE STAFF CITY, EDC, EVERYONE REACHING OUT TO US DIRECTLY AS POINT OF CONTACT FOR EVERYTHING DOWNTOWN INSTEAD OF TRYING TO SOLVE PROBLEMS FOR US AND PRESENTING SOLUTIONS TO US.

SO WE REALLY APPRECIATE THAT.

THE ITEM THAT IS IN PROGRESS IS THE BIG HOT TOPIC, WHICH REALLY KICK STARTED THIS ASSOCIATION TO BEGIN WITH, WHICH IS PARKING. SO IT'S IN PROGRESS RIGHT NOW.

WE APPRECIATE COUNCIL APPROVING THE MOTION TO HAVE MATT RECTOR PRESENT THE DOWNTOWN ONE WAY STREET CONVERSION TO ALLOW FOR ANGLED PARKING ON BOTH SIDES, SO THAT WE CAN HAVE ABOUT TRIPLE THE AMOUNT OF ON STREET PARKING.

SO WE WILL WORK CLOSELY WITH HIM.

WE MAY HAVE TO KICK OFF MAYBE A PARKING COMMITTEE.

BUT THAT ITEM IS IN PROGRESS.

WE CANNOT JUMP TO A DOWNTOWN PARKING GARAGE.

RIGHT? WE CAN'T DO THAT.

SO WORKING IN PROGRESS WITH THE CITY TO COME UP WITH TEMPORARY SOLUTIONS.

THE ITEMS ABOUT THE HISTORIC CERTIFICATE OF APPROPRIATENESS AND CONSTRUCTION RULES THAT WE HAVE TO FOLLOW THAT NEEDS ATTENTION.

I DO THINK THAT THE THREE ORDINANCES THAT WE'RE SEEKING WILL BE A GOOD STEP IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION FOR THAT.

AND THEN JUST BECAUSE WE DON'T HAVE TIME AND MANPOWER, THE TWO ITEMS THAT ARE NOT STARTED ARE MAKING THE STREETS MORE WALKABLE A LITTLE BIT MORE SAFE LIGHTING. AND THEN ALSO REALLY THINKING ABOUT HOW DO WE GET RETURN ON EXPERIENCE, WHAT KIND OF IDEAL BUSINESSES DO WE WANT TO HAVE DOWNTOWN, TOWN TO MAKE DOWNTOWN ASSOCIATION'S MISSION BE ACCOMPLISHED.

SO THAT'S THE LOOK AHEAD.

AND THIS IS THE CAN YOU GUYS, WE'RE IN THE PROCESS OF ADOPTING THE UDC.

AND SO INPUT FROM YOU ALL WOULD BE, I THINK, VERY HELPFUL WHEN IT COMES TO IF WE WANT TO HAVE A DIFFERENT SETUP PROCESS FOR DOWNTOWN

[02:35:06]

BUT YEAH, AS SOON AS WE CAN GET SOME INFORMATION ON THAT, IT'D BE IT'D BE GOOD FOR US. OKAY, THAT'D BE GREAT.

HAPPY TO JOIN IN THAT CONVERSATION.

LAST SLIDE. MILESTONES.

JUST LOOKING AT WHERE WE PRESENTED IN APRIL, WE HAVE ACHIEVED AND HELD UP ALL THE END OF OUR BARGAIN. WE HAVE ACCOMPLISHED ALL THOSE THINGS THAT WE HAVE SAID WE WOULD DO.

SO I'M HOPING THAT WHEN I COME BACK IN OCTOBER FOR THE NEXT QUARTERLY UPDATE, THAT WE WILL HAVE SOME PROGRESS MOVING FORWARD.

RIGHT. OF THE TWO REQUESTS THAT WE'RE SEEKING FOR TONIGHT.

SO THAT'S IT. THANK YOU.

QUESTIONS OR COMMENTS FROM COUNCIL? I HAD ONE COMMENT BACK ON THE ONE WHERE YOU WERE WANTING TO HAVE THOSE ORDINANCES RETROACTIVELY APPLIED.

I GUESS WE'D JUST HAVE TO HAVE CITY ATTORNEY WEIGH IN ON THAT TO SEE IF THAT'S ALLOWED, AND IF THAT COULD EVEN BE APPLICABLE.

I KNOW THAT WE RUN INTO SOME ISSUES IN THE PAST WITH, YOU KNOW, SOMEBODY DOESN'T EXPANSION AND THEN THEY WANT TO, YOU KNOW, AN INCENTIVE FOR DOING AN EXPANSION. CAN WE DO THAT? IS THERE YOU KNOW, ANYWAY, I GUESS ATTORNEYS HAVE TO WEIGH IN TO SEE IF THAT UNDERSTOOD. YEAH.

WE JUST WANT SOMEONE TO LOOK INTO IT, ESTABLISH RIGHT AND MAKE.

I KNOW SOME OF THESE GRANTS EXISTED IN THE PAST, BUT THERE WEREN'T CRITERIAS FOR IT.

RIGHT. THE FACADE GRANT WAS USED TO REPAIR SOMEONE'S RESIDENTIAL ROOF BECAUSE IT WAS, YOU KNOW, IN THE OT FIVE H ZONING.

RIGHT. SO HOW DO WE MAKE IT IN ALIGNMENT WITH WHAT OUR ASSOCIATION'S MISSION IS? RIGHT. WHICH IS TO REVITALIZE AND REHABILITATE.

COOL. I'LL MAKE A MOTION THAT WE DIRECT STAFF TO BRING BACK INFORMATION REGARDING ORDINANCE 1.06.032, 1.0, 6.034 AND 1.06035.

INFORMATION BEING WHERE WE'RE AT WITH IT, WHAT'S AVAILABLE, WHAT'S THE PROCESS? BECAUSE SOME OF THESE I THINK WE DON'T EVEN HAVE TO FUND JUST ORDINANCES WE'RE NOT FOLLOWING. POTENTIALLY.

SECOND. AND SECONDED BY COUNCILMEMBER PORTERFIELD.

JUST A PROCESS QUESTION.

IT DOESN'T SAY TAKE ACTION.

CAN WE TAKE ACTION? OH, NO.

SORRY, BUT THEY HEARD IT.

SO I CAN EITHER BRING IT BACK ON AGENDA ITEM OR HAPPY TO DO THAT.

HAPPY TO COME BACK. WHAT ABOUT THE FIRST ITEM THOUGH? THE FIRST ITEM ABOUT THE FUNDING FOR THE SECURITY FOR THE THREE EVENTS FOR NEXT YEAR.

IS THAT SOMETHING YOU CAN LOOK INTO? YEAH. YEAH. THAT'S INCLUDED.

OKAY. ALL RIGHT. THANK YOU.

THANK YOU. THANK YOU. ALL RIGHT.

[9.2. Consideration and possible action regarding a presentation from Endeavor Real Estate Group pertaining to their proposed Project Sprouts. (Adam Zimel, Endeavor)]

STILL WITH US? PRESENT.

YOU GUYS, FOR THOSE CHAIRS.

SO LONG ARE WE? CAUSE WE CAUSE A PAIN OURSELVES.

WELL, THANK YOU GUYS FOR FOR THE TIME.

ADAM ZEMEL, ENDEAVOR REAL ESTATE GROUP HERE TO RUN THROUGH SOME OF THE REQUEST DETAILS AND TIED TO THE GROCERY DEVELOPMENT THAT WE'RE WE'VE BEEN WORKING ON PURSUIT OVER THE LAST NINE MONTHS OR SO.

SO I THINK I'VE HAD CONVERSATIONS WITH MOST EVERYONE.

AND SO SOME OF THIS MIGHT BE RECAPPED THE FIRST FEW SLIDES AT LEAST.

SO THE SITE LOCATION, NORTHEAST CORNER OF HIGHWAY 79 AND 130.

AGAIN, WE'VE BEEN WORKING ON THIS FOR THE LAST NINE MONTHS.

THE GROCERY USER IS HIGHLIGHTED RIGHT THERE IN GREEN.

ANOTHER VIEW OF IT LOOKING BACK TOWARDS THE NORTH AND EAST.

AND THEN ZOOMING IN ON THE SITE PLAN.

SO PLAN RIGHT IS NORTH RIGHT THERE.

SO AGAIN, FRONTING SH 130 IS WHERE THE GROCERY WOULD BE ORIENTED.

SO IT'S OBVIOUSLY LABELED IN GREEN GROCER AND SHOPS.

ONE I THINK WHAT I'LL CALL YOUR ATTENTION TO IS IN TERMS OF PHASING.

WE CALL A PHASE TWO OUT THERE WHEN WE GO CONSTRUCT.

WE'LL GO PERFORM SITE WORK ACROSS THE ENTIRE SITE.

AND THEN IN TERMS OF ACTUALLY WHAT WE'RE GOING TO CONSTRUCT FOR PARKING LOT LIGHTING, PAVING AND THEN VERTICAL IMPROVEMENTS, IT'LL BE EVERYTHING FROM JUST THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE GROCER DOWN TO WHERE IT SAYS DRIVE.

AND THAT DRIVE IS LOCATED IN BETWEEN 130 AND INNOVATION BOULEVARD.

WE DO PLAN ON A FEW PADS LOCATED AT AS PAD A,

[02:40:03]

AND IT'S TWOFOLD. ONE TIED TO A GRANT AND THEN NUMBER TWO TIED TO SALES TAX REIMBURSEMENT. AND I THINK EVERYONE'S ALWAYS ASKING, ARE WE THE FIRST ONES TO DO SOMETHING LIKE THIS? THE FIRST JURISDICTION IN.

OVER THE LAST 18 MONTHS, THERE HAVE BEEN FOUR OTHER JURISDICTIONS WITHIN THE AUSTIN MSA WHO HAVE GRANTED INCENTIVES TIED TO GROCERIES, SPECIFICALLY GROCERIES. OBVIOUSLY A LOW MARGIN ITEM AND SIMILAR TO TO THEM, YOU KNOW, IT FALLS ON US.

AND SO THEY DON'T ALWAYS THE DEALS ARE THINNER THAN MOST.

IT'S A GREAT TRAFFIC DRIVER.

OBVIOUSLY, IT'S AN AMENITY FOR FOR THE NEIGHBORHOODS AND FOR THE CITIES.

AND SO I WANTED TO CALL OUT THOSE SPECIFIC INCENTIVES THAT WERE WERE GRANTED.

ONE WAS CITY OF KYLE TIED SPECIFICALLY TO SPROUTS.

THE SECOND ONE WAS TIED TO SPROUTS AGAIN IN THE CITY OF BASTROP.

SIMILARLY, IN BOTH THOSE SCENARIOS, THERE'S AN OPERATING H-E-B WITHIN THOSE COMMUNITIES. AND SPROUTS IS THE FIRST NON-HEAVY TO TO ENTER THOSE MARKETS.

AND THEN THE NEXT TWO, BOTH VUDA IS RELOCATING AND EXPANDING FOR AN HEB. AND THEY GAVE INCENTIVES.

AND THEN FINALLY IN SAN MARCOS, THEY HAD MORE OF A BLANKET INCENTIVE FOR FOR GROCERY THAT THEY ENDED UP GRANTING FOR HEB, WHICH IS ACTUALLY PURSUANT ON THE SOUTHERN SIDE DOWN AT MAKATI, SO SPECIFIC TO OUR SITE IN THE DOCUMENT THAT WE HAVE SUBMITTED TO CHENEY AND HER TEAM, IT CALLS FOR A MINIMUM COMMITMENT OF $28 MILLION IN TOTAL COSTS.

AND THAT WOULD BE, AGAIN, FOR ALL THE SITE WORK AND ALL THE VERTICAL.

IT IS TIED SPECIFICALLY TO SPROUTS FARMERS MARKET BASED OUT OF ARIZONA.

OUR ORIGINAL GRANT REQUEST WAS FOR $875,000, AND WE WANTED TO MIRROR WHAT HAD BEEN APPROVED BY EDC AND COUNCIL, I BELIEVE, FOR NEWQUEST AND THE INCENTIVE THAT THEY HAD DONE MOST RECENTLY. SO THE WAY THAT THAT WAS STRUCTURED, AGAIN, FOR GRANT REQUESTS AND THEN FOR SALES TAX REIMBURSEMENT IT HAD THREE DIFFERENT TRANCHES THAT IT WAS PAID OUT. AND SO WE REALIZED $875,000 IS A BIG NUMBER.

WE NEED IT FOR VIABILITY OF OUR SITE.

HOWEVER, YOU KNOW, A DOLLAR TODAY IS WORTH MORE THAN A DOLLAR TOMORROW.

AND SO AS MUCH AS WE'D LIKE ALL THOSE DOLLARS TODAY, WE DECIDED IT WAS BEST TO PUT IT IN THREE DIFFERENT TRANCHES TO WHERE IT WOULD BE TIED TO THE THREE DIFFERENT BUILDINGS THAT WE WERE GOING TO CONSTRUCT.

AGAIN, ALL TIED TO THE SPECIFIC TENANT OF SPROUTS.

AND SO THE FIRST WHAT WE PROPOSED PAYMENT ONE WAS TIED TO THE CO FOR SPROUTS, THAT PAYMENT BEING 350.

PAYMENT NUMBER TWO WOULD BE 12 MONTHS LATER TIED TO THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY FOR 4000FT² AGAIN, $350,000, AND THEN THE THIRD BEING 24 MONTHS LATER, CFO FOR THE OTHER 12,000 SQUARE FOOT BUILDING IN THE BALANCE, WHICH IS 175,000. WE UNDERSTAND THERE'S CONVERSATION THAT HAPPENS.

WE'VE WORKED WITH STAFF WITH CHENEY TO TRY AND FIGURE OUT.

I THINK SOME FOLKS CAME BACK AND SAID, HEY, WE'D LIKE TO TIE IT TO ADDITIONAL TENANTS. WE'RE IN THE POSITION RIGHT NOW.

AND JUST THE WAY THE SYSTEM WORKS, WE KNOW WHO OUR LEAD TENANT IS.

WE HAVE A FINITE AMOUNT OF TIME TO GO MAKE A COMMITMENT TO THEM TO BE ABLE TO MOVE FORWARD. WE'LL START MARKETING AND LEASING THOSE BUILDINGS AND WE'LL KNOW AND BE ABLE TO IDENTIFY SPECIFIC TENANTS.

BUT IT'S PROBABLY 8 TO 9 MONTHS AWAY BEFORE OR TO THAT POINT.

AND SO AS AN ALTERNATIVE I'M GOING TO GIVE YOU TWO DIFFERENT ALTERNATIVES.

AGAIN, I WANT TO CLEARLY STATE OUR PREFERENCE IS WHAT WE ORIGINALLY REQUESTED OF YOU GUYS.

BUT AS AN ALTERNATIVE AND ONE ITEM IS ALTERNATIVE, ONE OCCUPANCY OF MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS, SO THE REQUEST WOULD STAY THE SAME DOLLAR AMOUNT PAYMENT ONE WOULD BE TIED AGAIN TO SPROUTS.

WHAT WE'RE PROPOSING IS PAYMENT TO WOULD ONLY HAPPEN 12 MONTHS LATER, AS LONG AS 50% OF OF ONE OF THE MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS IS 50% LEASED.

SO $350,000 AND THEN PAYMENT THREE WOULD BE FOR THE OTHER MULTI-TENANT BUILDING, BEING 75% LEASED AT THAT TIME.

SO IT ENSURES YOU GUYS HAVE ADDITIONAL TENANTS.

[02:45:05]

AND THEN ALTERNATIVE NUMBER TWO.

AGAIN WANTED TO TO THROW SOMETHING OUT SPROUTS MILESTONES.

SO IT WOULD BE SPECIFICALLY AGAIN THE DOLLAR AMOUNT PAYMENT ONE DON'T CHANGE PAYMENT TWO WOULD BE 12 MONTHS AFTER IT WOULD BE TIED TO SOME TYPE OF EMPLOYMENT MILESTONE FOR SPROUTS. SO AGAIN, $350,000 AND THEN PAYMENT THREE WOULD BE TIED TO SOME TYPE OF REVENUE MILESTONE FOR SPROUTS.

SO THAT'S THE FIRST COMPONENT PIECE OF THE INCENTIVE REQUEST.

THE SECOND PIECE IS OBVIOUSLY TIED TO SALES TAX REIMBURSEMENT.

AND I WANTED TO TAKE A STEP BACK BECAUSE I HAD A CHANCE TO AGAIN SPEAK WITH WITH THE FOLKS UP HERE. AND IT WAS OVER THE COURSE OF A COUPLE MONTHS IN RETAIL AND DEVELOPMENT IS VERY DYNAMIC IN WHAT WE DO AND THINGS CHANGE.

THEY CAN CHANGE VERY QUICKLY. SO WHEN WE STARTED PURSUING THIS SITE, WE ACTUALLY HAD TWO ANCHORS IN TOW, THE GROCERY FIRST, AND THEN WE HAD ANOTHER ANCHOR THAT WAS TO THE NORTH OF THE GROCER AT THAT TIME THAT ANCHOR WAS GOING TO SIMULTANEOUSLY CLOSE WITH US ON THE LAND, WHICH MEANS WHICH IS A UNIQUE SITUATION, BUT ESSENTIALLY IT MEANS WE DON'T HAVE TO CARRY THAT LAND.

THEY MADE IT THROUGH THEIR PROCESS FOR COMMITTEE APPROVAL AND IT GOT TURNED DOWN.

AND SO IT MEANS WE GO BACK TO THE DRAWING BOARD.

SO TODAY, YOU KNOW, WE'RE IN THE POSITION OF LOOKING HOW DO WE REPURPOSE THAT LAND.

GO FIND SOMETHING FOR IT SPECIFICALLY.

ULTIMATELY WHAT IT MEANS IS WE CARRY THAT LAND, OUR COST BASIS GOES UP AND INCREASES.

AND SO I'VE SAID PREVIOUSLY, THE SALES TAX REIMBURSEMENT WOULD BE A NICE TO HAVE. NOT A NECESSARY.

AND I'M NOT GOING TO GO AS FAR TO SAY AS WE HAVE TO HAVE IT TO MAKE SOMETHING HAPPEN.

BUT IT'S ALL THE MORE IMPORTANT TODAY GIVEN WHERE WE'RE AT.

SO THE ORIGINAL REQUEST WAS YEARS FOUR THROUGH TEN.

WE WOULD PARTICIPATE 50% OF SALES TAX REVENUE.

AGAIN, YOU KNOW, YEARS 1 TO 3.

WE WOULD NOT ON THE SALES SIDE BECAUSE THOSE GRANTS ARE IN PLACE.

WE ALSO COMMITTED TO A MINIMUM OF $10 MILLION IN TAXABLE ANNUAL SALES FOR THE PROJECT, AND THEN FURTHER BREAKING DOWN THE DETAILS OF THAT.

OUR ESTIMATE, WHICH AGAIN, WE'VE PROVIDED.

CHENEY I THINK SHE'S DISTRIBUTED HER OWN ANALYSIS INTERNALLY TO YOU GUYS.

WE ESTIMATE ABOUT $1.8 MILLION OF SALES TAX REVENUE OVER THE FIRST TEN YEARS.

WE THINK THIS IS A CONSERVATIVE ESTIMATE.

I HAD THE QUESTION BEFORE OF WHAT IS THE PERCENTAGE THAT YOU'RE ACTUALLY TAXING THE GROCER? THE GROCER HAS TAXABLE GOODS AND IT'S IN BETWEEN 13 AND 15%.

AND THAT COMES DIRECTLY FROM SPROUTS BASED ON THEIR PROJECTED REVENUES.

SO THAT NUMBER IS COMPRISED OF THE GROCER, THE TWO MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS AND TWO DIFFERENT PADS. SO AGAIN, WITH WHAT WE'RE PROPOSING, THE 50% TO ENDEAVOR WOULD BE APPROXIMATELY 678,688, WITH THE BALANCE GOING TO THE CITY.

AGAIN, WE'VE HAD FURTHER CONVERSATIONS WITH STAFF, AND I THINK TAKING FEEDBACK FROM EDC AND WHAT WE'RE PROPOSING TO MODIFY IS TYING THIS SPECIFICALLY TO A SIT DOWN, FULL SERVICE RESTAURANT.

AND WE'VE CONTINUALLY HEARD THAT THAT'S THOSE ARE USERS THAT THE CITY RESIDENTS CONTINUE TO WANT TO SEE, USERS LIKE CHUY'S, USERS LIKE JACK ALLEN'S THE CHALLENGE WITH THE FULL SERVICE RESTAURANTS, THEY TAKE MORE ACREAGE.

THE PAY PER ACRE IS A LITTLE BIT LOWER.

AND SO WE WOULD HOPE THAT WE'RE ALIGNING WITH YOU GUYS AND TRYING TO FIGURE OUT WAYS TO BRING, AGAIN, USES THAT THE CITY WANTS TO SEE.

AND THEN IT WAS RECOMMENDED ALSO TO PUT IN A NOT TO EXCEED NUMBER.

SO WE'RE PROPOSING 1.5 MILLION IN TOTAL.

SO THE SUMMARY YOU KNOW, YOU GUYS ARE ARE FACED WITH THIS EVERY DAY IN TERMS OF OF COSTS. AND WE'VE HEARD PRESENTATIONS ABOUT COSTS THAT THE CITY HAS.

RETAIL IS ONE OF THE FEW DRIVERS THAT ACTUALLY IS INCREMENTALLY POSITIVE IN TERMS OF WHAT IT GENERATES. SO AGAIN, WE GAVE THESE NUMBERS TO CHENEY.

BUT OVER THE FIRST TEN YEARS, AD VALOREM TAXES WILL GENERATE ABOUT 5.87 MILLION FOR THE PROJECT.

AND AGAIN, THE 1.8 MILLION FOR SALES TAX.

THAT'S WHAT I GOT. THANK YOU SIR.

QUESTIONS? DISCUSSION FOR COUNCIL.

YEAH. CAN YOU GO BACK A SLIDE TO THE INCENTIVES? YEAH. SO I APPRECIATE YOU PUTTING ALL THE ALTERNATIVES OUT THERE.

SHOWS THAT YOU GUYS ARE WILLING TO HAVE DISCUSSIONS AND THAT SORT OF THING. I COULD

[02:50:03]

YOU COULD HAVE A MULTI-TENANT BUILDING EMPTY FOR A LONG TIME.

WE MAY HAVE SOME OF THOSE IN HUTTO RIGHT NOW.

AND SO IF YOU'RE IF YOU'RE IF YOU'RE GRANT IS TIED TO PRODUCTIVITY, THEN IT WELL, LIKE I SAID, IF YOU'RE HUNGRY, YOU'RE GOING TO WORK HARD, RIGHT? RIGHT.

AND SO IF YOU'RE TIED TO THE LEASE YOU KNOW, I KIND OF LIKE THAT.

PERSONALLY, I HAVE NO PROBLEM WITH A LOT OF THIS.

I THINK I'LL JUST SAY IT.

I THINK A LOT OF PEOPLE IN HUTTO ARE HOPING FOR AN H-E-B ON THE NORTH SIDE.

I DON'T KNOW MUCH ABOUT THIS, BUT I JUST DON'T SEE THAT HAPPENING.

I WAS IN ANOTHER DEALING WITH ANOTHER CITY A FEW YEARS AGO, AND THEY WANTED AN HEB AND WHAT, ALMOST 15 YEARS LATER, THEY'RE JUST NOW BUILDING ONE.

SO, YOU KNOW, I, I PERSONALLY LIKE SPROUTS.

FINANCIALLY, I THINK IT'S A GOOD DEAL. I THINK WE'RE GOING TO, YOU KNOW, WE NEED TO HAVE A GROCER ON THE NORTH SIDE. IT'S DEFINITELY A CONCERN WITH PEOPLE. AND THEN THE SIT DOWN RESTAURANT IS A IS A BIG THING.

SO YEAH, I DON'T KNOW ABOUT THE SALES TAX.

YOU DID MENTION THAT IT'S NOT A DEAL BREAKER IF YOU DON'T GET THAT.

BUT YOU WOULD LIKE TO HAVE THAT. IS THAT IS THAT A FAIR STATEMENT? IT'S STILL A VERY IMPORTANT ITEM TO US. SURE. VERY IMPORTANT TO YOU, RIGHT? I MEAN, THE GRANT OBVIOUSLY IS TIED TO THE VIABILITY OF MOVING FORWARD, WHERE SALES TAX IS A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT.

YEAH. JUST I JUST WANT TO CLARIFY, I'M NOT SAYING I'M GOING TO VOTE TO TAKE IT AWAY FROM YOU. I JUST WANT TO. SURE, SURE, SURE. NO.

AND I THINK TO YOUR POINT, I MEAN, WE WANT TO BE ALIGNED WITH THE CITY.

WE'RE GOING TO WE'RE GOING TO MAKE DECISIONS THAT BRING THE BEST TENANTS WHO CAN PUSH THE MOST REVENUE, YOU KNOW, AND WE WANT TO BE ABLE TO DO THAT AND BE ALIGNED WITH YOU GUYS AND HOW WE'RE MAKING DECISIONS.

IN EDC THIS WEEK, I SAID, YOU'RE GOING TO SEE A LOT OF FOOD, HOPEFULLY A LOT OF FAST CASUAL USERS, SERVICE USERS.

UNFORTUNATELY, OUR WORLD OF RETAIL DOESN'T HAVE ANY MANY RETAILERS ANYMORE.

AND SO IT'S YOU KNOW, IT'S NOT VERY OFTEN YOU GET THE RETAILER SHOWING UP, ESPECIALLY A DAILY DRIVER LIKE A GROCER.

YEAH. SO, ADAM, WHAT VERIFIABLE ECONOMIC IMPACT STUDIES ARE YOU USING TO GET TO THE TO THE SALES TAX REIMBURSEMENT SPECIFICALLY? LIKE, WHAT ASSUMPTIONS ARE YOU MAKING AND HOW CONSERVATIVE ARE THEY THERE? WHAT WOULD BE WHAT WE WOULD SAY IS CONSERVATIVE.

YOU KNOW, YOU NEVER WANT TO OVERSHOOT, ESPECIALLY WHEN IT'S TIED TO A CERTAIN NUMBER. AND SO IT'S BASED ON DATA OF SHOPPING CENTERS THAT WE DEVELOP OF USERS AND WHAT VOLUMES THEY ACTUALLY HAVE THAT GENERATE.

I MEAN, IT'S DATA THAT'S TENANT SPECIFIC.

I'M SURE WE COULD GET YOU SOME GENERAL DATA IF, IF THAT WOULD HELP. SO SPECIFICALLY REGARDING THE 1.8 MILLION.

A COUPLE OF NOTES TO IT AND I.

I'LL I'LL COMMENT ON A FEW SPECIFICS.

SO, FOR INSTANCE, YOU KNOW, YEAR ONE WE TAKE IN 75% OF TOTAL SALES.

SO AS TENANTS ARE GETTING OPEN THEY MIGHT NOT BE OPEN FOR A FULL YEAR.

IT SOMETIMES TAKES PEOPLE NEW HABITS, PATTERNS TO, TO ESTABLISH RHYTHMS. AND SO THEY'RE NOT GOING TO BE COMING OUT OF THE GATE AT 100% NECESSARILY. SO YEAR ONE WE ESTIMATE 75%, YEAR TWO, WE ESTIMATE 90%, YEAR THREE IS 100%.

AND THEN WE HAVE A 2.5% ESCALATOR ON THAT SPROUT SPECIFICALLY THEY WILL TAKE THEIR PROJECTED REVENUE. AND THAT'S WHERE WE HAVE TAKEN, I THINK IT'S 15% OF THE PROJECTED REVENUE OF TAXABLE DOLLARS.

NOT EVERYTHING IS PERISHABLE THAT THEY SELL.

AND SO THAT'S HOW WE'VE ARRIVED AT THAT NUMBER FOR OUR MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS, WE'VE TAKEN $300 A FOOT AS A BASELINE, WHICH IS A CONSERVATIVE ESTIMATE.

AND THEN FOR OUR TWO PADS, WE'RE AT A MILLION AND A HALF DOLLARS FOR ONE AND $3 MILLION OF PROJECTED SALES FOR THE OTHER, WHICH, YOU KNOW, YOU GET YOU GET A BANK SHOWING UP, FOR INSTANCE, AND YOU KNOW, THEY'RE NOT GOING TO BE GENERATING TAX SALES.

SO WE'RE ESTIMATING TWO OF THE THREE PADS WILL GENERATE TAX SALES.

OKAY. AND THAT'S HOW WE ARRIVE AT IT'S ROUGHLY 14.265 MILLION OF.

TAXABLE SALES BY YEAR TWO OKAY.

AND YEAH IF YOU COULD PROVIDE THAT TO JANEY THAT'D BE GREAT.

AND THEN IF YOUR REVENUE PROJECTIONS TURN OUT TO BE WRONG, WHAT FINANCIAL RISK IS ON ENDEAVOR? I MEAN, LIKE, WHAT? FINANCIAL RISKS? THEY'LL NEVER BE. WE'LL NEVER, YOU KNOW, GET IT RIGHT TO THE DOLLAR.

[02:55:03]

AND, PAUL, YOU CAN CORRECT ME IF WE'VE GOT CERTAIN METRICS THAT WE NEED TO HIT IN ORDER TO EVEN REALIZE ANY OF THE PERCENTAGE OF THE SALES.

AND THEN, YOU KNOW, ON THE FLIP SIDE, IF WE HIT THOSE, THERE'S A CAP ON IT AS WELL.

DOES THAT SOUND RIGHT? YEAH.

YEAH. OKAY. SO THERE ARE CLAWBACKS FOR TAXPAYER FUNDS.

IF, FOR INSTANCE, SPROUTS CLOSES.

I DON'T HAVE AN ANSWER FOR IF SPROUTS CLOSES, IT'S TIED TO OPENING CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY.

YOU KNOW, THEY NEVER MAKE A COMMITMENT FOR ONGOING, NECESSARILY. AND SO I THINK THAT'S A RISK, YOU KNOW, JUST LIKE THE ACADEMY DEAL OR THE CHEWY'S DEAL OR ANY GRANT, I THINK, YOU KNOW, ALWAYS HAS SOMETHING LIKE THAT, SOME RISK BUILT INTO IT.

SO IF THEY WERE TO CLOSE, WOULD ENDEAVOR AFTER THE AFTER THE 4 TO 10 YEARS. YOU GUYS YOU GUYS ARE OUT.

THERE'S NO. SO SO WE WOULD AGAIN 50% OF THE SALES FOR YEARS FOUR THROUGH TEN.

AND SO IT'S NOT MAKING A COMMITMENT OF WE HAVE TO MEET CERTAIN OBJECTIVES.

AND THEN BEYOND THAT, ONCE WE DO, IT'S SPLIT 5050.

AND I MIGHT NOT BE ARTICULATING THIS REAL WELL.

I THINK WHAT HE'S ASKING IS WHAT HAPPENS IF SPROUTS CLOSES AND THEN THEIR REVENUE, I MEAN, THEIR REVENUE GOES TO ZERO.

AND SO SO WHAT'S THE IMPACT OF YOU GUYS? LIKE YOU'VE BUILT THIS GROCERY STORE BUILDING AND NOW SPROUTS CLOSES AND I'M NOT PUTTING WORDS IN HIS MOUTH. I THINK HE'S WONDERING FROM A SALES TAX WE'RE NOT GETTING SALES TAX.

WHAT'S YOUR WHAT'S YOUR AS AS A BUILDING OWNER.

WHAT DO WE DO I MEAN WHAT WHAT HURTS.

DO YOU GO TO BED AT NIGHT WITHOUT YOU KNOW WELL, WE'VE GOT WE'LL HAVE, YOU KNOW, A LOAN IN PLACE AND WE'VE GOT OBLIGATIONS IN THE LOAN TO GO MEET.

AND SO WE'RE INCENTIVE TO GO FIND A SUITABLE REPLACEMENT AS QUICKLY AS WE POSSIBLY CAN.

FROM A SALES TAX PERSPECTIVE, IF THEY'RE NOT GENERATING ANY REVENUE, IT DOESN'T. IT MEANS THAT WE'RE NOT PUTTING ANYTHING IN OUR POCKETS TO.

AND SO WE'VE GOT AN ALIGNED INCENTIVE TO GO FIND A USER WHO'S GOING TO PUSH VOLUME AND GENERATE THAT TAX SALES.

I'M JUST TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO RESPOND TO RESIDENTS THAT SAY, THIS DEAL IS A HANDOUT TO A CORPORATION WITH NO WITH THE GUARANTEED RETURN BEING SUSPECT, BECAUSE RIGHT NOW, WHAT I'M HAVING AN ISSUE WITH IS.

SALES TAX REIMBURSEMENT FOR ONE.

AND THEN TURNING AROUND AND ALSO SAYING, WELL, WE NEED FUNDS TO GET STARTED AS WELL FOR A GROCER THAT YOU KNOW, WHETHER I AGREE OR NOT IS A SPECIALTY TO SOME PEOPLE.

THAT'S THE ISSUE. CAN YOU ADDRESS THAT? I THINK THE WAY THAT WE'VE GOT IT STRUCTURED FROM THE GRANT PERSPECTIVE, THEY'VE GOT AN OBLIGATION TO OPEN.

THERE'S NOT AN ONGOING OBLIGATION.

I THINK THAT IS CONSISTENT WITH WHAT THE CITY HAS DONE PREVIOUSLY.

SO I DON'T THINK WE'RE TRYING TO POSITION IT ANY DIFFERENT THAN WHAT WAS DONE.

YOU KNOW, MOST RECENTLY WITH NEWQUEST.

I THINK THAT IS, BUT I THINK NEWQUEST WAS BRINGING SOMETHING THAT YOU GUYS ARE PROPOSING. THAT IS NOT SOMETHING THAT WITH THE CONSTITUENTS THAT I TALKED TO, A NEED FOR THIS SPECIFIC GROCER.

SO I APPRECIATE THE COMPARISON TO NEWQUEST, BUT I THINK NEWQUEST WAS BRINGING SOMETHING THAT WAS A NEED AT THAT TIME FOR THE CITIZENS.

AND RIGHT NOW, AGAIN, CONSTITUENTS THAT I'M TALKING TO, IT'S NOT THAT. GOT IT.

AND AT THE END OF THE DAY, I THINK THAT'S I MEAN, THAT'S WHERE YOU GUYS HAVE TO MAKE A DECISION. OKAY.

AND I COMPLETELY UNDERSTAND THAT.

I APPRECIATE IT. YEAH.

WELL, I APPRECIATE, YOU KNOW, YOU BRINGING UP WHAT YOU DID BRING UP BRIAN, BECAUSE I'VE BEEN HEARING A LOT OF THE SAME THING. AND THE QUESTION IS, IS WHICH YOU CAN ANSWER MAYBE CITY COUNCIL CAN ANSWER IS WE'VE HAD OPPORTUNITIES IN THE PAST WITH GROCERS WANTING TO COME HERE.

AND FOR WHATEVER REASON IT HASN'T HAPPENED.

THEIR THEIR CONCERN IS THIS IS A SPECIALTY TYPE OF GROCER.

SURE. AND YOU KNOW, THEY'VE BEEN SCREAMING HOWTO'S BEEN SCREAMING FOR FOR GROCERY STORES. THEY'VE HAD OPPORTUNITIES IN THE PAST.

[03:00:04]

IT IS MORE EXPENSIVE. SO I THINK WHAT I'M HEARING IS THE FRUSTRATION OF WE'VE HAD OPPORTUNITIES IN THE PAST.

WHY HASN'T CITY COUNCIL APPROVED THESE OPPORTUNITIES IN THE PAST? NOW WE HAVE THIS OPPORTUNITY.

WHAT HAPPENS IF THIS SLIPS THROUGH? THERE'S A LOT OF FRUSTRATION OUT THERE, AND I KNOW YOU CAN'T ANSWER THAT, BUT MAYBE SOMEBODY ON CITY COUNCIL CAN.

I CAN GIVE YOU SOME INSIGHT.

I'LL GIVE YOU A QUOTE.

HIPPO NATION OVER THE PAST THREE YEARS, MAYOR SNYDER HAS REPEATEDLY ASKED THE PUBLIC QUESTIONS SUCH AS DO PEOPLE WANT A GROCERY STORE? I WAS IN 2023. WHAT KIND OF RETAILER ARE WE LOOKING FOR 2024 AND WHAT SPECIFIC BUSINESS WOULD YOU LIKE TO SEE IN 2025? AND UNFORTUNATELY, THESE INQUIRIES HAVE NOT LED TO ANY TANGIBLE RESULTS FOR HUTTO, TEXAS TAXPAYERS. THIS PATTERN HAS HIGHLIGHTED THE STARK DIFFERENCE BETWEEN MAYOR SNYDER'S PERCEIVED INFLUENCE AND REALITY.

IT HAS BECOME EVIDENT THAT MAYOR SNYDER LACKS THE VISION AND THE COLLABORATION, RESULTING IN NONE OF THE PROPOSED BUSINESSES COMING TO HUTTO.

AS YOU CONSIDER THAT PART, THINK ABOUT WHO YOU AND YOUR FAMILY WANT TO.

IF YOU AND YOUR FAMILY WANT TO ENDURE ANOTHER THREE YEARS OF EMPTY QUESTIONS AND UNFILLED COMMITMENTS. SOME COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON, HE'S GOING TO BE AGAINST THIS DEAL BECAUSE I KNOW YOUR FIRST AND LAST NAME, AND THAT'S JUST HOW IT'S BEEN TO YOUR POINT.

THESE SAME GUYS CAME UP AND HAD A RANDALLS READY TO GO.

LAND UNDER CONTRACT. OUT AT 132.

IT DIED WITH THE CITY COUNCIL.

IT STARTED WHEN I WAS ON THERE. IT DIED WHEN I WAS OFF.

COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON WAS ON THERE. CITY COULDN'T FIGURE OUT HOW TO GET OUT OF THE WAY ON THE 132 BRIDGE. AND SO WE WOULDN'T GIVE YOU MORE TIME.

AND SO YOU GO THESE GROCERY STORES.

I APPRECIATE PEOPLE'S INPUT ON.

WELL, NOT THE BEST PLACE I WANT IT TO BE OVER HERE.

THAT'S NOT HOW IT WORKS.

AND SO THESE GUYS DON'T EVEN REPRESENT SPROUTS.

THERE'S ANOTHER GUY. FOR FOUR YEARS I'VE BEEN TALKING TO SPROUTS.

GUY GOING, STOP TELLING ME NO, JUST TELLING ME WHERE AND WE'LL WORK ON IT.

I'VE BEEN TELLING THE SAME THING TO ALDI'S.

TRADER JOE'S DOESN'T RETURN PHONE CALLS IN WHOLE FOODS, DOESN'T RETURN PHONE CALLS OR EMAILS.

ALDI'S PICKED OUT ONE SPOT IN THE CITY, THEY SAID.

THERE'S ONE SPOT WE'RE WILLING TO GO TO. IT'S ON EDGE.

SCHMIDT. WHAT'S THE PROBLEM WITH THAT IS 22 ACRES BELONGS TO A BANK.

IT JUST GOT REPO'D THAT WAS BROUGHT TO THE CITY COUNCIL SAID, HEY, FOR $8 MILLION, WE CAN BUY IT FROM THE BANK, SELL ACREAGE TO ALDI'S AND CHECK IT OFF.

WE DON'T WANT TO DO THAT. AND SO ALDI'S IS SITTING THERE WAITING FOR SOMEONE TO TAKE DOWN 22 ACRES FROM A BANK IN LUBBOCK OR AMARILLO OR SOMEPLACE.

AND SO THESE DEALS ARE EXTREMELY LOW MARGIN.

THESE GUYS ARE GOING TO MAKE MONEY AND ENOUGH MONEY TO HOPEFULLY COME BACK.

PEOPLE SAY IT'S A HANDOUT TO GO THROUGH SOME NUMBERS.

WHEN WE DID PROJECT V WHICH WAS A MOVIE THEATER, THAT WAS A $25 MILLION BILL, YOU'RE 28 MILLION.

THERE WERE 25 MILLION OVER TEN YEARS.

WE SAID YEAR ONE WILL GIVE YOU $500,000 JUST FOR YEAR TWO.

WE SAID, WE'LL GIVE YOU ANOTHER 400,000.

AND THEN WE SAID, FROM YEAR 3 TO 10, WE'LL GIVE YOU $387,000 FOR THE NEXT SEVEN YEARS, TOTAL OF $4 MILLION, AND WE'LL KICK IN 100% OF SALES TAX YEAR ONE THROUGH 290%, THREE THROUGH 418 YEAR 517, YEAR SIX, 16, YEAR SEVEN AND 50% EIGHT THROUGH TEN.

YOU GUYS ARE BUILDING MORE AND ASKING FOR LITERALLY LIKE A FRACTION OF WHAT WE GAVE TO THOSE GUYS. SO I APPRECIATE YOU FOLLOWING THE AGREEMENT BUT NOT ASKING FOR THIS STUFF.

THEN YOU GOT THE ACADEMY SPECIALTY STORE.

KEEP IN MIND THAT'S A SPECIALTY STORE. NOT EVERYBODY SHOPS AT ACADEMY. I STOPPED WHEN MY KIDS GOT OUT OF SPORTS.

THAT'S A $15 MILLION BUILD, 15 YEAR DEAL.

AND THAT IS YEAR ONE THROUGH EIGHT.

WE GIVE THEM $350,000 A YEAR JUST FOR HAVING OUR DOORS OPEN YEAR NINE THROUGH 12.

WE GIVE THEM ANOTHER $300,000 A YEAR, AND WE GIVE THEM SALES TAX BACK YEAR ONE THROUGH TEN, 100%, THREE THROUGH FOUR, 95 THROUGH 780.

YEAR 875. YEAR NINE 6560 5050.

SO I GET PEOPLE'S CONCERNS.

BUT WHAT I'M LOOKING AT IS FOR $350,000, YOU GET A GROCERY STORE.

THIS SAME COUNCIL WAS ALSO I WAS YOU KNOW WHY I'M NOT AN EDC ANYMORE? I WERE GOING TO THEY WERE GOING TO REMOVE ME BECAUSE I DID NOT LIKE US WANTING TO GIVE THIS. COUNCIL AT THE TIME VOTED TO GIVE $3 MILLION TO A GUY TO BUILD A 7000 SQUARE FOOT SHOPPING CENTER. NO IDEA WHAT WE'RE DOING.

[03:05:03]

AND I TOLD SOMEONE TODAY IF I WAS AN INVESTOR, AND YOU SAID IF IF FOR 350 GRAND, I'LL BUILD A 12,000 SQUARE FOOT BUILDING.

YOU GET TO TAX ME ON THAT, AND YOU'RE GOING TO GET TO TAKE MY SALES TAX NUMBERS OUT OF THAT. I'D ROB A BANK TO GO DO THAT DEAL.

AND THEN IF YOU SAID, HEY, FOR 350 GRAND, YOU CAN HAVE A SPROUTS, COLLECT THE SALES TAX, HALF OF IT FOR TEN YEARS, UP TO A MILLION. FIVE.

AND AND THE PROPERTY TAX.

I'M ROBBING ANOTHER BANK BECAUSE THOSE ARE DEALS THAT YOU'RE A CITY.

IT'S GUARANTEED YOU HAVE A BUILDING.

YOU'RE TAXING. AND WE'RE NOT EVEN TALKING ABOUT THE BUSINESS PERSONAL PROPERTY. SO YEAH, WE MAY NOT GET SALES TAX ON APPLES AND PEARS AND CABBAGE, BUT WE DO GET TAXED AT THE END OF THE YEAR.

SO THEN I WENT THROUGH OTHER DEALS.

IN OCTOBER 16TH SAN MARCOS DID A DEAL 1.6 MILLION.

DECEMBER 6TH, BUDA DID ONE.

SEPTEMBER 29TH. CIBOLO DID ONE AND 21.

COSTCO AND GEORGETOWN.

I MEAN, COSTCO IS A MULTI-BILLION DOLLAR COMPANY. THEY GOT $4.5 BILLION TO GO THERE.

AND I'M NOT SAYING I'M NOT SAYING THIS IS RIGHT, BECAUSE I'M NOT GOING TO SHOP AT SPROUTS, MORE THAN LIKELY BECAUSE ANYBODY THAT KNOWS ME KNOWS I DON'T EAT FRUITS AND VEGETABLES. AND I'M NOT A REAL HEALTHY GUY, BUT I DON'T MAKE DECISIONS FOR ME.

I MAKE THEM FOR 45,000 PEOPLE WITH AN AVERAGE HOUSEHOLD INCOME OF $119,000.

SO SOMEONE OUT THERE IS MAKING MONEY.

THE PEOPLE I KNOW, WE MAY NOT SHOP THERE, BUT WE'LL TAKE THE TAX MONEY AND THEN GEORGETOWN THAT HEB AT 29 AND 35, THAT SUCKER IS INVOLVED IN A $130 MILLION TOURS THAT THE COUNTY EVEN THREW 30 MILLION INTO.

AND SO I LOOK AT THIS AND I GO, MAN, I WOULD LOVE THESE DEALS.

NOT TO COST MONEY, BUT A $300,000, $350,000 INVESTMENT GETS YOU.

IT GETS YOU A GROCERY STORE.

IT MAY NOT BE THE ONE EVERYBODY WANTS.

I KNOW WE WANT WHOLE FOODS.

THERE'S THREE OF THEM IN THE METRO AREA. I'M NOT DOGGING.

I THINK YOU LIVE ON THE WEST SIDE. I'M NOT DOGGING YOU GUYS ON THE WEST SIDE, BUT THE THREE WHOLE FOODS ARE ONLY THERE, ONLY WEST OF MOPAC.

AND THEN I SAID, WHAT ABOUT TRADER JOE'S? I HEAR THAT ALL THE TIME. THERE'S ONLY THREE OF THOSE IN THE WHOLE METRO AREA, AND ALL THREE OF THOSE ARE WEST OF THE MOPAC.

SO WE SAID NO TO RANDALLS.

WE SAID NO TO ALDI'S. WE CAN VOTE HERE AND SAY NO TO SPROUTS.

AND ALL I'M GOING TO DO IS START TELLING PEOPLE IT'S NOT ME, REGARDLESS OF WHAT COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON SAYS, IT'S NOT ME BECAUSE HELL, ALL YOU CAN DO IS YOU CAN LEAD A HORSE TO WATER, BUT YOU CAN'T MAKE IT DRINK. AND SO IT'S LIKE, HERE'S THE DEAL. AND IF YOU DON'T WANT, YOU GUYS WILL GO DOWN TO PFLUGERVILLE AND THEN WE CAN TELL EVERYBODY, WELL, EVERY BUSINESS IN STONE HILL COULD HAVE BEEN IN HUDDLE ONCE UPON A TIME AND WE FOUGHT THAT.

AND NOW WE BITCH ABOUT, WELL, STONE HILL, WE SHOULD HAVE DONE THIS.

WE SHOULD HAVE DONE THAT. WELL, ONCE SPROUTS GOES SOMEWHERE ELSE, THEY BUILD HERE. THEY'RE NOT IN ROUND ROCK. THEY BUILD HERE. THEY'RE NOT IN SOUTH GEORGETOWN. SO TO ME, THIS IS WE NEED TO GET GOING BECAUSE WE KEEP SCREWING DEALS UP IN HUTTO BECAUSE TIME KILLS DEALS AND WE KEEP GETTING INTO THE POLITICS OF THINGS, WHEN IN REALITY IT'S NOT POLITICS, IT'S JUST STRAIGHT BUSINESS MATH.

IT MAKES MONEY. AND YOU SAID YOU SHOW RIGHT THERE 1.8 MILLION COMING IN.

WE'RE GOING TO GET 1,000,001. WELL THIS PROPERTY IS NOT EVEN IN THE CITY. SO YOU GOT TO ANNEX IT IN. SO WE CAN'T EVEN TAX IT NOW TO BEGIN WITH.

AND SO THERE'S 1.8 MILLION.

THERE'S 1,000,001 THAT WILL TAKE A LOT OF DEBT SERVICE OFF THE.

YOU GUYS HEARD ABOUT THE POLICE STATION? THAT'S A LOT OF DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE FOR A POLICE STATION. YOU COULD SELL A SALES TAX FUNDED BOND AND GO.

IN THREE YEARS, WE CAN PUT A MILLION A YEAR IN DEBT SERVICE TOWARDS THAT POLICE STATION, IF NOT FOR A GROCERY STORE.

OR WE CAN KEEP PARKING POLITICAL SIGNS UP ON THE HILL LIKE WE'VE DONE FOR THE PAST TEN YEARS, AND WATCH SOME GUY CUT GRASS OUT IN THE ETJ.

SO THESE AREN'T THE BEST DEALS.

AND AGAIN, WHILE I'M NOT GOING TO SHOP THERE AND I DON'T LIKE GIVING YOU GUYS MONEY THE LAST THING I'LL SAY IS IF ANYBODY HAS EVER TALKED TO YOU ABOUT IT'S A BUSINESS OWNER.

EVERY SPACE THEY BUILD, YOU KNOW, THE FIRST THING A TENANT COMES IN AND SAYS, HOW MUCH TEA ARE YOU GOING TO GIVE ME? AND THEY HAVE TO THEN TAKE MONEY OUT OF THEIR POCKET JUST TO GET THE THING FINANCED WITH TEN IMPROVEMENTS, BECAUSE, WELL, WE DON'T LIKE GIVING THEM MONEY, THEY DON'T LIKE GIVING TENANTS MONEY. BUT UNFORTUNATELY THAT'S JUST THAT'S THE WAY IT IS. AND SO TO ME, AS LONG AS IT'S A BUSINESS SOUNDING GOOD BUSINESS THING AND WE'RE GOING TO MAKE MONEY, THAT'S 1,000,001 MORE THAN WHAT WE HAVE ON TOP OF A PROPERTY TAX WITHOUT IT. AND I JUST HOPE WE DON'T SCREW IT UP.

BUT IF WE DO, I MEAN, IT'S EASY TO SAY I VOTED FOR IT AND UNDERSTOOD. HERE'S HERE'S WHY WE KEEP SHOOTING OURSELVES IN THE FOOT.

BUT I APPRECIATE YOU GOING THROUGH THE.

AND YOU KNOW, YOU AIN'T GOT THROUGH THE PERMITTING PROCESS. THAT'S ANOTHER BARRIER.

BUT AND POINT OF CLARIFICATION, ADAM COUNCIL MEMBER KING I NEVER SAID I

[03:10:05]

I DON'T KNOW WHY THE MAYOR CONTINUES TO PUT WORDS IN PEOPLE'S MOUTHS. BUT I NEVER SAID I WAS GOING TO NOT VOTE FOR THIS.

BEING PREPARED APPARENTLY INTIMIDATE SOME PEOPLE, SO NEVER SAID THAT. LOOKING FORWARD TO THIS.

I REALIZE THERE'S ZERO OBLIGATION AT THE END OF THE DAY, AND WE'RE TRYING TO BRING A BUSINESS PROPOSITION AND YOU KNOW, SO I'VE GOT SOME A COUPLE QUESTIONS FOR YOU, ADAM.

GLAD TO MEET WITH YOU BACK.

I THINK IT'S BEEN ABOUT SIX WEEKS AGO. I THINK WE MET AROUND THE FIRST PART OF JUNE.

YOU SHARED WITH ME A LOT OF THESE DETAILS BACK THEN.

YOU HAD MENTIONED THAT YOU REALLY ONLY NEED THE GRANT MONEY TO MAKE IT WORK AND THAT YOU DIDN'T NEED ANY OF THE SALES TAX MONEY. WHAT CHANGED BETWEEN THEN AND NOW? THE ANCHOR TENANT ON THE NORTH SIDE TO THE NORTH OF LOSING THAT ANCHOR TENANT IS WHAT KIND OF CHANGED EVERYTHING.

OKAY. SO THAT'S HELPFUL.

I APPRECIATE THAT. AND I'LL SAY TO THAT, YOU KNOW, I TALKED TO CHENEY ABOUT THIS AND IT'S LIKE, WELL, ARE YOU GUYS GOING TO COME BACK TO US AGAIN AT SOME POINT? AND IT'S WE'RE READY TO MOVE FORWARD BASED ON WHAT OUR ASK IS, AND WE'LL GO TAKE THE ADDITIONAL RISK AND MOVE FORWARD AND KEEP RUNNING DOWN THE ROAD.

SO YOU KNOW, THAT'S OUR INTENT.

OKAY. YEAH. FOR ME, I'VE BEEN I'VE BEEN WATCHING THE DISCUSSION ON SOCIAL MEDIA.

YOU KNOW, THIS KIND OF GOT OUT IN SOCIAL MEDIA AND PEOPLE FOUND OUT THAT THERE'S GOING TO BE A SPROUTS. AND AND SO A LOT OF PEOPLE WERE TALKING AND VERY, VERY, VERY FEW PEOPLE SAID, I WANT A SPROUTS AND THAT I'LL SHOP THERE.

MOST PEOPLE SAID, NO, THIS ISN'T WORTH IT.

YOU KNOW, THE CITIZENS HAVE BEEN SPEAKING PRETTY LOUDLY OVER THE LAST FEW DAYS ABOUT, YOU KNOW, I'M NOT GOING TO SHOP THERE. I THINK I TOLD YOU THIS.

I SAID, OUR FAMILY WON'T SHOP THERE.

YOU KNOW, MY WIFE WILL DRIVE PAST THREE GROCERY STORES TO GO TO HEB WHICH SHE DOES JUST ABOUT AND THEN HER HER SECONDARY IS COSTCO.

I MEAN, SPROUTS WOULDN'T EVEN BE A TERTIARY FOR US.

AND SO I THINK THERE'S A LOT OF PEOPLE IN THAT YOU KNOW, DOES THIS ANSWER THE THE NEED FOR A GROCERY STORE ON THE NORTH SIDE? I DON'T THINK IT DOES, BECAUSE IT'S IT'S NOT A GROCERY STORE THAT I THINK MOST PEOPLE WILL SHOP AT.

AND SO THAT'S KIND OF ALWAYS BEEN MY CONCERN WITH THE SPROUTS IS JUST THE PEOPLE I TALK TO AND THE, THE DISCUSSIONS I SEE ON SOCIAL MEDIA.

IT'S IT'S THEY'RE THEY'RE SAYING THAT, YOU KNOW, THIS DOESN'T MEET MY NEED. I'M THEY'RE STILL GOING TO HAMMER THE WE DO THIS DEAL AND THEY'RE STILL GOING TO BE SAYING WHERE'S MY H-E-B ON THE NORTH SIDE? I STILL NEED ANOTHER GROCERY STORE. THIS ISN'T THIS ISN'T CHECKING THE BOX FOR ME.

IT MAYBE FITS A LITTLE NICHE, BUT IT DOESN'T FIT THE WHOLE NEED.

SO, YOU KNOW, SO THERE'S THAT.

AND, YOU KNOW, THERE'S THERE'S ONE PIECE OF TIMELINE THAT THE MAYOR SHARED THAT HE WAS ON EDC WHEN THE RANDALL'S DEAL DIED.

I LOOKED UP THAT THAT TIMELINE AND HE WAS STILL ON THE EDC WHEN.

WHEN THE RANDALL'S DEAL WENT AWAY.

SO THAT'S NOT QUITE. THAT'S NOT QUITE RIGHT.

AND THEN I'LL ALSO I JUST IT'S I DON'T KNOW, IT'S KIND OF FUNNY.

I HAVE NEVER HEARD MAYOR SNYDER ARGUE SO HARD FOR GIVING AN INCENTIVE DEAL.

THIS IS THIS IS OUT OF ALMOST OUT OF CHARACTER TO HEAR THIS.

AND SO NOW I'M THINKING, LIKE WHAT? LIKE WHAT'S WHAT'S DIFFERENT, WHAT'S GOING ON, AND AND I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT IS.

THAT'S BRIAN RUNNING HIS MOUTH ON SOCIAL MEDIA.

AND SO I'M LIKE, WHOA, WHOA, POINT OF ORDER.

POINT OF ORDER. SO. SO ANYWAY, I JUST, YOU KNOW, HOW ABOUT YOU DON'T RUN YOUR MOUTH.

SO I MEAN, YOU KNOW, HE TELLS ME ALL THE TIME WHAT DEVELOPERS DO.

HE SAYS THE DEVELOPERS LIE.

I'M NOT SAYING YOU'RE A LIAR, BUT I MEAN, I JUST I JUST START TO NOW NOW I'M I HEARD THIS THIS THIS LENGTHY DISCUSSION.

I'M STARTING TO NOW THINK WHAT IS THERE IS MORE TO THIS WHAT'S GOING ON? AND SO I JUST I DON'T KNOW, I'M JUST STARTING TO THINK WHAT WHAT'S BEHIND THIS? SO ANYWAY, THE LOCATION'S A LITTLE BIT OF A CONCERN FOR ME.

NOT A HUGE CONCERN, BUT THE LOCATION IS CONCERNED.

IT'S IT'S GOING TO BE HARD TO GET IN AND OUT OF THERE. YOU KNOW, THE SALES TAX THAT WE GET THERE, EVEN IF WE ANNEX, WE'RE ONLY GETTING 60% OF IT.

NOT NOT 100% OF IT, BECAUSE THE SD IS GOING TO GET YOU KNOW, A GOOD PORTION OF THAT SALES TAX. SO, YOU KNOW, THE BIGGEST THING FOR ME IS IT'S A SPROUTS.

IT'S NOT A GROCERY STORE THAT MOST PEOPLE ARE GOING TO SHOP AT.

AND I'M WATCHING WHAT THE CITIZENS ARE SAYING AND THE CITIZENS ARE SAYING, THIS IS NOT IT.

SO THOSE ARE MY CONCERNS THAT I'VE GOT FROM MY PERSPECTIVE BASED ON WHAT I'VE HEARD.

HONESTLY, IT'S A NO WIN SITUATION.

IT REALLY IS. THERE'S A LOT OF PEOPLE WHO ARE SAYING, YOU KNOW, THAT THEY DON'T WANT TO SPROUTS AS TOO EXPENSIVE, BUT THEN, ON THE OTHER HAND, THEY'RE COMPLAINING THAT WE DON'T HAVE A GROCERY STORE. YOU CAN'T HAVE IT BOTH WAYS.

SO I DON'T KNOW PERSONALLY I DON'T KNOW.

IT'S IT'S IT'S A NO WIN SITUATION FROM MY PERSPECTIVE.

MAYBE OTHER WE HAVE OTHER MEMBERS HERE ON COUNCIL THAT HAVE DIFFERENT PERSPECTIVES,

[03:15:04]

SO, YOU KNOW, FOR ME, IT'S KIND OF LIKE, YOU KNOW, DAMNED IF YOU DO, DAMNED IF YOU DON'T.

WELCOME TO COUNCIL. I MEAN, I THINK THE REALITY IS PEOPLE AREN'T GOING TO BE HAPPY UNTIL THERE'S A SECOND FULL SIZE GROCERY STORE IN THE NORTH SIDE OF HUTTO.

BUT THAT'S NOT ALL WE'RE GOING TO HAVE. WE'RE NOT JUST GOING TO BE A CITY WITH TWO FULL SIZE GROCERY STORES. WE'RE GOING TO HAVE SPECIALTY STORES, TOO. AND SPROUTS WANTS TO COME NOW.

AND IT'S A POSITIVE. IT'S NOT A POSITIVE FOR EVERYBODY.

SOME PEOPLE WILL NEVER SET FOOT IN IT.

SOME PEOPLE WILL SAY THEY'LL NEVER SET FOOT IN IT UNTIL THEIR SPOUSE TELLS THEM, HEY, I NEED A COUPLE OF GREEN PEPPERS, AND THEY REALIZE THAT THAT'S A WHOLE LOT EASIER. AND THEN THEY'LL GIVE IT A SHOT AND THEN THEY'LL SAY, OH, YOU KNOW WHAT? THAT BULK FOOD, THAT BULK FOOD AISLE IS PRETTY, PRETTY COOL OVER THERE.

I GOT DISTRACTED FOR 20 MINUTES TRYING TO DECIDE WHICH KIND OF NUTS I WANT TO PICK UP AND WHATEVER. YOU KNOW, THERE'S THINGS LIKE THAT. THERE'S THINGS IT HAS. IT'S NOT JUST A IT'S NOT, IT'S IT'S FUNNY.

PEOPLE HAVE AN IMPRESSION OF THE STORE WHO I DON'T THINK HAVE EVER BEEN IN THE STORE.

AND SOME PEOPLE HAVE AND THEY DON'T LIKE IT. I'VE BEEN IN OTHER CHAINS THAT I DON'T LIKE YOU KNOW, AND. WE DON'T HAVE TO.

WE CAN'T BRING ANYTHING THAT'S GOING TO PLEASE EVERYBODY. THERE'S EVEN PEOPLE WHO DON'T LIKE HEB, BELIEVE IT OR NOT.

RIGHT. SO I THINK IS IT A POSITIVE OR NOT? IT'S A POSITIVE. AM I THRILLED ABOUT THE THE AMOUNT OF THE INCENTIVE? NO. THE ALTERNATIVE IS NOT HAVING ANYTHING THERE.

I DON'T THINK IT PUTS US OUT.

YOU KNOW, I THINK IT'S A NET POSITIVE QUICKER THAN SOME OF THE OTHER DEALS WE'VE MADE. SO I THINK IT'S STILL WORTH BRINGING IN. I THINK IT'S IT'S A BENEFIT TO THE COMMUNITY.

AND I APPRECIATE THIS, THIS DIALOG BECAUSE OUR COMMUNITY WANTS OPEN, HONEST, RESPECTFUL TRANSPARENCY.

AND I APPRECIATE YOU SHARING THAT PERSPECTIVE BECAUSE WE ALL NEED TO HEAR THAT.

I'D LIKE TO INTERJECT HERE.

I I SAW THE POST ABOUT SPROUTS 534 COMMENTS TO TO DATE.

THERE WAS A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER.

PRO GROCERY STORE MAY OR MAY NOT BE.

THE SPROUTS WAS THEIR FIRST CHOICE, BUT A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF THAT INSIGNIFICANT SAMPLE SIZE AND SAMPLE GROUP WERE PRO GROCERY STORE.

ALSO I PROBABLY TALKED TO UPWARDS TO 200 PEOPLE OVER THE LAST WEEK.

I'M OUT AND ABOUT QUITE A BIT.

AND AN OVERWHELMING RESPONSE IS GROCERY STORE, GROCERY STORE, GROCERY STORE.

AND I AGREE WITH COUNCILMAN.

COUNCIL PERSON. THORNTON, YOU KNOW, THIS IS JUST ONE, ONE COG, ONE KEY. THAT SHOULD BE, YOU KNOW BASICALLY A, A GROUP OF STORES. HECK, MY MOM USED TO GO TO 3 OR 4 GROCERY STORES WHEN I WAS LITTLE, DRAGGING ME AROUND BECAUSE THIS WAS THE BEST THING FOR THIS, THIS AND THIS AND THIS. I'M NOT SAYING WE NEED TO DO THAT, BUT EVERYONE HAS DIFFERENT NEEDS, AND THERE'S EVEN THE ONLINE ELEMENT THAT I PROBABLY GET A THIRD OF MY GROCERIES DELIVERED TO ME ARE NONPERISHABLE.

SO I THINK THIS IS A NEED.

DEFINITELY A NEED. I THINK THIS IS AN OPPORTUNITY TO FULFILL PART OF THAT NEED.

NOT EVERYTHING. GREAT.

I THINK $3 MILLION IN INCENTIVES AND SOME OF THE THINGS THAT I'VE BEEN AWARE OF FOR THE PAST 3 OR 5 YEARS VERSUS A 350 K FOR SPROUTS.

I KNOW THAT'S JUST PART OF THE INCENTIVE, BUT I THINK THAT'S A THAT'S A GOOD INVESTMENT IN MY MIND. AS FAR AS THE REST OF IT.

BUT AS FAR AS THE SPROUTS CONVERSATION, THAT HUDDLE DOESN'T WANT TO SPROUTS.

MOST PEOPLE DON'T LIKE THAT GROCERY STORE NORTH SIDE.

I THINK THOSE ARE ARE NOT STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT OPINIONS, BUT I DON'T WANT TO DISCOUNT THOSE BECAUSE THOSE PEOPLE HAVE TO BE APPEASED AS WELL.

I'M HERE TO REPRESENT EVERYBODY, THE THE 30 PLUS THOUSAND THAT ARE IN THE CITY LIMITS. BUT I ALSO WANT TO INCLUDE THE ETJ BECAUSE THEY SOON WILL BE HERE.

AND I THINK THIS IS SOMETHING THAT THEY WANT AND I'M WHATEVER THE NUMBERS ARE.

I DON'T KNOW. I'M NOT A FINANCIAL WIZARD ON THAT.

I COULD DEFER TO OTHER COUNCIL MEMBERS, BUT I THINK THIS IS A GOOD THING FOR HUTTO.

I THINK IT'S A AGAIN, IT MAY NOT BE THE BEST, NOT THE BEST, BUT IT MIGHT MAY NOT BE THE FIRST CHOICE.

BUT I THINK IT'S A GOOD CHOICE.

THANK YOU. LET ME SAY SORRY FOR MY FRUSTRATIONS OUT.

COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON AND RUSSELL COUNCIL.

IT IT FRUSTRATES ME THAT ANY TIME MY NAME IS ASSOCIATED TO SOMETHING, THERE IS AN EFFORT BY SOME TO SINK IT, WHETHER IT BE UP HERE BEHIND THE SCENES.

[03:20:07]

I NEED TO BE NICE. AND THEN HE SAID HE'D GIVE ME A LITTLE HEADS UP WITH AN ER ER IT DOES GET FRUSTRATING BECAUSE YOU LOOK AT HUTTO, NOTHING IS HAPPENING OVER THE LAST TWO YEARS TO HELP THE PEOPLE'S ISSUES.

IT JUST ISN'T. AND WE LOOK AT THINGS IN TERMS OF POLITICS, NOT BUSINESS. WE LOOK AT TERMS. I MEAN, I KEEP HEARING ABOUT FACEBOOK UP HERE. I HAVEN'T MENTIONED IT ONCE OTHER THAN WHAT SOMEONE'S MENTIONING ABOUT ME.

AND SO IT'S LIKE, YOU KNOW, THESE THINGS HAVE HAPPENED.

IT'S LIKE AT SOME POINT, WHAT IS THE GOOD OF THE PEOPLE, WHAT BRINGS PEOPLE IN HERE? THE ACADEMY SPORTS, THE WHETHER IT BE THE JACKALS.

I MEAN, THAT'S A HEAVILY I MEAN, THAT'S A HEAVILY INCENTIVIZED DEAL. SO.

I'M ALWAYS GOING TO STRUGGLE WITH MY EMOTIONS BECAUSE I DO GET TIRED OF IT SOMETIMES. I APOLOGIZE AGAIN ON THAT.

BUT I'M GOING TO MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE YOUR OPTION ONE FOR THE CITY, BUT ALSO HAVE A REQUEST THAT THE CITY COUNCIL WORK WITH THE EDC IN TERMS OF SPLITTING THE COSTS, BECAUSE I THINK EDC IS MORE HAS MORE OF THE ABILITY TO HANDLE THE GRANT PORTION OF THIS. BUT HOWEVER THAT WORKS OUT, WHETHER IT BE THE CITY EDC, I WANT TO SEE US WORKING TOGETHER TO MAKE YOUR OPTION ONE HAPPEN.

COULD YOU GO BACK A SLIDE SO I CAN SEE WHAT THAT OPTION IS? ALTERNATIVE. ALTERNATIVE. ONE ALTERNATIVE.

ONE ALTERNATIVE. SECOND.

SO. QUESTIONS ON THE MOTION? YEAH. NO, I LIKE THAT. IT'S TIED TO THE ADDITIONAL, YOU KNOW, LEASING OF THE OTHER SPACES BECAUSE WHETHER YOU LIKE SPROUTS OR NOT IT'S GOING TO ATTRACT THOSE OTHER BUSINESSES.

AND YOU KNOW THAT THAT MAY WELL, YOU KNOW, IT MAY WELL BE THAT A RESTAURANT CAME IN BECAUSE SPROUTS WAS THERE AND THAT MIGHT BE YOUR FAVORITE RESTAURANT.

I YOU KNOW, WE DON'T KNOW WHAT IT'S GOING TO BE YET, BUT THAT'S THAT'S FAIR.

YEAH, THERE WILL PROBABLY BE TEN TENANTS IN TOTAL IN THOSE TWO BUILDINGS PLUS THE PADS.

AND WHATEVER HAPPENS ON THE NORTH SIDE. SO I WON'T BE VOTING FOR THIS.

I THINK THAT THERE'S STILL SOME INFORMATION TO UNDERSTAND AS FAR AS THE IMPACT STUDY GOES. ALSO JUST TAKING INTO ACCOUNT JUST TAKING INTO ACCOUNT, YOU KNOW, SPEAKING WITH RESIDENTS I STILL WOULD LIKE TO HAVE CONVERSATIONS AND KIND OF FLOAT THIS AND DEFINITELY TRY TO PULL PEOPLE ON BOARD FOR SOMETHING LIKE THIS.

I UNDERSTAND WHY IT'S, YOU KNOW, BEING PROPOSED AND WHY IT'S COMING TO A VOTE. I JUST HOPE WE WOULD, YOU KNOW, WE GET WHAT WE'RE WHAT WE'RE WHAT WE'RE PROMISED HERE. AND.

SO YEAH. THANK YOU. SO CLARIFICATION ON THE MOTION.

SO IT'S APPROVING ALTERNATIVE ONE FOR THE THE GRANTS.

IS IT ALSO APPROVING THE SALES TAX PIECE OF ON THE SECOND PAGE.

OR IS IT JUST GRANTS ONLY ALTERNATIVE ONE THE GRANTS IN THE SALES TAX? I TOOK THE SALES TAX TO BE PART OF WHAT OTHER WHATEVER OPTION YOU PICKED.

OKAY. AND CAN YOU GO BACK TO THAT SALES TAX PAGE.

AND FOR ME, I NEED THE INCENTIVE THAT YOU GUYS ARE GOING TO HURRY UP AND BUILD THIS OUT AND PUT IN HIGH TAX PAYING PEOPLE, BECAUSE WITHOUT A SALES TAX IT'S THE LAST SLIDE. SORRY. THE ONE THAT SHOWED ALL THE BIG BUTTON.

OH IS HE GOING BUTTON FOR ME? WITHOUT A SALES TAX COMPONENT YOU'RE NOT AS INCENTIVIZED.

TO ME, THE QUICKER YOU CAN GET YOU SHOW UNDER YOUR UNDER YOUR ESTIMATES $678,000.

I'D RATHER YOU GET 1,000,005.

BECAUSE IF YOU GOT 1,000,005, WE'VE GOT 2.2 MILLION.

WHICH IS BETTER FOR US? SO I NEED THE INCENTIVE THERE FOR YOU TO GET GOING, I WOULD SAY, IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND I HOPE PORTERFIELD WILL AGREE TO IT.

I DO WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT I FORGOT TO PUT IN THERE THAT IT HAS TO BE TIED TO A SPROUTS.

NO SPROUTS, NO DEAL. AND YOU HAVE TO HAVE TO GET YOUR GRANT TO YOU HAVE TO HAVE A SIT DOWN CASUAL RESTAURANT. I'M NOT CARING WHAT THE NAME IS.

I THINK YOU SAID YOU'RE OKAY WITH THAT.

WE'RE TYING THAT IN THE SALES TAX SPECIFICALLY FOR THE SIT DOWN, FULL SERVICE. OKAY, SO THEN YOU'VE GOT TO BE A SPROUTS.

AND TO GET THE SALES TAX, YOU'VE GOT TO HAVE A SIT DOWN. THAT'S RIGHT.

FULL SERVICE RESTAURANT. THAT'S RIGHT. ARE YOU OKAY WITH THAT? ALL RIGHT. THAT WAY WE KNOW AT LEAST WE'RE GETTING THE SPROUTS BECAUSE THAT'S BEEN A THING IN THE PAST.

YEAH, WE DON'T HAVE A PROBLEM WITH THAT. OKAY.

HAS EVERYONE GONE AGAIN? TALKING. I YIELD. OKAY.

I JUST WANT TO SAY ONE MORE THING.

WE JUST GOT A PRESENTATION ON A POLICE STATION.

AND THE NEEDS THAT WE NEED FOR A POLICE STATION TO KEEP THE PUBLIC SAFE.

[03:25:01]

JUST WANT TO PUT THAT OUT THERE. POINT OF INFORMATION ON THAT.

WOULD YOU RATHER NOT GET THE 1.1 MILLION IN SALES TAX REVENUE THAT COULD GO FOR POLICE STATION BONDS AND JUST HAVE GRASS OUT IN ETJ? OR WOULD YOU RATHER DO SOMETHING THAT BRINGS REVENUE INTO THE CITY? I SAID WHAT I SAID.

I THINK FOR ME, IT'S IT'S UNFORTUNATELY GOING TO BE A NO.

I MEAN, I'M. YOU KNOW, I KNOW THE MAYOR HAS SAID THAT, YOU KNOW, IT'S BEEN A LONG TIME SINCE WE'VE BEEN ABLE TO WE'VE NOT BEEN ABLE TO LAND A GROCERY STORE. AND WE'VE HAD, YOU KNOW, RANDALL'S WAS INTERESTED FOR A LITTLE WHILE. WE'VE HAD SOME OTHER INTEREST.

I JUST. I JUST DON'T THINK THAT THIS IS IT.

I THINK THAT I WOULD RATHER HOLD THE INCENTIVES FOR A DIFFERENT GROCERY STORE THAT MORE PEOPLE WANT. AND YOU KNOW, I AGAIN, I GET IT.

IT'S BEEN A LONG TIME. YOU KNOW, DO YOU DO YOU WAIT LONGER? BUT THEN I JUST KEEP HEARING FROM THE PUBLIC THAT YOU KNOW, ALMOST ANYTHING ELSE BUT A SPROUTS.

SO UNFORTUNATELY, THAT'S KIND OF WHERE I'M AT.

PLUS, YOU KNOW, PLUS THE, YOU KNOW, THE EXTRA INCENTIVES.

SO I APPRECIATE YOU, THOUGH.

THANK YOU. ALL RIGHT. PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.

COUNCIL MEMBER MORRIS.

I, COUNCILMEMBER GORDON.

NAY. COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON.

NAY. MAYOR PRO TEM. THORNTON.

AYE. COUNCILMEMBER. PORTERFIELD.

AYE. COUNCILMEMBER. KING.

AYE. MAYOR. SNYDER. AYE.

MOTION PASSES FIVE TWO.

THANK YOU. THANKS, SIR.

THANKS, ADAM. THANK YOU GUYS.

ALL RIGHT. NEXT ITEM, NINE FOR PRESENTATION.

[9.4. Presentation and discussion with consideration and possible action on water and wastewater rate study by Willdan Financial Services. (Alberta Barrett)]

THANK YOU. MAYOR AND COUNCIL.

ALBERTA BARRETT, FINANCE DIRECTOR.

FOR THE RECORD. SO BACK IN FEBRUARY OF OF THIS YEAR CITY COUNCIL AWARDED A THREE YEAR CONTRACT TO WILLDAN FINANCIAL SERVICES FOR AN ANNUAL COMPREHENSIVE WATER AND WASTEWATER RATE STUDY. SO TONIGHT WE HAVE JASON GRAY WITH WILLDAN FINANCIAL SERVICES TO PRESENT THAT STUDY. THANK YOU.

THANK YOU. ALBERTA. MAYOR COUNCIL AGAIN.

MY NAME IS JASON GRAY WITH THE VICE PRESIDENT WITH WILLDAN FINANCIAL SERVICES, BASED IN PLANO. AND THIS IS THE FIRST OF THE THREE YEAR COMPREHENSIVE WATER WASTEWATER RATE STUDY. THIS PRESENTATION THAT WE'VE GOT FOR YOU TONIGHT HAS A COUPLE OF DIFFERENT SCENARIOS. THEY'RE FAIRLY SIMILAR.

BUT WE WANTED TO BEGIN TO SHOW HOW RATES AND CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS AND OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INTERPLAY.

AND SO THAT'S ONE OF THE REASONS WHY WE CAME UP WITH THESE, A COUPLE OF DIFFERENT SCENARIOS. I REALIZE IT'S ALREADY GETTING LATE.

I'M GOING TO GO THROUGH THE BACKGROUND INFORMATION RELATIVELY QUICKLY. HOWEVER, IF THERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS AT ANY TIME, OBVIOUSLY, PLEASE JUMP IN. WE'VE GOT YOU KNOW, SEVERAL DIFFERENT PIECES AND PARTS THAT WE'LL BE COVERING HERE. BACKGROUND ON RATES, BACKGROUND ON YOUR CUSTOMERS, YOUR TOTAL COST OF SERVICE THE MODEL ASSUMPTIONS REVIEW.

AND THEN WE'LL GET INTO A PROPOSED RATE PLAN, OR AT LEAST SOME ALTERNATIVES FOR YOU BEGIN TO CONSIDER.

QUICK BACKGROUND ON RATES.

AND AGAIN, I'M NOT GOING TO SPEND A LOT OF TIME ON THIS. BUT GENERALLY SPEAKING, WHAT WE'RE SEEING ACROSS THE INDUSTRY. AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION AWWA IS LOOKING AT AND PROJECTING THAT WATER AND WASTEWATER RATES ACROSS THE COUNTRY, ON AVERAGE, WILL ROUGHLY TRIPLE OVER THE NEXT 15 YEARS.

AND THERE'S A VARIETY OF DIFFERENT REASONS WHY THAT IS HAPPENING.

COST OF CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS HAS SKYROCKETED AS WELL AS THE COST OF OPERATING AND MAINTAINING PLANTS, PARTICULARLY ON THE TREATMENT SIDE, BOTH WATER AND WASTEWATER HAS REALLY GOTTEN VERY, VERY HIGH AND RATES ARE NEEDING TO KEEP UP WITH THOSE COSTS.

RATE ADJUSTMENTS ARE PRIMARILY OUT OF THINGS.

THINGS THAT ARE OUTSIDE OF YOUR DIRECT CONTROL THINGS LIKE CAPITAL PROJECTS AND THE COST. THEREFORE, YOU HEARD THE POLICE CHIEF EARLIER SAY YOU DON'T LIKE THE COST TODAY.

HE'S GOING TO LIKE THE COST EVEN WORSE TOMORROW. THAT'S THE SAME CASE WITH WATER AND WASTEWATER INFRASTRUCTURE.

HOWEVER, IT'S NECESSARY, OBVIOUSLY, TO RUN THE SYSTEM.

AVERAGE UTILITIES HAVE BEEN INCREASING RATES AT ABOUT 5 TO 6% PER YEAR EVERY YEAR.

AND WE WE'RE SEEING THAT CONTINUE 30 TO 40% OF UTILITIES ACROSS THE COUNTRY, CHARGE RATES THAT DON'T FULLY RECOVER THEIR COSTS, AND THAT CAN BE DONE IN A VARIETY OF DIFFERENT WAYS. SOMETIMES THEY RUN IN A NET OPERATING LOSS AND ARE ACTUALLY IN THE RED AND EATING INTO THEIR FUND BALANCE ON AN ANNUAL BASIS. OTHER TIMES THEY'RE KICKING THE CAN AND THEY HAVE DEFERRED MAINTENANCE THAT

[03:30:04]

WITH THAT BEING SAID YOUR CURRENT RATES WENT INTO EFFECT IN JUNE OF 2024.

PREVIOUS RATE INCREASE TO THAT WE BELIEVE WAS ABOUT 2018.

AND SO YOU WENT FOR A PERIOD OF ABOUT SIX YEARS WITH NO RATE INCREASE A RATE INCREASE IN 2024. OBVIOUSLY THERE'S BEEN INFLATION.

WHOLESALE, YOUR WHOLESALE COSTS FOR BOTH WATER AND WASTEWATER SERVICES HAS CONTINUED TO INCREASE SYSTEM EXPANSION.

YOU DO HAVE IN CHARGE IMPACT FEES, AND THAT HELPS WITH THE COST OFFSETTING THE COST OF SYSTEM EXPANSION.

RARELY DO IMPACT FEES COVER 100% OF THE COST OF SYSTEM EXPANSION RATE ADJUSTMENTS, DRIVEN BY THE NEED TO ACCOMMODATE FUTURE POPULATION.

OBVIOUSLY, YOUR GROWING COMMUNITY AND THE VARIETY OF THESE DIFFERENT FACTORS, LIKE IN MOST CASES IS LEADING US TO RECOMMEND A RATE ADJUSTMENT AS WE MOVE FORWARD THROUGH THIS STUDY, SPEND JUST A MINUTE HERE ON YOUR CURRENT WATER RATE STRUCTURE.

YOU'RE PROBABLY FAIRLY WELL FAMILIAR WITH THIS. YOU HAVE WHAT I WOULD CONSIDER TO BE A FAIRLY COMMON RATE STRUCTURE.

YOU CHARGE A BASE RATE BASED ON THE METER SIZE.

IT'S BECAUSE OF, YOU KNOW, SIGNIFICANTLY, SIGNIFICANTLY HIGHER AMOUNT OF WATER CAN FLOW THROUGH A, SAY, A FOUR INCH METER THAN CAN FLOW THROUGH A 5/8 THREE QUARTER INCH METER.

YOUR TYPICAL RESIDENTIAL METER IS A 5/8 THREE QUARTER.

YOU THEN ON THE VOLUME SIDE.

SO THAT'S WHAT THAT'S WHAT GETS PAID PER MONTH BEFORE A DROP OF WATER IS USED ON THE VOLUME SIDE. YOU'VE GOT A COUPLE OF DIFFERENT RATE STRUCTURES CONSTRUCTION, IRRIGATION. THOSE ARE BOTH PAID AT AN 890 RATE TODAY.

INSIDE THE CITY YOU DO HAVE A MULTIPLIER FOR OUTSIDE CITY RATE, WHICH IS NORMAL. 1024 1023 ON IRRIGATION AND CONSTRUCTION, NONRESIDENTIAL, YOU ALSO HAVE A DIFFERENT RATE STRUCTURE.

FIRST, 25,000 GALLONS IS AT 781 TODAY, AND ABOVE 25,000 IS 857.

AND THEN YOU'VE GOT FOUR TIERS ON THE SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL, STARTING AT 508 PER 1000 GALLONS AND GOING UP TO $12 PER 1000 GALLONS FOR THOSE GALLONS USED OVER 12 OVER 25,000 GALLONS IN A MONTH. SIMILAR RATE STRUCTURE ON THE WASTEWATER SIDE.

ALSO A BASE CHARGE BASED ON THE WATER METER SIZE.

AND THEN ALSO IT'S NOT TIERED, BUT YOU DO HAVE A A VOLUME BASED RATE STRUCTURE FOR THE WASTEWATER SIDE AS WELL.

633 PER THOUSAND GALLONS.

AND THEN 728 FOR NON RESIDENTIAL OR MULTIFAMILY PER 1000 GALLONS.

WHAT'S YOUR DEFINITION OF OUTSIDE CUSTOMER? OUTSIDE THE CITY LIMITS? OKAY, NOT OUTSIDE THE CCN, OUTSIDE CITY LIMITS.

OUTSIDE CITY LIMITS. IF THEY ALSO HAPPEN TO BE OUTSIDE CCN, THEN IT WOULD STILL BE OUTSIDE CITY LIMITS. GOT IT. RIGHT NOW WE DO WE DO A WATER RATE OR CHARGE COMPARISON REALLY FOR ROUGHLY AN AVERAGE BILL.

SO YOUR AVERAGE OVER THE COURSE OF A YEAR, YOUR AVERAGE RESIDENTIAL USER USES ABOUT 5700 GALLONS ON A TYPICAL MONTH.

OBVIOUSLY SUMMERTIME THAT'S TYPICALLY HIGHER WINTERTIME THAT CAN BE A LITTLE BIT LOWER.

BUT 5700 IS THE ANNUAL MONTHLY USAGE FOR RESIDENTIAL.

RIGHT NOW THAT USER WOULD PAY ONE 2184 HERE IN HUTTO.

AND YOU CAN SEE HOW THAT COMPARES TO A VARIETY OF DIFFERENT COMMUNITIES.

NOW I'LL SAY THIS. WE ALWAYS DO THESE COMPARISONS BECAUSE WE UNDERSTAND COUNCILS AND COMMUNITIES WANT TO SEE WHAT THESE COMPARISONS ARE AT THE END OF THE DAY, COMPARING UTILITY RATES IS EXTREMELY DIFFICULT.

NOT BECAUSE THE MATH IS HARD.

THAT'S THE EASY PART, BUT BECAUSE THESE SYSTEMS ARE OPERATED AND THEIR COST BASES CAN BE SIGNIFICANTLY DIFFERENT BASED ON HOW THEY GET WATER.

WHO TREATS THEIR WATER? DO THEY TREAT IT THEMSELVES? IS IT ALL WELL WATER OR IS IT SURFACE WATER? ALL THOSE KINDS OF THINGS. AND SO SO JUST TAKE THAT IN NOTE.

YOU KNOW, STATEWIDE AVERAGE FOR A 5000 GALLON USER OF 8306.

THAT IS STATEWIDE AVERAGE.

GENERALLY SPEAKING, WATER IN THIS AREA OF THE STATE IS RELATIVELY EXPENSIVE.

WATER IN THE SOUTH AREA STATE IS RELATIVELY INEXPENSIVE.

WATER IN THE NORTH IS HAS BEEN INEXPENSIVE AND IS GETTING MORE EXPENSIVE AS THEY BUILD NEW LAKES UP IN THE DALLAS AREA.

AND SO JUST AGAIN, TAKE THOSE TAKE THOSE THINGS INTO ACCOUNT.

THIS IS FOR BOTH WATER AND WASTEWATER.

FOR AGAIN FOR THAT 5000 GALLON USER ABOVE, YOU KNOW SEVERAL OBVIOUSLY WITHIN THE AREA, BELOW SEVERAL WITHIN THE AREA.

AND THE OTHER THING THAT I'LL POINT OUT IS YOU ARE ABOUT WHERE WE WOULD EXPECT YOU TO BE BASED ON YOUR THE SIZE OF YOUR CUSTOMER BASE, YOUR GROWTH, AS WELL AS THE FACT THAT YOU'VE GOT A WHOLE LOT OF NEW PROJECTS THAT WILL BE NECESSARY IN ORDER TO MEET THE GROWTH THAT YOU HAVE COMING.

YOU KNOW, RELATIVELY FAST GROWTH, RELATIVELY SMALL COMMUNITIES TEND TO HAVE

[03:35:03]

IT'S AN ECONOMIES OF SCALE KIND OF BUSINESS.

AND THE LARGER YOU GET, TYPICALLY YOUR PER UNIT COST COMES DOWN.

SO WITH THAT, LET'S TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT YOUR CURRENT CUSTOMERS AND VOLUMES.

THIS FORMS THE BASIS OF HOW WE DO THESE RATE STUDIES.

WE TRY TO UNDERSTAND AS MUCH AS WE POSSIBLY CAN ABOUT YOUR CURRENT, NOT ONLY YOUR RATE STRUCTURES, BUT YOUR CURRENT CUSTOMERS THEMSELVES.

RIGHT NOW, YOU'VE GOT ABOUT 8400 WATER CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS AND ABOUT 14,400 WASTEWATER ACCOUNTS. AND YOU KNOW, THAT'S THAT CREATES A DIFFERENT DYNAMIC WHEN YOU'VE GOT A SIGNIFICANTLY DIFFERENT NUMBER OF WATER VERSUS WASTEWATER ACCOUNTS.

WE DO EVERYTHING IN OUR MODELING TO ALLOCATE THESE COSTS AND THESE THESE REVENUES BETWEEN WATER AND WASTEWATER. WE RECOGNIZE YOU DO THAT IN A SINGLE FUND, AS MOST CITIES DO, BUT WE'LL BE SHOWING COSTS ESSENTIALLY, GENERALLY SPEAKING, IN SEPARATED OUT BETWEEN WATER AND WASTEWATER.

OUR GOAL IS TO PRESENT A RATE PLAN TO YOU THAT HAS WATER COVERING WATER COSTS AND WASTEWATER COVERING WASTEWATER COSTS.

YOU AS THE CITY COUNCIL AND AS THE ESSENTIALLY THE THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THIS UTILITY HAVE THE ABILITY WITHIN TEXAS TO SET RATES AS YOU DEEM FAIR, REASONABLE AND EFFECTIVE TO COVER THE COSTS THAT YOU HAVE.

WHETHER YOU DO THAT FROM WATER RATES FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER PAYS FOR WASTEWATER.

WE'LL PROVIDE YOU GUIDANCE ON THAT.

BUT AT THE END OF THE DAY, YOU DO HAVE A FAIR BIT OF LATITUDE IN HOW YOU DECIDE TO CHARGE THOSE RATES.

RIGHT NOW YOUR METERED WATER BY CUSTOMER CLASS AND WHAT WE CALL OUR TEST YEAR.

WE NORMALIZE BASICALLY THE LAST 12 MONTH PERIOD.

YOU'VE GOT ABOUT 816.4 MILLION GALLONS THAT'S METERED.

THERE IS ADDITIONAL GALLONS IN AND EVERY OTHER COMMUNITY THAT'S NOT METERED THAT GOES TO WATER LEAKS AND, AND TO NON YOU KNOW, NON-REVENUE ACCOUNTS, CITY BUILDINGS. IF YOU DON'T CHARGE YOURSELF A WATER BILL, THOSE KINDS OF THINGS, THOSE ARE ALL NORMAL AND FLUSHING OF HYDRANTS, ALL THAT KIND OF STUFF. SO WHAT WE LOOK AT IS WHAT'S THE REVENUE WATER.

WHAT ARE YOU CHARGING FOR? IT'S ABOUT 816 MILLION GALLONS INSIDE.

INSIDE THE CITY. RESIDENTIAL IS 66% OF THAT.

AND SO AS YOU WOULD PROBABLY EXPECT THERE IT'S IT'S DIFFICULT TO RAISE MUCH ADDITIONAL REVENUE WITHOUT IMPACTING RESIDENTIAL.

I KNOW THAT A LOT OF COMMUNITIES WOULD PREFER TO LEAVE RESIDENTIAL AS ALONE AS POSSIBLE, BUT WHEN THEY MAKE UP 66% OF YOUR CUSTOMER BASE, IT'S DIFFICULT TO DO THAT.

YOU ASKED THE QUESTION ABOUT OUTSIDE VERY FEW OUTSIDE ACCOUNTS.

YOU'VE GOT A LITTLE BIT. NOT MUCH AT ALL.

WHAT IS THAT, 0.05% OUTSIDE RESIDENTIAL AND 0.0 1% OUTSIDE COMMERCIAL USE.

SO IT'S A HANDFUL OF ACCOUNTS AT THE END OF THE DAY.

INSIDE COMMERCIAL, 12.5% MULTIFAMILY, ABOUT FIVE IRRIGATIONS ABOUT 11.

AND THEN YOU DO HAVE SOME FIRE HYDRANT ACCOUNTS AS WELL.

FIRE HYDRANTS VARY SIGNIFICANTLY IN ANY GIVEN YEAR.

JUST BECAUSE THAT'S THE WAY THAT, YOU KNOW, IT ESSENTIALLY FOLLOWS DEVELOPMENT.

AS WE LOOK AT YOUR HISTORICAL AND FORECAST ACCOUNTS WE THEN BEGIN TO BUILD UP WHAT YOUR REVENUE STREAM IS LIKELY TO LOOK LIKE OVER TIME.

WE'VE GOT ABOUT 624 NEW WATER ACCOUNTS ON AVERAGE OVER THE NEXT TEN YEARS.

ABOUT 861 WASTEWATER ACCOUNTS PER YEAR ADDED TO YOUR BASE RIGHT NOW, OF THE 84 AND THE 14 FOR ITS 5.8% AVERAGE WATER ACCOUNT GROWTH RATE AND A 5% AVERAGE WASTEWATER ACCOUNT GROWTH RATE.

WE THEN TAKE THE WATER CONSUMPTION SIDE AND WE LOOK AT THAT AS WELL.

WE'RE PROJECTING A 5.9% PER YEAR ON AVERAGE GOING FROM 816 TODAY.

OUT. YOU LOOK OUT TEN YEARS AND WE EXPECT IT TO BE A LITTLE UNDER 1.4 BILLION GALLONS.

MOVING THROUGH. YOU DO HAVE SOME TRANSFERS WITHIN YOUR EXISTING WATER FUND ACCOUNT BOTH IN AND OUT. THE FUND 52 IS YOUR IMPACT FEE FUND.

YOUR FUND 53 IS YOUR CAPITAL OUTLAY FUND.

THAT'S GENERALLY SPEAKING FOR THE THE NON BOND PROJECTS.

THE RELATIVELY SMALL LINE REPLACEMENT PROJECTS, THOSE KINDS OF THINGS.

AND THEN FUND 70 IS FROM THE SOLID WASTE FUND.

AND WE'RE LOOKING AT YOU KNOW, REDUCE IT BASED ON STAFF COMMENTS.

WE'RE LOOKING AT REDUCING THAT FROM 700 TO 350 EACH YEAR FOR THE PLANNING PERIOD.

ONE OF THE OBVIOUSLY KEY DRIVERS IN YOUR CASE IS WHAT DOES IT COST YOU TO PURCHASE WATER? AND THEN ALSO PURCHASE WASTE WATER SERVICES.

SO WE'VE MADE CERTAIN ASSUMPTIONS LONG TERM.

YOUR MAIN WATER SOURCES, OBVIOUSLY, YOU'VE GOT YOUR OWN GROUNDWATER AND THEN YOU PURCHASE WATER CURRENTLY FROM CITY OF TAYLOR FROM MANVILLE WATER SUPPLY CORP AND THEN ARE LOOKING AT OR CONTRACTED TO,

[03:40:01]

YOU CURRENTLY HAVE A WATER RESERVATION RIGHTS CONTRACT WITH RECHARGE THAT'LL CONVERT TO A PURCHASE CONTRACT STARTING IN FEBRUARY OF 26.

YOU'VE ALSO GOT THE WATER RESERVATION RIGHTS WITH EPCOR, AND THEN AGAIN, THE CURRENT ONE WITH RECHARGE. THAT'LL BE CONVERTED TO A SALE CONTRACT. AND THERE ARE SOME SIGNIFICANT FINANCIAL ISSUES THAT COME ALONG WITH THAT.

YOUR 4,482.5 ACRE FEET OF WATER RIGHTS RESERVATION WITH RECHARGE RIGHT NOW COSTS YOU A LITTLE UNDER $900,000 A YEAR TO RESERVE THOSE WATER RIGHTS, AS IT THEN GETS TO WHERE YOU'RE NOT JUST RESERVING THE WATER RIGHTS, BUT ACTUALLY TAKING WATER FROM THEM.

THAT'S GOING TO CAP OUT AT ABOUT A $6.3 MILLION WATER PURCHASE CONTRACT FOR THE 4 MILLION GALLONS A DAY. SO WITH THOSE WHOLESALE ASSUMPTIONS, WE ARE ASSUMING THAT YOUR CITY OF TAYLOR PURCHASES WILL STAY UNCHANGED.

MANVILLE WILL DROP DOWN TO 200,000 GALLONS PER DAY, WHICH IS YOUR CURRENT TAKE OR PAY RIGHT NOW. YOU'VE BEEN EXCEEDING YOUR TAKE OR PAY.

YOU'RE GOING TO REPLACE THAT ESSENTIALLY WITH THE RECHARGE WATER THAT'S COMING ONLINE.

MANVILLE RATES ALSO GOING UP SIGNIFICANTLY UP TO $6 PER PER THOUSAND GALLONS WITH CPI INCREASES THEREAFTER. EPCOR WATER RIGHTS RESERVATION CONTRACT WILL STAY UNCHANGED.

RECHARGE WATER RIGHTS RESERVATION AGAIN WILL BE CONVERTED INTO THE PURCHASE CONTRACT AND YOUR. JONAS SAID. CN TRANSFER AGREEMENT WAS FULLY PAID OFF DURING THIS CURRENT YEAR, SO WE'RE DROPPING THOSE EXPENSES OFF OF THE BOOKS AS WELL.

HOWEVER, WHEN WE LOOK AT THE WATER PURCHASE AND WHOLESALE WASTEWATER TREATMENT COSTS, YOU CAN SEE HERE A PRETTY DYNAMIC SHIFT IN COSTS.

2025, YOU'VE GOT A LITTLE UNDER $6 MILLION FOR THE VARIETY OF DIFFERENT PIECES AND PARTS THAT MAKE UP THIS. THE GOLD ON THE TOP.

BRAZOS RIVER WATER AUTHORITY THAT YOUR WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT OPERATIONS.

WE EXPECT THAT TO JUST INCREASE RELATIVELY NOMINALLY WITH YOUR GROWTH.

AND THEN WITH SOME CPI ADJUSTMENTS AS WELL, GOING FROM 2.7 MILLION TODAY TO ABOUT 3.6 MILLION AT THE END OF FIVE YEARS.

THE WATER RIGHTS RESERVATIONS WILL DECREASE AS YOU BEGIN TO CONVERT THE WATER, THE RECHARGE WATER RIGHTS INTO PURCHASES.

HOWEVER, THAT GRAY PORTION 2026 AGAIN, WE EXPECT YOU'LL BE BEGINNING TO PURCHASE WATER FROM RECHARGE. CHARGE A PARTIAL THROUGH 2026.

AND SO THAT'S WHY IT'S AT THAT $4.1 MILLION.

JUMPING UP TO 4.6. $4 MILLION BY 2027.

AND SO THAT'S ALL NEW COST THAT'S COMING ONLINE AS YOU'RE BEGINNING TO PURCHASE THAT WATER FROM RECHARGE. AND THAT OBVIOUSLY IS GOING TO HAVE AN IMPACT ON RATES.

AND THE OTHER COMPONENTS THERE, MANVILLE CITY, TAYLOR AND YOUR GROUNDWATER LEASES STAY EFFECTIVELY THE SAME OVER THE OVER THE TIME PERIOD. ALL RIGHT. WE'LL TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT YOUR COST OF SERVICE.

ONE OF THE VARIABLE ACTUALLY THE VARIABLE COMPONENT IN OUR TWO DIFFERENT SCENARIOS RIGHT NOW IS YOUR CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM. HOW MUCH HOW QUICKLY.

AND THAT IS WHAT OUTSIDE OF THE RECHARGE WATER THAT YOU'LL BEGIN PURCHASING.

HOW MUCH AND HOW QUICKLY ON YOUR CIP PROGRAM IS THE THING THAT WILL DRIVE YOUR RATE PLAN.

THERE'S NO QUESTION FOR BOTH WATER AND WASTEWATER, BUT PARTICULARLY WASTEWATER EARLY ON IN THE PLAN.

RIGHT NOW WE WORKED WITH YOUR STAFF.

THEY'VE COME UP WITH A TOTAL CIP OF $232 MILLION.

RIGHT NOW, IT'S FUNDED IN THESE PLANS THAT ARE ABOUT 170 5.5.

SO WE'RE NOT COMPLETELY FUNDING ALL OF THAT.

WE RECOGNIZE YOU'RE CONTINUING TO WORK THROUGH YOUR CIP.

THIS IS AN ONGOING PROCESS THAT YOU'RE GOING TO BE LOOKING AT EVERY YEAR.

WHAT WE'RE MOST CONCERNED ABOUT, PARTICULARLY BECAUSE YOU ARE COMMITTED TO DOING THIS EACH YEAR, IS WHAT ARE YOUR NEXT TWO YEARS LOOK LIKE? AND WE THINK WE'VE GOT A FAIRLY GOOD IDEA ABOUT THAT RIGHT NOW. WITH A LITTLE BIT OF CHANGES, POTENTIAL IN THE CIP THAT WE'LL CONTINUE TO WORK THROUGH WITH STAFF.

SCENARIO ONE HAS YOU CAN SEE HERE IN 2026 AND ASSUMED BOND ISSUANCE FOR WASTEWATER OF $72.6 MILLION, 29.1 IN 2027, AND THEN ANOTHER FOR WASTEWATER OF 26.2 IN 2029. TWO SMALL, RELATIVELY SMALL WATER DEBT ISSUANCES IN 2028 AND 2029 OF 8.4 AND $8.1 MILLION. TOTAL WASTEWATER DEBT THERE IS $127.9 MILLION.

TOTAL WATER DEBT 16.5.

THE ASSUMPTIONS THAT WE'VE PUT IN PLACE FOR THIS IS.

LEVEL DEBT 5% INTEREST.

PROBABLY GET A LITTLE BIT BETTER THAN THAT RIGHT NOW IN THE CURRENT MARKET, BUT A 25 YEAR TERM ON THIS.

AND SO THESE ARE ALL JUST ASSUMPTIONS THAT WE MAKE IN ORDER TO HAVE A PRETTY GOOD IDEA ABOUT WHERE THE RATES ARE GOING.

YOU'LL WORK WITH YOUR FINANCIAL ADVISORS WHEN YOU ACTUALLY DO ISSUE DEBT ABOUT THE EXACT AMOUNT. AND YOU'LL GET THE TERMS THAT YOU GET AS YOU GO.

AS YOU TAKE THAT TO MARKET, OBVIOUSLY. AND WE CAN UPDATE THE MODELS BASED ON THOSE ACTUALS WHEN THEY COME TO FRUITION.

[03:45:02]

SCENARIO TWO HAS 72.6 MILLION FOR WASTEWATER IN 2026.

29.1 FOR WATER IN 2028 AND THEN 74.7 IN 2029.

SO A LITTLE MORE DEBT, BUT IT'S MORE SPREAD OUT. AND SO IT HAS A DIFFERENT IMPACT ON HOW YOU END UP HAVING TO PAY FOR THAT DIFFERENT RATE IMPACT AS WE GO.

SAME ASSUMPTIONS ON THE TERM, ON THE STRUCTURE AS WELL AS ON THE INTEREST RATES. SO WHEN WE LOOK AT THE FORECAST DEBT SERVICE PAYMENTS, THIS IS JUST THE DEBT SERVICE COMPONENT OF YOUR WATER AND YOUR WASTEWATER.

RIGHT NOW YOU PAY ABOUT $12.1 MILLION IN CURRENT WASTEWATER OR, I'M SORRY, CURRENT WATER DEBT SERVICE, ABOUT 12.5 CURRENT WASTEWATER DEBT SERVICE THAT WOULD REMAIN CONSTANT FOR 2026 WHEN THE NEW BOND ISSUANCES FROM SCENARIO ONE COME ON BOARD. AND THAT WOULD ADD ABOUT 5.2 MILLION ON THE WASTEWATER SIDE IN 27 AND THEN 7.373 AND 9.2 MILLION IN 2030.

RELATIVELY SMALL DEBT ISSUANCES ON THE WATER SIDE FOR SCENARIO ONE AGAIN, $16 MILLION TOTAL, $600,000 IN 2029 AND 1.2 MILLION IN 2020 OR I'M SORRY, IN 2030. SO YOU CAN SEE THERE YOUR TOTAL DEBT SERVICE COST RIGHT NOW ON THE UTILITY FUND IS JUST UNDER $25 MILLION.

SCENARIO ONE WOULD BRING THAT UP TO ABOUT ABOUT 37, $38 MILLION OR SO IN DEBT SERVICE PAYMENTS ANNUALLY.

SCENARIO TWO, AS I MENTIONED, HAS A LITTLE BIT MORE DEBT, BUT IT'S BUT IT'S MORE SPREAD OUT.

AND SO IT'S THAT SAME $5.2 MILLION COMING ONLINE IN 2027 FOR FOR WASTEWATER.

BUT THEN THAT STAYS CONSTANT UNTIL 2030.

WHERE IT GOES UP TO 10.6 MILLION OF OF NEW DEBT THERE.

THE WATER DEBT, FUTURE WATER DEBT WAS A LITTLE BIT HIGHER AGAIN, 29.1 MILLION VERSUS 16.5.

THAT COMES OUT TO ABOUT 2.1 MILLION A YEAR.

I'M NOT ASKING YOU TO MAKE ANY DECISIONS ON THESE PARTICULAR CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLANS TONIGHT AS PART OF THIS PRESENTATION AT LEAST.

HOWEVER, WE WANTED TO SHOW YOU THERE ARE DIFFERENT DYNAMICS THAT WE'RE WORKING WITH, WORKING WITH YOUR STAFF ON.

WE'RE NOT WE DON'T AUDIT YOUR CIP PLAN.

THOSE. THAT'S THE JOB OF ENGINEERS.

WE DON'T AUDIT YOUR OPERATIONS.

WE TAKE A LOOK AT THE TOTAL COSTS, AND THEN WE GIVE YOU AN UNDERSTANDING ABOUT WHAT THE RATES NEED TO BE IN ORDER TO FUND THOSE TOTAL COSTS.

AGAIN, I'LL JUST BEAT THIS DEAD HORSE ONE MORE TIME.

A BIG COMPONENT OF THIS, OBVIOUSLY, IS THE RECHARGE WATER PURCHASES, WHICH I UNDERSTAND YOU GOT TO HAVE WATER IN ORDER TO SELL IT, I GET THAT HOWEVER, WHEN YOU LOOK AT ADDING 4.1 MILLION IN COST IN 2026, AND THEN BY 2027, YOU'LL FULLY BACK OFF OF YOUR WATER RESERVATION RIGHTS AND ADD 6.4 MILLION ROUGHLY IN, IN WATER PURCHASES FOR A NET OF ABOUT $5.5 MILLION OF NEW COST.

THAT HAS AN IMPACT ON YOUR RATES, OBVIOUSLY, IN ORDER TO MAKE SURE THAT YOU'RE ABLE TO CONTINUALLY FUND THE UTILITY.

THE WHEN WE LOOK AT THE TAKE OR PAY VOLUME OF THE 4 MILLION, 4 MILLION GALLONS A DAY, WE'VE LOOKED AT THE INITIAL TAKE OR PAY RATE THAT DOES HAVE CPI ADJUSTMENTS.

THAT'S WHY YOU SEE THAT GRADUALLY ESCALATE FROM 2027 TO 2030, NOT BECAUSE YOU'RE BUYING MORE WATER, BUT BECAUSE OF CPI ADJUSTMENTS TO THE RATES THAT YOU'RE GETTING CHARGED FROM RECHARGE.

I THINK WE'VE GOT A 3 OR 3.5% CPI ADJUSTMENT BUILT INTO OUR ASSUMPTIONS.

COST OF SERVICE FORECAST I DIDN'T DO TWO SEPARATE COST OF SERVICE FORECASTS HERE FOR SCENARIO ONE AND SCENARIO TWO. THEY'RE PRETTY SIMILAR OTHER THAN THE ONLY DIFFERENCE IS THE DEBT SERVICE COMPONENT.

WHICH IS SIGNIFICANT OBVIOUSLY.

BUT BUT I WANTED TO JUST KIND OF GIVE A FLAVOR OF WHAT DOES THIS COST OF SERVICE LOOK LIKE OVER TIME? RIGHT NOW FOR 2025, YOUR TOTAL COST OF SERVICE, TOTAL COST OF DOING THIS BUSINESS IS ABOUT $37.8 MILLION.

13.1 OF THAT, OR ABOUT A THIRD, IS OPERATING EXPENSES.

ALMOST TWO THIRDS IS DEBT EXPENSES AND CAPITAL OUTLAYS IS, YOU KNOW, ROUGHLY $200,000 RIGHT NOW.

AND AGAIN, THOSE ARE FOR THE SMALL CAPITAL ITEMS. THEY'RE NOT THOSE AREN'T FOR THE BIG CAPITAL PROJECTS. WE EXPECT BASED ON THIS, BASED ON THIS PLAN OF BOTH WATER PURCHASES AND THE CIP TOTAL COST OF SERVICE TO GO FROM TODAY, 37.8 MILLION, UP TO 55.6 MILLION BY 2029.

THIS IS THE SAME INFORMATION.

THIS IS THESE ARE BOTH FOR SCENARIO ONE, BOTH THE LAST CHART AS WELL AS THIS TABLE.

AND AGAIN YOU CAN SEE THIS IS THESE ARE THE NUMBERS THAT THAT LAST TABLE WAS BUILT OFF

[03:50:01]

AM I READING THAT RIGHT? OUR DEBT SERVICE TODAY IS A LITTLE OVER 12 MILLION IN WATER AND THEN ANOTHER 12 IN WASTEWATER.

24. AND SO IT'S GOING TO GO WHAT IS THAT ABOUT $10 MILLION A LITTLE OVER $10 MILLION ADDITIONAL. WHAT'S THAT? WHAT IS THAT, 40% IN THAT BALLPARK? YEAH. YEP. OPERATING EXPENSES.

WE EXPECT TO GO FROM ABOUT 13 TO ABOUT 20.

THAT DOES INCLUDE YOUR WATER PURCHASE COST INCREASES.

YOUR CAPITAL OUTLAYS. WE EXPECT TO STAY RELATIVELY STABLE, BUT IT'S A REALLY SMALL PORTION OF THE BUDGET OVERALL AS WELL.

ALL RIGHT, SO WHEN WE LOOK AT THOSE COSTS AND AGAIN RECOGNIZE MORE CONVERSATION LIKELY NEEDS TO HAPPEN ABOUT THOSE COSTS AND THE TIMING AND THE PROJECTS AND HOW MUCH AND HOW QUICKLY. BUT BASED ON THOSE ASSUMPTIONS THAT WE'VE GOT, WE'VE PUT TOGETHER TWO SCENARIOS.

THE RATE PLAN FOR SCENARIO ONE.

BOTH BOTH OF THESE SCENARIOS HAVE STEADY PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENTS FOR ALL CUSTOMER CLASSES AND ALSO ACROSS BOTH THE MONTHLY OR THE BASE CHARGE AND THE VOLUME CHARGE.

SO IF IT'S IN THIS CASE YEAR ONE, IT'S 12% FOR BOTH THE BASE CHARGE AND THE ALL OF THE TIERS FOR THE FOR THE VOLUME CHARGES FOR WATER.

SO THE BASE CHARGE WOULD GO UP.

MOST RESIDENTIAL AGAIN, 5/8, THREE QUARTER INCH METERS WOULD GO FROM 2748 UP TO 3078. AND THEN THE PER THOUSAND GALLONS WOULD GO FROM 508 TO 569 PER THOUSAND. ANOTHER 10% FOR EFFECTIVE 2020 OCTOBER 2026.

THAT'D BE FOR FISCAL 2027, AND THEN IT LEVELS OFF TO ABOUT 5% THEREAFTER. THAT THAT 12% AND 10% I RECOGNIZE IS VERY HIGH PERCENTAGE INCREASES.

I, I'M I'M A WATER CUSTOMER AS WELL.

IN MY HOMETOWN. WE ACTUALLY DO MY HOMETOWN'S WATER RATES, AND I WAS AT THEIR CITY COUNCIL MEETING TWO WEEKS AGO RECOMMENDING A 7% INCREASE LIKE I DID LAST YEAR, 7.5% INCREASE FOR THEM.

THE ISSUE IS THAT YOU'VE GOT A LOT OF NEW COSTS COMING ON WITH THE RECHARGE WATER PURCHASES. AND IN ORDER TO COVER THOSE COSTS WE HAVE TO HAVE RATE INCREASES THAT HAVE COME ON RELATIVELY QUICKLY.

BECAUSE THAT WATER PURCHASE IS COMING ON RELATIVELY QUICKLY.

YOU'RE AGAIN, YOU'RE YOU'RE TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO ABSORB NET NEW COSTS TO $5.5 MILLION ON A $15 MILLION ENTERPRISE.

AND SO IT YOU'VE GOT RATES ARE THE ONLY WAY TO DO THAT, QUITE FRANKLY. SO AGAIN, THIS IS SCENARIO ONE THAT HAS A LITTLE BIT MORE A LITTLE BIT LESS DEBT OVERALL, BUT IT'S MORE FRONT LOADED.

SCENARIO TWO I'M SORRY, I'LL TALK SCENARIO ONE WASTEWATER FIRST.

SCENARIO ONE HAS A LOT OF WASTEWATER DEBT.

SO ON THE WATER SIDE IT'S THE RECHARGE WATER COST THAT IS REALLY DRIVING THE INCREASES PRIMARILY ON THE WASTEWATER SIDE, IT'S NEW WASTEWATER DEBT.

OF THE $74 MILLION, 74 POINT SOME ODD MILLION DOLLARS IN 2026.

AND THEN ANOTHER SIGNIFICANT CHUNK, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SCENARIO ONE OR SCENARIO TWO. BUT COMING ON OVER THE NEXT COUPLE OF YEARS AFTER THAT, 12% ALSO FOR WASTEWATER, 10% AND 10%, 210 TWO $0.10 BACK TO BACK ON WASTEWATER. AND THEN THAT BACKS OFF TO 3% IN A FIVE YEAR PLAN.

SO THE BASE CHARGE WOULD GO FROM 3731 UP TO 4179 FOR FOR MOST RESIDENTIAL.

AND THE VOLUME CHARGE WOULD GO FROM 633 TO 709.

THE BULK OF THE WATER WAS BECAUSE WE HAD TO BUY MORE WATER.

THE BULK OF THIS IS CAPEX, RIGHT? THAT'S RIGHT. SO WHEN WE LOOK AT WHAT DOES THAT MEAN FOR A BILL? BECAUSE I RECOGNIZE THAT MOST PEOPLE DON'T THINK ABOUT WHAT DO I PAY IN BASE CHARGE.

THEY JUST WRITE THE CHECK FOR THEIR BILL AS A TOTAL.

SO FOR A WE RAN THREE DIFFERENT SCENARIOS, 5000 GALLONS OR 10,000 GALLON USER AND A 20,000 GALLON USER. AND WE'RE ASSUMING WE'RE AVERAGING FOR THE WASTEWATER SIDE ON THOSE AS WELL. WHAT YOU SEE IN THE GRAY BOX THERE, WHAT THEY PAY TODAY.

5000 GALLON USER WHICH AGAIN IS YOUR IS YOUR AVERAGE BILL ESSENTIALLY 5700.

IS THEY'D PAY $121.84 UNDER THIS UNDER SCENARIO ONE.

THAT WOULD GO UP BY $14 A MONTH FOR A 5000 GALLON USER.

AND THEN IN YEAR TWO, FISCAL 27 WOULD GO UP BY 1365, 55. IN YEAR THREE, FISCAL 28, THEY HAVE TO GO UP BY ABOUT 1175.

[03:55:03]

AGAIN, ONE OF THE UNFORTUNATE REALITIES IS YOU'VE GOT A LOT OF ADDITIONAL COSTS COMING ON UPFRONT, BOTH IN THE WATER SIDE AND IN THE WASTEWATER SIDE.

AND SO WHILE WE WOULD LIKE TO SMOOTH THIS MORE THAN IT'S CURRENTLY SMOOTHED, AND WHAT I MEAN BY THAT IS HAVE MORE MODERATE INCREASES OVER THE OVER THE COURSE OF ALL FIVE YEARS, AS OPPOSED TO HAVING IT FRONT LOADED LIKE THIS.

YOU'LL SEE IN A MOMENT HERE WHEN WE SHOW SOME FINANCIAL METRICS WHY WE'VE CHOSEN TO DO IT THIS WAY. EFFECTIVELY, IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN A 90 DAY OPERATING FUND BALANCE YOU HAVE TO HAVE SOME PRETTY SIGNIFICANT INCREASES IN THE EARLY YEARS, AND THEN YOU CAN BACK THAT OFF IN THE LATE YEARS.

SCENARIO TWO HERE HAS AGAIN, 12% IN THE FIRST YEAR.

FIRST YEAR IS THE SAME IN BOTH.

AND THAT IS FOR FISCAL 26 THAT WE'RE RECOMMENDING.

IT BACKS OFF A LITTLE BIT FASTER, THOUGH TO 9.1% FOR FISCAL 27, 7.9% IN FISCAL 28. AGAIN, SCENARIO TWO HAS A LITTLE BIT MORE DEBT ISSUED, BUT IT ISSUES IT OVER A LONGER PERIOD OF TIME.

IT'S NOT AS FRONT LOADED.

AND SO WE CAN SPREAD THOSE COSTS OUT A LITTLE BIT MORE.

WHEN WE LOOK AT DOING SCENARIO TWO HERE.

SO THE FINANCIAL METRIC THAT I'LL POINT TO LARGELY HERE IS THE ONE, THE CENTER BOTTOM THIS BECOMES YOUR REALLY KIND OF YOUR, YOUR RESTRICTING FACTOR.

WE LOOK AT THE BLUE BAR ON THERE IS WHAT WE EXPECT YOUR ACTUAL FUND BALANCE TO BE.

THANKFULLY TODAY YOU'VE GOT A HEALTHY FUND BALANCE.

YOU ARE EATING INTO THAT IN THE CURRENT FISCAL YEAR.

AND WE WOULD EXPECT YOU TO CONTINUE TO EAT INTO THAT EVEN WITH THE RATE INCREASES THAT I JUST PRESENTED. BUT BUT IT'S HEALTHY TODAY.

UNDER SCENARIO ONE THAT WOULD GET DOWN TO ESSENTIALLY YOUR 90 DAY.

I THINK IT'S 92 DAYS IN THE MODEL RESERVE.

YOU KNOW, TARGET, WHICH IS A WHICH IS A VERY TYPICAL RESERVE TARGET THAT IS NOT A CONSERVATIVE RESERVE TARGET BY 2029.

AND THEN YOU'D START BEING ABLE TO POTENTIALLY BUILD THAT BACK UP.

NOW, WHEN THAT BEGINS TO BUILD BACK UP, THAT GIVES YOU A LITTLE BIT OF ADDITIONAL ROOM FOR EITHER RATE RELIEF, OR YOU CAN FUND SOME OF THOSE PROJECTS WITH CASH AND NOT AS MUCH DEBT.

I WILL ALSO DRAW YOUR ATTENTION TO THE UPPER LEFT, THE GREEN PORTION BEING THE WATER NET, WHAT WE CALL NET REVENUES.

AND THAT'S JUST WHAT IT SOUNDS LIKE, IS HOW MUCH MONEY YOU'RE BRINGING IN VERSUS HOW MUCH IS GOING OUT.

AND THE GREEN IS THE WASTEWATER NET REVENUES WITH THESE ADJUST WITH THESE 12% ADJUSTMENTS IN BOTH SCENARIO ONE AND SCENARIO TWO, WE STILL EXPECT YOU TO RUN AT AN OPERATING LOSS NEXT YEAR. AGAIN, YOU'VE GOT AMPLE RESERVES TO BE ABLE TO DO THAT, BUT RECOGNIZE THAT THIS DOESN'T GET IT TO A NET ZERO OPERATING BUDGET IN YEAR ONE.

IN FACT, IT TAKES UNTIL YEAR FOUR UNDER SCENARIO ONE TO GET TO A NET ZERO OPERATING BUDGET. SCENARIO TWO IS VERY SIMILAR.

BUT WE HIT THE 90 DAY TARGET A LITTLE SOONER IN THIS IN THIS RATE PLAN.

WE HIT IT IN 2027 INSTEAD OF 2028 AND THEN BEGIN TO BUILD BACK IN 2028 AND 2029.

YOU GET NET POSITIVE BY YEAR FOUR UNDER SCENARIO TWO AS WELL.

AND SO, YOU KNOW, AGAIN, WHAT WE LOOK AT IS WHEN WE'RE DESIGNING THESE RATE PLANS IS WE WE LOOK AT A VARIETY OF DIFFERENT FACTORS.

FUND BALANCE RESERVE IS IS ONE OF THEM.

DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE RATIO IS ANOTHER NET REVENUES.

AND ARE YOU ARE YOU OPERATING IN THE RED OR IN THE BLACK IS ANOTHER HOW MUCH CAN YOUR CITIZENS ACTUALLY SUPPORT SPENDING? IS A PIECE OF IT AS WELL.

HOW CAN WE SMOOTH THOSE RATE INCREASES TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE, AND STILL HIT THE FINANCIAL METRICS THAT YOU NEED TO TO TO MEET? SO WE TAKE ALL OF THOSE THINGS INTO CONSIDERATION WHEN WE'RE PUTTING TOGETHER THESE RATE PLANS. AND SO, YOU KNOW, AGAIN THESE ARE, THESE ARE TWO THAT ARE BASED ON THE CURRENT CAPITAL.

I WILL SAY THAT THERE'S NOT A LOT OF CAPITAL IN THE FIRST FIVE YEARS ON THE WATER SIDE, SO I WOULDN'T EXPECT WATER TO CHANGE SIGNIFICANTLY.

THERE'S A LOT OF CAPITAL ON THE SEWER SIDE.

AND SO TO THE EXTENT THAT THAT SHIFTS AND CHANGES AS YOU CONTINUE TO MOVE THROUGH YOUR BUDGET PROCESS, THAT COULD CHANGE SIGNIFICANTLY AS WELL.

I JUST, YOU KNOW, AGAIN, WE'RE NOT THE ENGINEERS TO TO SUGGEST WHAT YOU NEED. WE TAKE A LOOK AND SAY, HERE'S THE DOLLAR AMOUNT THAT WE'RE TRYING TO COVER. WHAT DOES IT TAKE IN RATES IN ORDER TO COVER THAT AMOUNT OF MONEY? SO QUICK SUMMARY. AND I REALIZE AGAIN, I'VE GONE VERY QUICKLY HERE AND THERE'S A LOT OF NUMBERS. I'M HAPPY TO TAKE ANY QUESTIONS THAT YOU HAVE IN A MOMENT.

WE'D LOVE TO GET YOUR PRELIMINARY COMMENTS TONIGHT, AND WE'LL REVISE THE THE SCENARIOS, CREATE NEW SCENARIOS IF NECESSARY.

LOOK AT A VARIETY OF DIFFERENT WAYS TO DO THINGS.

[04:00:02]

AND THAT WILL DRIVE THE RATE IMPACTS AS WE MOVE FORWARD.

AND THEN WHEN, WHEN WE'VE ADDRESSED ALL OF THE QUESTIONS THAT YOU HAVE AND RUN ALL THE SCENARIOS THAT YOU'D LIKE TO MAKE SURE THAT WE RUN, WE'LL PRESENT A FINAL RATE PLAN BACK TO YOU FOR ADOPTION.

AND THAT CAN EITHER BE A ONE YEAR BECAUSE WE ARE ON CONTRACT TO DO THIS FOR THE NEXT THREE YEARS. WE ALWAYS WILL SHOW A LONG TERM OUTLOOK.

BUT YOU'LL HAVE THE FLEXIBILITY, OBVIOUSLY, TO CHANGE YOUR RATES ON AN ANNUAL BASIS OR MORE OFTEN IF YOU'D LIKE TO.

BUT MOST PLACES LIKE TO DO IT ON AN ANNUAL BASIS.

AND IN ORDER TO MEET THE YOU KNOW WHAT'S ACTUALLY HAPPENING.

THERE'S OBVIOUSLY THERE'S THOUSANDS, LITERALLY THOUSANDS OF ASSUMPTIONS THAT GO INTO THESE MODELS. THEY CHANGE ALL THE TIME.

AND SO YOU'LL KNOW NEXT, NEXT YEAR MORE ABOUT FISCAL 27 AND 28 THAN WE KNOW TODAY. AND SO THAT'S ONE OF THE REASONS WHY WE LOOK AT DOING THIS ON AN ANNUAL BASIS, ESPECIALLY IN COMMUNITIES THAT ARE GROWING BECAUSE THOSE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS CAN, CAN TEND TO MOVE VERY QUICKLY.

CAN I ASK A CLARIFICATION QUESTION FOR CITY MANAGER? THESE RATES ARE FOR CITY OF HUTTO.

LIKE FOR I KNOW WASTEWATER COSTS ARE PASSED THROUGH, BUT THIS WOULD NOT IF I'M A JONAH CUSTOMER IN THE CITY LIMITS OF HUTTO.

SO THESE RATES I MEAN THESE THIS RATE STUDY WOULD NOT AFFECT MY WATER RATES WITH JONAH.

CORRECT? THAT IS CORRECT.

JONAH SETS ITS OWN WATER RATES.

CORRECT. BUT THE JONAH WATER CUSTOMERS THAT ARE ON CITY SEWER WOULD BE WOULD BE IMPACTED BY THE SEWER RATE INCREASE.

THOSE RATES ARE PASSED THROUGH. YEAH. SO MY NEXT QUESTION IS IS FOR WATER SUPPLY, WHAT PERCENTAGE OF THE CITY OF HUTTO CUSTOMERS ARE ON CITY WATER ROUGHLY.

IS THAT AROUND 40% OR OR HIGHER? WELL, IN THE PRESENTATION IT WAS WHAT, OVER 8000 WATER CUSTOMERS? YEAH. YOU GOT ABOUT 8500, 8898 UNITS, GOT ABOUT 8500 OR SO WATER ACCOUNTS. THAT INCLUDES COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL, OKAY, COMPARED TO ABOUT 14,500 WASTEWATER. SO ASSUMING THE VAST MAJORITY OF YOUR WITHIN CITY LIMITS ARE ON YOUR SEWER ACCOUNTS, THAT COMES OUT TO BE 60 ISH, 40% NUMBER I HAD IN MY MIND WHO ARE ARE NOT ON CITY. OKAY. THANK YOU.

THAT'S ALL I NEED CLARIFICATION. THANK YOU AND GREAT PRESENTATION.

WE DID THIS TO OURSELVES.

SO IT'S NOT THERE'S NOTHING YOU DID.

WE MADE THE DECISION TO DO SOME OF THE STUFF WE DID, AND NOW WE DEBATED THIS WHOLE THING.

I DON'T KNOW, MAYBE THREE YEARS AGO, WE DID THE WASTEWATER PLANT.

DID WE GO FROM 2 TO 4 OR 2 TO 6 AND WE HAD THAT WHOLE THING.

IT'S CHEAPER IF YOU BUILD IT NOW THAN IF YOU GO LATER.

AND THERE WAS A MINORITY OPINION OF, YEAH, BUT ARE WE GOING TO BE ABLE TO AFFORD IT LATER AND MAYBE BE BETTER TO, YOU KNOW, TO BUY THAT SIX BEDROOM HOUSE NOW, BUY THE FOUR, GET TO WHERE YOUR INCOME'S UP AND DO THAT.

AND AND SO I WAS LOOKING AT THE FIRST THING HERE.

WE FORECAST OURSELVES.

WE PURPOSELY PUT OURSELVES RUNNING A DEFICIT IN AN EFFORT TO BORROW A WHOLE BUNCH TODAY, BUILD A HUGE EXPANSION WITH THE HOPES THAT LATER IT STARTS COMING BACK TO US.

AND I THINK THE HOPE IS, IS I DON'T KNOW WHEN THIS THIS IS FROM FEBRUARY OF 14 OR 24. WE WERE DOING THIS.

WE HAD TO GROW THIS CITY BY LIKE 9% AND 25, 18.8%, 26, 18.8%. 27 AND 15 AND 28.

JUST TO LIMIT THE RENT THAT WE HAD ON HERE.

AND IF WE DON'T GROW THAT HIGH, THERE WAS A FEAR OF HIGHER LOSSES.

SO I LOVE TO DO HERE BECAUSE I'M NOT I'M NOT READY TO RAISE RATES.

I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S THE EDC'S GOT TO START SELLING SOME LAND AND HELP PAY BACK BECAUSE WE'VE FUNDED WATER, WASTEWATER LINES ALL OVER LAND THAT DOESN'T BENEFIT ANYBODY.

AND BUT IT BENEFITS INDUSTRY AND THIS ECONOMIC GROWTH.

AND WE'VE MADE IN MY MIND SO MANY BAD DECISIONS THAT NOW THE ONLY OPTION BECAUSE WE DID HAVE THIS TALK, WE MANAGED TO RAISE PEOPLE'S RATES 200 BUCKS A MONTH.

AND THEN I WAS CALLED A LIAR.

WE ONLY RAISED IT LIKE 80 BUCKS A MONTH OVER A PERIOD OF TIME.

BUT WHAT WE'VE DONE IS WE'VE PUSHED OUT THIS $200 THAT WE NEEDED.

WE PUSHED IT OUT AND PUSHED IT OUT TO THE POINT TO WHERE NOW WE STILL HAVE BIG RATE INCREASES BECAUSE MATH NEVER STOPS MAPPING.

EVENTUALLY YOU GOT TO PAY THE PIPER AND WE'RE GOING TO RUN OUT OF MONEY IF WE DON'T RAISE RATES, BUT IT'S ALL BECAUSE OF DECISIONS WE MADE, IN MY OPINION, 2 OR 3 YEARS AGO THAT NOW IT'S TOO LATE.

I MEAN THAT THESE GUYS HERE ARE NEXT AND THEY'RE GOING TO THEY'RE TELLING US HOW WE'RE SPENDING $200 MILLION THAT I DON'T KNOW, BUT IT'S KIND OF I'VE BEEN WAITING TO HEAR.

NOW, ONE LAST QUESTION. DOES THIS TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE. OH, YES. OKAY. BECAUSE THAT WAS THE PART WE MAYBE DIDN'T CONSIDER AS A COUNCIL WHEN WE DID THAT

[04:05:06]

AND THEN LAST YEAR IT WAS MENTIONED, HEY, DON'T FORGET YOU GOT SOME COSTS BECAUSE YOU CAN'T EXPAND THE PLANT LIKE THAT AND NOT HIRE MORE PEOPLE.

AND THEN THAT WAS LIKE A OH GOD WE MESSED THAT UP.

BUT I THINK OUR WATER IS TOO HIGH AS IT IS.

PEOPLE BARELY USE IT. WE'VE HAD OTHER PEOPLE COME IN AND SAY, WE HAVE ONE OF THE LOWEST PER CAPITA USE USES IN THE CITY, IN THE METRO AREA, PRIMARILY BECAUSE OUR RATES ARE SO HIGH.

IF IT GOES MUCH HIGHER, WE'RE JUST I DON'T KNOW.

I WOULD SAY WE DO, YOU KNOW, WE WE DO ABOUT 40 OR 50 OF THESE ACROSS THE STATE OF TEXAS A YEAR.

5700 GALLONS IS ON THE LOW SIDE OF AVERAGE.

BUT STATEWIDE AVERAGE IS ABOUT 6500.

SO IT'S NOT LIKE IT'S WAY LOW.

YOU KNOW, WE WE DO WORK IN CITIES WHERE IT'S, YOU KNOW, AVERAGE IS 4000.

WE DO WORK IN CITIES WHERE AVERAGE IS 15,000.

SO 5700 IS WITHIN WHAT I WOULD CONSIDER TO BE ON THE LOW SIDE OF NORM.

OKAY. I APPRECIATE YOU SHARING THE SLIDE.

CITY BY CITY, WHAT THEIR COST IS.

TO ME, THIS JUST BLOWS MY MIND.

I MEAN, ROUND ROCK HAS A POPULATION OF CLOSE TO 137,000 PEOPLE, AND THEY'RE ONLY PAYING 7105.

WELL, AGAIN, THAT IS WHAT WE WOULD EXPECT TO SEE.

THE LARGER CITIES TEND TO BE ABLE TO SPREAD OUT THE COSTS AND THE THE GALLON TO GET THE NEXT OR THE COST TO GET THE NEXT GALLON OF WATER OR TREAT THE NEXT GALLON OF WASTEWATER IS LOWER THAN IT IS, IS TO TREAT THE FIRST.

AND SO AS COMMUNITIES ARE GROWING, WE EXPECT THEM TO BE RELATIVELY HIGH WHEN YOU'VE GOT A LARGER RATE BASE AND AN OLDER SYSTEM LIKE ROUND ROCK HAS WE EXPECT THEM TO BE ABLE TO HAVE THOSE COSTS BE RELATIVELY LOW, AND THEY'VE LIKELY GOT A LARGER COMMERCIAL BASE AS WELL.

WHICH, WHICH HELPS TO OFFSET RESIDENTIAL RATES TO AN EXTENT, OR AT LEAST IT CAN. IT DOESN'T ALWAYS, BUT IT CAN.

AND SO THERE'S THAT THAT'S ACTUALLY THE TREND THAT WE WOULD EXPECT TO SEE.

WITH THE LARGER COMMUNITY, THEIR TOTAL COST IS SIGNIFICANTLY HIGHER THAN YOURS IF YOU'RE LOOKING AT JUST BUDGET COSTS IN MILLIONS OF DOLLARS.

BUT WHEN WE LOOK AT WHAT THAT IMPACT IS FOR YOUR SMALLER NUMBER, YOUR COST TO TREAT AND DELIVER WATER AND WASTEWATER SERVICES IS HIGHER THAN THEIRS.

THERE'S NO QUESTION ABOUT THAT. WHAT HE SAID IS WHAT THE ISSUE WAS WITH THAT WASTEWATER PLANT. YOUR FIRST GALLON OF THAT 4 MILLION THAT YOU CAN TREAT IS YOUR MOST EXPENSIVE GALLON. THAT'S RIGHT. YOUR CHEAPEST GALLON IS 303,000,000.9 99A GALLON.

THAT'S THE CHEAPEST BECAUSE WHETHER YOU USE ONE GALLON OR 4 MILLION GALLONS, YOU'RE PAYING THE SAME RATE. THAT'S RIGHT. AND SO BUT I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S LEGAL.

THE CITY MANAGER DID. WE WERE TALKING ABOUT DPR AND HE DID SAY THERE BECAUSE I HAVE BEEN TOLD BY SOMEBODY ELSE WE MAY HAVE TO EXPAND OUR WASTEWATER PLAN AGAIN IN LIKE 2 OR 3 YEARS, WHICH I FIND UNBELIEVABLE.

BUT HE WAS SAYING THAT IF WE FIND A WAY TO MAYBE DO DPR, THAT THERE'S A POTENTIAL THE WHAT WOULD YOU SAY THE THE PERMITTING IS NOT BASED ON WHAT YOU'RE TREATING. IT'S BASED ON WHAT YOU'RE DISCHARGING. IF YOU CUT YOUR DISCHARGE DOWN.

POTENTIALLY. SMARTER PEOPLE THAN OBVIOUSLY ME WILL KNOW THIS.

POTENTIALLY, WE DON'T NEED TO SPEND AS MUCH MONEY EXPANDING THAT PART IN THE FUTURE BECAUSE WE'RE DISCHARGING LESS.

BUT OBVIOUSLY THERE'S RATIOS AND NUMBERS.

BUT YEAH, AND THERE'S DIFFERENT OPERATING COSTS FOR DIFFERENT KINDS OF SYSTEMS AS WELL.

OH YEAH. YEAH. SO THE THE RATE IS THE RATE, IT'S NOT GOING TO GO DOWN.

IF ANYTHING IT'S GOING TO GO UP.

WELL NO. SO AGAIN ON ON THE WATER SIDE, I WOULD SUGGEST THAT THERE'S, THERE'S, I DON'T AS MUCH AS WE'VE BEEN THROUGH THIS WITH YOUR STAFF, I DON'T SEE A LOT OF MOVEMENT THERE.

THERE MAY BE A LITTLE BIT HERE AND THERE.

BUT THE THE BIGGEST PIECE THAT'S DRIVING WATER IS THE FACT THAT YOU'RE GOING TO BE PURCHASING 4 MILLION GALLONS A DAY THROUGH RECHARGE WHICH AGAIN, I, WE MAKE NO ASSESSMENT ONE WAY OR THE OTHER THAT THAT'S, THAT'S A CONTRACT THAT YOU HAVE. IT'S A COST THAT YOU HAVE COMING ONLINE. THE THERE'S A LITTLE BIT MORE FLEXIBILITY, PERHAPS ON THE WASTEWATER SIDE BECAUSE THAT'S FOR FUTURE DEBT ISSUANCES, FOR FUTURE PROJECTS THAT YOU KNOW, THIS COUNCIL WILL BE ABLE TO MAKE DECISIONS ON AS THOSE PROJECTS COME UP.

AND SO THERE'S A LITTLE BIT MORE FLEXIBILITY, PERHAPS ON THE WASTEWATER SIDE.

I DON'T THINK IT'S A QUESTION OF NECESSARILY OF ORDER OF MAGNITUDE DIFFERENCE.

I THINK IT'S MORE OF A QUESTION OF TIMING.

IS IT NEEDED EARLY ON IN THIS WINDOW? IS IT NEEDED LATER ON IN THIS WINDOW? IS IT BUILT IN, YOU KNOW, DIFFERENT PHASES?

[04:10:03]

BUT YOU KNOW, AT THE END OF THE DAY, I DON'T KNOW THAT THERE'S GOING TO BE A WHOLE LOT OF CHANGE NECESSARILY ON THE TOTAL RATE AT THE END OF THE DAY.

THE QUESTION IS, HOW DO YOU GET THERE? IS IT MORE UPFRONT OR MORE BACK LOADED? THE THE THE SCENARIOS THAT WE HAVE TONIGHT ARE A LITTLE THEY'RE A LITTLE MORE FRONT LOADED. A LITTLE LESS BACK LOADED.

BUT I DON'T KNOW WHAT YOUR NEED IS ON, PARTICULARLY ON THE WASTEWATER SIDE.

THANK YOU. GOING BACK LOADED BECAUSE WE HAVE ANOTHER WATER TRUCK COMING THAT'S BIGGER THAN THE ONE WE'RE PAYING FOR NOW.

YEP. ALL RIGHT, SO YOU GUYS NEED SOMETHING FROM US? DIRECTION QUESTIONS? SEE IF THERE'S ANY ADDITIONAL SCENARIOS THAT YOU WOULD LIKE US TO RUN. AGAIN, WE'RE WORKING WITH STAFF.

I KNOW YOU'VE GOT OTHER ITEMS, AND YOU'RE CONTINUING TO REFINE THE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN. AND WE'LL CONTINUE TO YOU KNOW, RUN RATE PLANS TO, TO HIT THE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN NEED AS WE NEED AS WE GO.

AND THEN SOMETIME IN THE NEAR FUTURE, WE'LL BE BACK WITH A FINAL RATE PLAN. SO IF THERE ARE OTHER SCENARIOS THAT YOU'D LIKE TO SEE RUN.

AGAIN, I CAN'T SPEAK TO CAPITAL PROJECTS OR THE NEED AND THE COST, BUT IF THERE ARE OTHER SCENARIOS THAT YOU'D LIKE TO SEE RUN THAT THAT BALANCE THIS OUT A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENTLY. AGAIN, THE LIMITING FACTOR THAT WE'RE WORKING WITH RIGHT NOW, FOR THE MOST PART, IS WHEN DO YOU HIT YOUR 90 DAY RESERVE? ON ON YOUR UTILITY FUND.

AND WE'RE, WE'RE THROWING EVERYTHING WE CAN, QUITE FRANKLY, AT EXTENDING THAT AS LONG AS WE POSSIBLY CAN.

WE'RE USING YOUR EXISTING BUILT UP RESERVE THAT YOU HAVE.

WE'RE ALSO USING IMPACT FEE RESERVES TO HELP PAY THE COST OF THE PROJECTS.

SOME OF THE INTEREST COST ON THE PROJECTS THAT HAS BEEN TRADITIONALLY PRINCIPAL COST ONLY. AND SO THAT'S, THAT HELPS RATES.

AND WE'VE DONE THAT FOR A RELATIVELY SHORT PERIOD OF TIME TO HELP SMOOTH THESE RATES A LITTLE BIT. AND YOUR IMPACT FEE FUND BALANCE IS STILL ADEQUATE.

UNDER THE, UNDER BOTH OF THESE SCENARIOS.

SO WE'RE WE'RE TURNING OVER ROCKS.

WE'RE TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO MAKE THIS AS SMOOTH AS POSSIBLE.

BUT AT THE END OF THE DAY, YOU'VE GOT A LOT OF COSTS COMING ONLINE.

AND THOSE ARE GOING TO HAVE TO COME OUT OF RATES IN SOME WAY, SHAPE OR FORM OVER SOME PERIOD OF TIME. IF YOU DON'T HAVE OTHER SPECIFIC SCENARIOS.

AGAIN, WE'LL CONTINUE TO WORK WITH YOUR STAFF ON ON GETTING THE CIP FINALIZED AND PRESENT A RATE PLAN THAT MATCHES THE THE CIP THAT YOU ADOPT.

SO, JAMES, ARE WE LOOKING AT HAVING OUR WASTEWATER CAPACITY OUT WITHIN THE NEXT FIVE YEARS? WHAT DO YOU MEAN BY OUT THERE? LIKE WE'RE GOING TO RUN OUT OF POTENTIAL CAPACITY.

YEAH. WE'LL BE WE'LL BE AT THE 80% WHERE WE HAVE TO START DESIGNING.

I WANT TO SAY I HEARD, LIKE IT'S COMING VERY QUICKLY.

WELL, POTENTIALLY WITH THE NUMBER OF SCARS THAT WE HAVE AND THE PROJECTIONS THAT WE HAVE, IT'S POTENTIAL. I THINK THE BIGGEST ISSUE RIGHT NOW IS THE CAPACITY AT THE CENTRAL PLANT, NOT NECESSARILY THE NEXT PHASE OF CAPACITY AT THE SOUTH PLANT.

BUT THAT'S WHEN I THINK YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT AND THAT IF, IF MATT'S PROJECTIONS ARE RIGHT AND THE DEVELOPMENT COMMUNITY CONTINUES TO MOVE FORWARD LIKE THEY ARE, THEN YEAH, WITHIN ABOUT YOU'RE GOING TO BE BACK ON YOUR DESIGN FOR THE NEXT PHASE.

IF WE DON'T DO DPR OR SOMETHING ELSE THAT WOULD IN YEAR 4 OR 5.

WELL, THEY CAN'T GO MUCH UP HIGHER ON IMPACT FEES BECAUSE IT'S THE FIRST THING EVERYBODY SAYS IS THEY'RE SO HIGH THAT THEY'RE STRUGGLING.

I JUST WONDER IF THERE'S SOMEONE THAT'S USING A LOT OF THAT WATER BECAUSE OUR HOME SALES ARE DOWN, NEW HOMES ARE DOWN, WHAT, 60, 70%? SO IF IT'S DATA CENTERS OR WHOEVER IT IS THAT WE GOT PROJECTED TO USE IT ALL, I KNOW WHEN YOU GOT TO THE MEGA SITE, AS THOSE GUYS ARE COMING THROUGH, I DON'T KNOW IF YOU GUYS NEED TO BE LOOKING AT. THEY'RE USING MORE AND THEY NEED TO PAY MORE. YEAH, YOU CAN DEFINITELY TEAR THE RATES MORE THAN WHAT WE CURRENTLY HAVE IT.

THAT'S NOT UNCOMMON TO DO THAT.

YEAH. PARTICULARLY FROM A CONSERVATION STANDPOINT, BUT ALSO FOR THE COMMERCIAL RATES, YOU CAN YOU CAN HAVE A DRAMATIC YOU CAN HAVE A GREATER IMPACT ON THE COMMERCIAL SIDE.

BUT, YOU KNOW, ALL OF THOSE ARE GIVES AND TAKES AND PULLS AND AND PUSHES.

BECAUSE I KNOW Y'ALL ARE ALSO CONSIDERING, WELL, WHAT IS THE PROPERTY TAX DOING TO THE COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES AND WHAT ARE THE IMPACT FEES DOING. AND SO ON AND SO FORTH.

SO THERE'S A LOT OF MOVING LEVERS, WHICH IS WHY WHICH IS WHY WE WE ASKED TO DO A RATE STUDY. SO WE WOULD ACTUALLY BE ABLE TO GIVE YOU A GOOD PICTURE OF AS MANY OF THE MOVING LEVERS AS WE CAN AND THEN AS COUNCIL MAKES DECISIONS ON.

OKAY, WELL, MAYBE, MAYBE WE DON'T DO THESE NEW CIP PROJECTS OR WHATEVER.

THEN THEN WE KNOW THAT WE DON'T NEED TO ADD ADDITIONAL EXPENSES IN FOR THE NEXT FIVE YEARS. WE PUSH THOSE LATER, SO ON AND SO FORTH.

SO YEAH, BECAUSE I'M THINKING DEVELOPERS PAY ATTENTION TO TAX RATES.

[04:15:02]

IT'S LIKE EVERYBODY ELSE THAT BUYS A HOUSE. WHEN YOU'RE OUT SHOPPING FOR A HOUSE, YOU NEVER ASK, HEY, WHAT'S THE WHAT ARE THEY DOING ANYMORE? BUT THEY TYPICALLY DON'T ASK, WHAT'S THE WATER RATE HERE? AND SO TO ME, BUSINESS IS THE ONE HITTING IT ALL AND CAUSING IT.

YOU CAN'T GO UP ON IMPACT FEES BECAUSE ALL I DO IS BALK AND WE END UP REIMBURSING THEM.

AND SO YOU GET THEM IN, YOU GET THEM DEDICATED TO THE PROJECT.

AND WHEN THEY GET THEIR FIRST WATER BILL, THEN THAT'S WHEN THEY GO, HOLY CRAP. WELL, YEAH, YOU BETTER START WORKING ON YOUR SALES, JUST LIKE WE GOTTA WORK ON OUR COSTS. BUT THE GOOD NEWS IS SOMETHING LIKE THAT.

MORE TO WHERE WE'RE HITTING THEM ON THE RIGHT, HIGHER UP. WHETHER HOWEVER IT'S TIERED. BUT I, AND I ALSO KNOW THIS YOU'VE GOT AT 8000 ACCOUNTS, YOU'VE GOT SAY 7000 HOMES AND YOU'VE GOT, YOU KNOW, 1000 COMMERCIAL. SO I ALSO KNOW THAT HITTING A COMMERCIAL HARD DOESN'T ALL OF A SUDDEN MAKE. RIGHT. YEAH. BUT IF YOU CAN MAKE THE RATE GO UP 5% OR 6% ON THE RESIDENTIAL SIDE AND THE COMMERCIAL SIDE IS GOING UP 1,015%.

WELL, NO OFFENSE TO THEM.

THEY DON'T VOTE US IN. AND SO A LOT OF THEM GOT TAX INCENTIVES OR REBATES OR SOMETHING TO GET IN HERE. SO THEY'RE GOING TO HAVE TO HELP FUND IT. SO SOMEHOW.

SO WE CAN CERTAINLY DO THAT.

AND WE'VE GOT BASELINE PROJECTIONS OBVIOUSLY FOR, FOR GROWTH NOT ONLY ON RESIDENTIAL BUT ALSO ON COMMERCIAL.

WHAT WE DON'T WANT TO DO IS GET AHEAD OF OUR PROJECTIONS, PARTICULARLY ON COMMERCIAL AND BIG COMMERCIAL USERS. IF IT'S A SHERMAN IS ONE OF OUR CLIENTS. THEY'VE GOT, YOU KNOW, HUGE NEW TEA PLANTS GOING IN THERE THAT ARE LITERALLY GOING TO BE USING HALF OF THE WATER FOR THE CITY OF SHERMAN.

THEY PAY ATTENTION TO WATER RATES. BUT, YOU KNOW, THAT'S THAT I AGREE WITH YOU.

GENERALLY SPEAKING, COMMERCIAL ISN'T NECESSARILY PAYING TOO CLOSE ATTENTION TO THE WATER RATES. AND THEY DO CAUSE A SIGNIFICANT PORTION OF THE COST, PARTICULARLY THE HEAVY USERS.

IT'S ONE OF THE REASONS WHY YOU, LIKE MOST, HAVE A MUCH HIGHER BASE CHARGE BASED ON THE LARGER METER SIZE, BECAUSE THEY HAVE A LARGER COST CAUSATION.

WE CALL IT OF OF WHAT'S WHAT.

IT'S ACTUALLY COST YOU TO GO THROUGH THE SYSTEM. WE CAN CERTAINLY DESIGN A RATE PLAN THAT HAS A DIFFERENT A DIFFERENT ESCALATOR FOR COMMERCIAL VERSUS RESIDENTIAL.

AGAIN, AS YOU POINTED OUT, MAYOR, YOU KNOW, 67% OF YOUR OF YOUR VOLUME IS RESIDENTIAL, SO YOU CAN'T MAKE ALL OF IT UP WITH THE 12, 15%. THAT'S COMMERCIAL.

BUT YOU CAN MAKE SOME OF IT UP AND, AND WE CAN, WE CAN RUN A DESIGN THAT, THAT, YOU KNOW, AS A SCENARIO TO LOOK AND SEE. OKAY. WHAT WHAT DOES THAT WHAT DOES THAT LOOK LIKE? WHAT WE WHAT WE HAVE A HARDER TIME DOING IS ANTICIPATING WHAT A FUTURE COMMERCIAL USER MIGHT BE BRINGING TO THE TABLE.

WE DON'T WANT TO COUNT ON THAT REVENUE AND HAVE RESIDENTIAL RATES ARTIFICIALLY LOW, BASED ON A HOPE THAT A LARGE COMMERCIAL USER WILL COME AND THEN THEY DON'T, AND THEN YOU'RE BACK IN THE SITUATION. SO I AGREE WITH THAT.

YEAH, I CONCUR THAT HAVING SOME ACTION FOR GETTING SOME TIERED TIER SCENARIOS FOR LARGE USERS, AND MAYBE EVEN TYPES OF USERS.

I KNOW IN THE SEMICONDUCTOR INDUSTRY THEY LIVE ON, THEY LIVE ON WATER DATA CENTERS.

IS COOLING INCENTIVIZING THEM TO RECYCLE AND REUSE WATER AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE.

BUT I'M NOT A WATER TECHNOLOGIST, BUT TIERED BY BY VOLUME AND TIERED BY TYPE OF USE. SO THE THE TYPE, THE TYPE OF USE IS SOMETHING THAT FROM FROM A STATE OF TEXAS WATER LAW PERSPECTIVE GETS DICEY.

OKAY. WE CAN DO IT ON WHAT WE CALL CLASSIFICATIONS OF USERS.

SO COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL, RESIDENTIAL, MULTIFAMILY THOSE KINDS OF THINGS, WE CAN DO THAT. CLEARLY, THE STATE HAS BEEN SUPPORTIVE OF THAT TIME AND TIME AGAIN. IF YOU START TARGETING SPECIFIC USERS THAT'S WHERE YOU'RE LIKELY TO GET INTO SOME TROUBLE MORE THAN I. I LIKE THAT, THOUGH, BECAUSE LIKE THE INDUSTRIALS, WE'VE POURED TENS OF MILLIONS INTO THE, YOU KNOW, THE MEGA SITE, BUT WE DO THE MEGA SITE.

WATER AND WASTEWATER LINES BECAUSE WE'RE SUPPOSED TO BE ATTRACTING COMPANIES.

AND SO I THINK IF WE YEAH, LOOK AT SOMETHING LIKE HITTING THE INDUSTRIAL PEOPLE MORE CATEGORIES.

YEAH. YEAH WE CAN DO THAT BY BY CUSTOMER CLASS.

AND WE CAN HAVE A ANOTHER SCENARIO.

WE CAN RUN ANOTHER SCENARIO THAT LOOKS AT THAT.

AND THEN, YOU KNOW, DISCUSS THAT WITH STAFF AND SEE WHERE THAT SHAKES OUT.

AND WE'D HAVE TO RUN THAT AGAINST YOUR, YOUR CURRENT USE OBVIOUSLY, AND FIGURE OUT HOW MUCH REVENUE DOES THAT DOES THAT GENERATE THAT CAN HELP OFFSET OTHER COSTS. AND LOOK TO SEE LOOK TO SEE WHAT THAT IS.

THAT'S I'LL JUST TELL YOU BECAUSE WE'RE SQUEEZING A BALLOON YOU SQUEEZE HERE AND IT HAS TO COME OUT SOMEWHERE ELSE.

THAT TO GET TO THESE METRICS OF MAINTAINING YOUR 90 DAY FUND BALANCE AND THOSE KINDS OF THINGS, THAT PROBABLY DOESN'T LOOK LIKE A 3 OR 4% RESIDENTIAL INCREASE.

[04:20:02]

YEAH. YEAH. IT'S IT'S HARD, BUT BUT IT CAN PROBABLY GET LOWER THAN 12.

AND MAYBE ALSO I DON'T THINK WE'RE GOING TO MAKE MUCH OF AN IMPACT BY JUST BASE CHARGE ON INDUSTRIAL. I THINK WE ALSO HAVE TO LOOK AT VOLUME WHEN YOU GET, YOU KNOW, ABOVE, WHATEVER IT IS, 15,000 GALLONS OR, YOU KNOW, I DON'T WANT TO HIT THE PEOPLE AT THE SWIMMING POOL. BUT WHEN YOU GET TO THE GUY THAT'S PUMPING A LOT OF WATER. YEAH. I THINK AT SOME POINT THEY'RE GOING TO I MEAN, UNFORTUNATELY. YEAH. YEAH.

BASE BASE MAKES, GENERALLY SPEAKING ON INDUSTRIAL BASE MAKES UP A SMALL PORTION OF THEIR OVERALL BILL. MOST OF THEIR BILL IS COMING FROM THE VOLUME FEES.

THANK YOU. SO MAKING A YOU'RE MAKING A MOTION.

YEAH. I'D LIKE TO MAKE A MOTION TO LOOK AT ADDITIONAL SCENARIOS THAT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT LARGE USERS AND CLASSIFICATION OF USERS.

THAT IS WITHIN THE LAW, OF COURSE, VOLUME AS WELL.

YEAH. VOLUME USERS AND CLASSIFICATIONS I THINK IS THE TERM.

A SECOND SECOND. ANY DISCUSSION? ALL RIGHT. HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. COUNCIL MEMBER.

PORTERFIELD. AYE. COUNCIL MEMBER.

GORDON. AYE. COUNCIL MEMBER.

KING. AYE. MAYOR. SNYDER.

AYE. COUNCIL MEMBER. MAURICE.

AYE. MAYOR PRO TEM. THORNTON.

AYE. COUNCIL MEMBER. THOMPSON.

AYE. MOTION PASSES SEVEN ZERO.

THANK YOU. THANK YOU. SIR.

[9.5. Presentation of the June 2025 financial report (Alberta Barrett)]

IF PEOPLE GOT QUESTIONS, THEY CAN.

THEY CAN EMAIL YOU LATER.

THERE'S NO OBJECTIONS.

AT 1123, WE TELL YOU. ALL RIGHT.

IF THERE'S NO OBJECTIONS, I'D LIKE TO MOVE ON TO.

[11.2. Consideration and possible action on Resolution No. R-2025-173 to approve Hotel Occupancy Tax funds use for Fiscal Year 2026. (Alberta Barrett)]

HEARING NONE, WE'LL GO TO ITEM 11 TWO CONSIDERATION.

POSSIBLE ACTION ON RESOLUTION NUMBER R, DASH 2025.

DASH 173 TO APPROVE HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAX FUNDS USE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2026.

MARY CAUGHT ME OFF GUARD.

I'M SORRY. NO, WE'RE JUST JUMPING ALL AROUND TONIGHT.

I KNOW I WASN'T PREPARED TO COME RIGHT BACK, SO SORRY.

NO. NO WORRIES. SO ALBERTA BARRETT, FINANCE DIRECTOR, FOR THE RECORD. SO THIS IS OUR REALLY FIRST YEAR TO AS Y'ALL HAD APPROVED THE APPLICATION PROCESS AND POST EVENT FORM.

SOME MONTHS AGO WE HELD OUR FIRST OPENING FOR APPLICATIONS FOR HOT TAX FUNDS FOR THE USES OF THOSE. SO WE RECEIVED SIX APPLICATIONS.

THEY RANGED OR TOTALED $185,213.55.

SO WE HAD AN INTERNAL REVIEW COMMITTEE THAT CONSISTED OF THE DIRECTOR OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT MYSELF THE DIRECTOR OF PARKS AND RECREATION AND THE ASSISTANT TO THE CITY MANAGER REVIEW THE APPLICATIONS.

WE DID IT ON A SCORING BASIS BASED ON THEIR CATEGORIES OF WHAT THEY WERE REQUESTING.

SO TWO OF THE APPLICATIONS, TWO OF THE SIX WERE PROMOTION OF ARTS.

AND SO BY THE LAW, THE MAXIMUM THAT YOU CAN SPEND OUT OF YOUR CURRENT YEAR HOT TAX REVENUES IS 15%, WHICH EQUALED $48,460.

SO THOSE TWO APPLICANTS WE DID FUND AT THE 48,460 MAX AVAILABLE, AND THAT WAS THE THE HEART OF TEXAS THE HAT, AS WE CALL IT.

AND FOR THEIR MURAL FESTIVAL.

SO 45,966 66 WILL BE FROM THE PROMOTION OF ARTS, AND THEN 15,000 WILL BE FOR MARKETING AND ADVERTISING THAT PROGRAM.

THE OTHER PROMOTION OF ARTS IS 2492 94, WHICH IS FOR THE COMMUNITY CONNECTIONS FAIR ART MURAL THROUGH THE CITY OF HUTTO.

SO THE NEXT CRITICAL PIECE IS WE'RE REQUIRED TO SPEND ONE SEVENTH OF YOUR ANNUAL HOT TAX

[04:25:04]

SO THE MAXIMUM OR EXCUSE ME, THE MINIMUM THAT WE HAVE TO SPEND FOR THE PROGRAMS PROMOTING AND ATTRACTING TOURISTS TO THE CITY OR TO OUR LOCAL AREA IS ONE THAT ONE SEVENTH OF THAT 323, WHICH COMES TO 46,152.

AND SO WE'RE MEETING THAT BY FUNDING THE REST OF THE APPLICANTS.

AS YOU CAN SEE THERE, TO ADVERTISING AND MARKETING THE PROGRAM 10,000 TO THE TRAIL FEST 38,725 FOR TRAIL OF LIGHTS, 23,988 55 FOR THE, CRAWL AND THEN 7500 FOR THE HOLIDAY MARKET.

SO IN TOTAL, WE'RE FUNDING 143,673.

BASED ON WHAT OUR FUND BALANCE WAS AS OF NINE, 30, 24, YOU HAD 1,000,051 494 MINUS THE EXPENSES THAT WE ARE ALREADY PAID OUT THIS YEAR, PLUS THESE THAT WERE RECOMMENDING AT 143, 673 WILL LEAVE YOU $867,830 AS A FUND BALANCE PROJECTED.

AGAIN, THESE WILL BE ON A REIMBURSEMENT BASIS.

SO AFTER THEY HOLD THEIR EVENT, THEY HAVE TO COMPLETE THE POST EVENT FORM WITHIN A CERTAIN TIME FRAME AND THEN SUBMIT IT TO THE CITY FOR REIMBURSEMENT.

AND SO THEN WE'LL EVALUATE BASED ON THOSE EXPENSES AND THE RECEIPTS, IF THEY MET, WHAT THEIR APPLICATION STATED AND HOW WE FUNDED THEM, WE HAVE TO SPEND 46,152.

AND WE BUDGETED ONE. 43.

SIX. 73. 15. THAT'S WHAT WE'RE RECOMMENDING TO SPEND.

AND THEN THAT STILL LEAVES YOU 179,000 THAT DIDN'T GET SPENT OUT OF THAT.

THREE. 23. SO THAT WILL JUST ROLL OVER INTO YOUR FUND BALANCE.

WHAT DOES THE HSC IN FRONT OF TRAIL FEST REPRESENT? I THINK THAT'S THE HIPPO SOCIAL CLUB THAT WE KNOW WITH THE WEIRD ACRONYMS. SORRY I HATE IS TODAY.

CO IS CITY OF HUTTO. YES.

WHAT'S H'S WHO'S WHO'S RUNNING THE TRAIL FEST I GUESS IS HIPPO SOCIAL CLUB.

HIPPO SOCIAL CLUB. OH AND THEY'RE DOING AN OUTDOOR WELLNESS.

YEAH, YEAH, THEY'RE UP ON LIMMER.

OKAY. SO WHO WILL ACTUALLY RUN THE EVENTS? WILL IT BE CITY STAFF OR WILL IT BE NONPROFITS? IF IT IS A CITY APPLICATION.

SO IF IT'S LIKE THE TRAIL OF LIGHTS, THEN IN THESE TWO CASES IT'S PARKS AND RECREATION AND COMMUNITY AND CULTURE.

BUT IF IT'S AN OUTSIDE ORGANIZATION ORGANIZATION, THEN THEY, THEY PUT ON THE EVENT WE DON'T ACTUALLY PARTICIPATE IN.

SO FOR THE CITY OF HUTTO EVENTS, IF WE REDUCE THE AMOUNT, WOULD THAT OPEN UP FOR NONPROFITS TO RUN THE EVENT? FOR NONPROFITS, YOU MEAN TO APPLY? IT POSSIBLY COULD. YOU KNOW, THIS YEAR IT WOULDN'T, BECAUSE WE'RE FUNDING ALL THE APPLICATIONS THAT WE GOT.

OH, OKAY. OKAY. BUT AS THIS PROGRAM GROWS THE EVALUATION AND THE RATING SYSTEM THAT WE HAVE, THE POINT SYSTEM WOULD BE MORE CRITICAL.

AND THEN WE COULD EVALUATE IF, YOU KNOW, I MEAN, THAT WOULD HAVE TO BE A DECISION MADE.

MAYBE WE DON'T FUND AS MANY CITY PROJECTS TO MAKE IT AVAILABLE TO OUTSIDE.

BUT WE'RE NOT THERE YET.

RIGHT. OKAY. CAN YOU ELABORATE MORE? WHAT? YOU'RE WHAT YOU WERE THINKING THERE.

JUST SO WE KNOW. I THINK I SAID IT.

I MEAN, I'M I THINK IT'S PRETTY CLEAR JUST HAVING NONPROFITS RUN IT TO MAKE MONEY OFF OF IT OR JUST RUN IT TO SAVE STAFF TIME.

I MEAN, I GUESS THAT WOULD BE UP TO THE NONPROFIT, WHAT THEIR AGENDA WOULD BE.

I WAS TRYING TO WORK WITH THEM ON THIS. WHAT WHAT I THINK I WAS HOPING HE WAS GOING FOR, AND I DON'T KNOW, IS ONE OF THE ISSUES I'VE HAD OVER TIME IS THE CITY PUTS ON EVENTS AND WE PAY. LIKE FOR INSTANCE 4TH OF JULY GOT RAINED OUT, BUT WE HAD DRINK VENDORS THAT WERE NOT FROM HUTTO AND THERE WAS NONPROFITS THAT IN OTHER COMMUNITIES ARE THE ONES THAT ARE SELLING THE DRINKS AND MAKING THE MONEY SO THAT THEY HAVE LESS OF A NEED. AND THEN WE HAVE LESS OF A COST IN SOME OF THIS.

OR LIKE BEFORE WE PAID ONE YEAR, WE PAID $5,000 FOR PEOPLE TO DUMP TRASH CANS.

WHEN I THOUGHT, MY GOD, YOU COULDN'T FIND A BOY SCOUT.

[04:30:02]

I THOUGHT WE WERE RICH AND SO LITTLE THINGS LIKE THAT.

I THINK WE'VE GOT TO START GETTING INTO TO WHERE SOME OF THESE GROUPS WANT MONEY.

HOW DO WE GET IT TO WHERE YOU CAN GET MONEY? BUT WE NEED A LITTLE BIT OF WORK FROM YOU.

AND IN DOING THAT, WE'RE JUST SHIFTING COSTS AROUND.

BUT I DON'T KNOW IF THAT'S WHERE YOU'RE GOING.

THAT'S WHY I WAS BRINGING IT UP. OKAY.

THE CRAWL. I'VE ALWAYS BEEN TOLD WE MAKE MONEY ON THE CRAWL.

SO IS THE IDEA HERE THAT WE'LL USE 24,000 AND THIS FUND, AND THEN THE REVENUES FROM THE CRAWL WILL GO INTO THE GENERAL FUND.

OR DO WE LITERALLY SPEND $24,000? IT'S A LOSS. NO, I THINK IN THIS PARTICULAR CASE THE REVENUE WOULD BE GENERATED WOULD GO INTO THE GENERAL FUND BECAUSE IT'S NOT HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAX TO GO BACK TO REPLACE THIS.

THE ONLY THING THAT REVENUE THAT THE HOTEL FUND RECEIVES IS JUST FROM HOTEL MOTEL TAX OCCUPANCY RECEIPTS. YEAH, RIGHT.

SO IT WOULDN'T GO BACK INTO THERE.

I DIDN'T THINK IT'D GO BACK IN. I JUST WONDERED WHY WE'RE DOING IT. BECAUSE IF AN EVENT COSTS 25,000, WE MAKE 30.

TO ME, THE BUDGET OUGHT TO BE -5000, BECAUSE YOU'RE GOING TO SPEND 25 AND MAKE 30.

BUT IF WE'RE SPENDING 24 OUT OF THIS FUND AND THEN PUTTING IT IN OVER HERE.

MY CONCERN ON ALL THIS STUFF IS THAT OTHER CITIES HAVE USED THEIR HOT FUNDS TO FUND THINGS, LIKE WE TALKED BEFORE.

AND THERE'S SOME NEW COUNCIL MEMBERS. WE TALKED BEFORE WE COULD BUILD A WITH HOT FUNDS. ROUND ROCK IS THAT'S HOW THEY BUILT THEIR STADIUM AND HOW THEY IMPROVE.

IT IS HOT FUNDS. WE COULD BUILD A NOT A COMMUNITY CENTER, BUT A. CONVENTION LIKE A CONVENTION CENTER THAT'S SMALLER THAT PEOPLE CAN MAYBE USE.

ALSO, BECAUSE CONVENTION CENTERS DO HAVE MEETINGS AND THERE'S THINGS LIKE THAT.

SO I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT TO USE SOME MONEY FOR SOME THINGS, BUT I THINK WE OUGHT TO BE WORKING ON A PLAN TO WHERE THERE'S SOME INFRASTRUCTURE WE COULD START BUDGETING. THE ONLY RECOMMENDATION I HAVE IS THAT ELIZABETH AND LIZZIE ARE GOING TO LOOK AT ME. HOPEFULLY NOT TO MEAN, BUT FOR ME, WE DID SAVE 15% TO THE ARTS, AND SO WE OUGHT TO STOP IT AT 15%.

AND IF WE GO 15% ON ONE AND THEN MOVE COST TO ANOTHER, I DO THINK THAT KIND OF THAT'S KIND OF NOT WHAT THE INTENTION WAS WHEN I WAS PUSHING 15% GO TO THE ARTS, IT WAS THIS YEAR IT'S GOING TO BE 40 SOMETHING THOUSAND NEXT YEAR, A BIGGER HOTEL, YOU'LL HAVE 55 AND YOU'LL HAVE MORE AND YOU'LL HAVE MORE.

AND SO THAT'S THE ONLY THING I'D LIKE TO SEE.

MAYBE CHANGE JUST MY OPINION.

IT'S JUST BECAUSE THE SPIRIT OF IT FOR ME WAS 15% TO THE ARTS, AND AND THEY'RE GETTING THE BULK OF IT, AND NO ONE ELSE IS GETTING ANY BUT THEM.

SO I THINK THAT'S A HUGE WIN STILL BUT.

STILL LIKE YOU? I DON'T KNOW, CAN YOU SAY IT IN PUBLIC WITHOUT IT? YES, ABSOLUTELY. OH, IF YOU WANT, IF YOU WANT TO COME UP.

YEAH. YOU JUST HAD TO STATE YOUR NAME.

AND IF YOU WERE AT EDC, IT'D BE NAME, BIRTH DATE, BLOOD TYPE, ADDRESS. BUT HERE, YOU JUST HAVE TO HAVE YOUR NAME. ELIZABETH.

NORA. WHAT ELSE INFORMATION DO YOU NEED? OKAY. I THINK YOUR WHAT YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT WITH THE ARTS, AND WE'RE TALKING ABOUT A MURAL FESTIVAL, RIGHT? SO. BUT SO THEY SEPARATED THAT OUT.

AND MARKETING. WHEN YOU THINK ABOUT THE COST OF A FESTIVAL, IT IS VERY COSTLY AS YOU SEE WHICH WITH HOW MUCH IS GIVEN TO THE OTHER FESTIVALS THAT ARE GOING ON THAT ARE NOT ARTS, RIGHT? I BELIEVE OUR FESTIVAL IS ACTUALLY GOING TO COST A LOT MORE.

AND IT'S GOING TO BRING A LOT MORE.

BUT YOU'RE NOT JUST FUNDING THE ART PORTION, YOU'RE FUNDING THE FESTIVAL PORTION.

RIGHT? IT'S NOT LIKE YOU'RE JUST BRINGING IN SEVERAL MURALS OR SEVERAL SCULPTURES AND THAT'S IT. YOU'RE BRINGING IN AN ENTIRE EVENT.

DOES THAT MAKE SENSE? YOU WERE AT AN EVENT I PUT ON.

BELIEVE ME I KNOW WHAT IT COSTS TO PUT ON AN EVENT.

YEAH, I MEAN, JUST. BUT YOU KNOW WHAT I'M SAYING? FROM MY POINT, IF WE SAY, HEY, LET'S GIVE 15% TO THE ARTS AND IT COMES BACK, 15% IS GOING TO GO TO THIS PART.

AND THEN WE NEED MARKETING HELP ON THIS PART.

IT'S KIND OF LIKE IT'S NOT EXACTLY 15%.

AND THEN THE PROBLEM IS, IS THAT OTHER PEOPLE.

MY FEAR IS ALWAYS OTHER PEOPLE.

AND THEN I DON'T KNOW, I MEAN, I FEEL LIKE IF WE WERE TO DO A DIFFERENT TYPE OF FESTIVAL AND NOT CALL IT AN ART FESTIVAL, WE WOULD HAVE GOTTEN MORE FUNDING.

WE PROBABLY GOT LESS BECAUSE I ALREADY THINK THE CITY SPENDS TOO MUCH MONEY ON THERE.

[04:35:01]

I GUESS IT DEPENDS ON WHAT YOU ARE DEFINING AS SPECIFICALLY THE ARTS.

AND YOU KNOW, IF WHAT TYPE AND HOW YOU WANT TO BRING IT TO THE, TO THE CITY. I DON'T KNOW.

IT'S NOT JUST LIKE I SAID, IT'S NOT JUST A PIECE OF ART.

NO, NO, I ANTICIPATE YOU'VE GOT TO HAVE JOHNNY ON THE SPOT.

YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE SECURITY.

YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE TO PUT UP BARRIERS.

YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE TO I MEAN, YOU KNOW. YEAH. I MEAN, YOU GUYS KNOW ENTERTAINMENT. BUT IT'S ALL FOCUSED AROUND LIKE ARTISTS FEAR OR SOMETHING.

IT'S ALL FOCUSED AROUND ART, BUT.

RIGHT. YEAH. I MEAN, IT'S IT'S I DON'T KNOW, IT'S ONLY 15 GRAND.

AND SO IT'S NOT IT'S NOT A HUGE DEAL TO ME, BUT I, I GRIPE TO HIM ABOUT $5 OVER BUDGET.

SO I MEAN, WELL, I MEAN, IT'S LIKE I FEEL LIKE 15 GRAND.

I DO FEEL LIKE THERE IS A DIFFERENCE MARKETING VERSUS THE ART EVENT.

I MEAN, I DON'T KNOW, I GUESS IT DEPENDS ON HOW YOU WANT TO SLICE IT. YEAH. AND I HEAR YOU AND I ALSO WONDER, IS THERE A WAY THAT WHEN WE'RE DOING SOME OF THESE THINGS THAT IF WE START IF WE START WORKING IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE IDEA OF MAYBE THE CITY KIND OF OVER YEARS PULLING BACK ON EVENTS AND OTHER PEOPLE DOING THEM.

BLESS YOU. IS THERE NOT A WAY FOR US TO MAYBE DO SOME MARKETING, LIKE INTERNALLY ON OUR SIDE, WHERE IF A VIDEO NEEDS TO BE MADE, WE CAN MOVE OUR STAFF AROUND ON PROJECTS TO WHERE AS LONG AS WE'RE PARTNERED ON THEM, IT'S LIKE, YEAH, IT'S NOT INAPPROPRIATE FOR US AS LONG AS WE'RE PARTNERING, RIGHT? SO AND IT'S USUALLY GENERALLY NONPROFIT AND FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMMUNITY, THOSE SORTS OF THINGS. THANK YOU.

THANK YOU. SO CONSISTENT.

SO I'LL MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE RESOLUTION 2020 5-173.

SECOND. MOTION BY COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON, SECONDED BY COUNCILMEMBER MORSE.

YEAH. SO I'VE GOT A QUESTION. SO THE OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING COMMITTEE CHOSE TO NOT FUND THE $10,000 REQUESTED UNDER EAF FUNDS FOR THE COMMUNITY ARTS SHOW.

DO WE WANT TO CONSIDER AMENDING THIS MOTION TO ADD IN $10,000 FOR THEM TO DO THAT? I'LL DO THAT. BECAUSE WE HAD WE HAD TALKED ABOUT POTENTIALLY FUNDING THAT THROUGH HOT FUNDS. SO JUST PUTTING THAT ON TODAY.

SO THE QUESTION IS THEY COULD ONLY THAT WOULD ONLY WORK IF THEY'RE GOING TO SPEND ANOTHER $10,000 ON MARKETING, BECAUSE WE CAN'T GO ABOVE THE LIMIT ON ARTS SPENDING, RIGHT. THAT WE HAVE. RIGHT.

OH, I THOUGHT WE HAD MONEY LEFT OVER THAT.

WE WEREN'T THAT WE WEREN'T HITTING THE MAX. ARE WE HITTING THE THE TOTAL HOT FUNDS BUT NOT, OH, 15% ALLOCATED FUNDING.

THAT'S OKAY. WE WE EXCEEDED THE 15%.

SO WE MOVED MONEY INTO MARKETING IN AN EFFORT TO GET THEM MORE MONEY.

OH, GOTCHA. SO WE'VE HIT A LIMIT ON THE REQUEST WAS FOR MORE.

I MEAN, MAYBE JUST TO SAY IT A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENTLY.

MAYOR SORRY, BUT THEY REQUESTED 100,000.

AND IN THAT REQUEST, 15,000 OF IT WAS MARKETING AND ADVERTISING THEIR FESTIVAL.

WHAT REALLY PERTAINED TO PROMOTION OF THE ARTS WAS THE 45,966 THAT WE COULD FUND TO HIT THE MAX AT 15%. SO THEIR PROMOTION OF THE ARTS AND THEIR REQUEST WAS MORE THAN WHAT THE 15% MAX IS. SO WE HAD TO CAP THEM AT THAT.

BUT YOU'RE FUNDING IT FROM ANOTHER SOURCE? NO, LET ME TRY. SO THANK YOU.

100,000 REQUEST, 85,000 OF THAT IS PROMOTION OF THE ARTS.

15,000 WAS FOR MARKETING.

SO THE 85,000 WAS CAPPED BY THE 40 BY THE 15%.

SO THEY COULD ONLY GO UP TO 48,000.

SO THE 85 WAS FUNDED AT WHAT IS THAT LIKE 60%.

AND THEN THE 15,000 OF THE 100,000 WAS FUNDED AT 100%, BECAUSE IT WASN'T CAPPED BY THE 15%.

THERE'S NOT A CAP ON THAT CATEGORY.

SO THIS PROJECT THAT THEY WANT TO DO FOR THE COMMUNITY ART SHOW WOULD FALL UNDER MARKETING OR WHY WOULD THAT FALL? THEY SAID THEY NEEDED 15,000 FOR MARKETING AND THEY'RE GETTING IT.

WHAT ALBERTA IS SAYING IS WE CAN'T BASED ON OUR POLICY, WE CAN'T GIVE ANY MORE MONEY TO THE ARTS.

THE ONLY WAY WE COULD FUND THAT IS IF IT WAS A 100% MARKETING ITEM, AND THEN WE COULD SAY WE'RE NOT SPENDING MORE THAN 15% ON THE ARTS.

WE'RE SPENDING 50% OF THE ARTS AND MORE.

[04:40:01]

TRAILER I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT ONE IS, BUT TRAILER LIGHTS THAT WE PUT ON WAS 38,000.

THE HIPPO CRAWL, WHICH IS 1000 PEOPLE.

THAT'S 24,000. YEAH, BUT THEY'RE NOT PROMOTION OF ARTS.

NO, I KNOW, BUT I MEAN FROM FROM THE ART OF FROM JUST FROM AN EVENT BEING PUT ON $48,000 WOULD BE THE MOST EXPENSIVE EVENT WE DO. AND THAT'S REALLY MORE THAN 48.

YEAH, THEY'RE GETTING 60,009, 66 IN THIS RECOMMENDATION.

YEAH, THEY'RE GETTING 48.

AND THEN PLUS PLUS PLUS MARKETING.

YEAH. PLUS THE MARKETING. THAT ONE EVENT WILL COST MORE THAN ALMOST AS MUCH AS ALL THE OTHER EVENTS COMBINED.

AND IT'S NOT REALLY IT WAS 45 PLUS THE MARKETING BECAUSE THERE'S A PORTION OF THAT THAT'S A DIFFERENT ART EVENT. BUT YEAH, SO YES, THE 60,000 IS GREATER THAN ANY OTHER INDIVIDUAL AND IT IS MORE THAN TRAIL OF LOTS AND THE CRAWL COMBINED, IT'S NOT MORE THAN THE TRAIL FEST TRAIL OF LOTS AND CRAWL COMBINED.

OKAY. SO NO COMMUNITY.

SORRY. YOU'RE NOT DOING THAT ONE.

OKAY, SO WHAT WAS THE MOTION AGAIN? IF SOMEBODY COULD PROVE, AS PRESENTED BY THOMPSON AND MORRIS MR. PROOF WAS PRESENTED. OKAY.

PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. COUNCIL MEMBER KING BY MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON.

AYE. COUNCILMEMBER GORDON.

AYE. MAYOR. SNYDER. AYE.

COUNCILMEMBER. MORRIS.

AYE. COUNCILMEMBER. THOMPSON.

AYE. COUNCILMEMBER. PORTERFIELD.

AYE. AYE. MOTION PASSES SEVEN ZERO.

THANK YOU. NOW, CAN I ASK A PROCEDURAL QUESTION ON THAT? YEAH. SO Y'ALL EFFECTIVELY HAVE ACCEPTED THE RECOMMENDATIONS.

I STILL BUDGET THEM. AND THEN THERE'S STILL THE OPPORTUNITY THAT IT DOESN'T GET BUDGETED IN THE BUDGET PROCESS.

OKAY. JUST LIKE THE SAME ISSUE WE WERE TALKING ABOUT WITH THE WITH THE OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING, IT'S THE ONLY WAY TO DRAG THE BUDGET OUT TILL 5:00 IN THE MORNING IS I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT Y'ALL KNOW THAT IT STILL HAS TO GET APPROVED IN THE ACTUAL BUDGET. OKAY. ALL RIGHT.

OKAY. WE'RE GOING TO CONSENT.

[10. CONSENT AGENDA ITEMS]

ALL RIGHT. WE'VE GOT ITEMS. TEN ONE, TEN, TWO, TEN, THREE, TEN FOUR, TEN FIVE AND TEN SIX UP FOR CONSIDERATION. I'D LIKE TO PULL ITEM TEN ONE, ACTUALLY. NEVER MIND. MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE.

MOTION BY COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON.

I HAVE A SECOND. SO WE'RE NOT PULLING ANYTHING? NO. I'M GONNA LOOK UP THE THING REAL QUICK.

OKAY. AND I SECOND. SECOND BY MAURICE.

I GOT A NOTE ON PAGE TEN.

SORRY. REAL QUICK. PAGE TEN.

PAGE 94. I SHOULD HAVE TAKEN BETTER NOTES ANYTIME I 10.1. YEAH. 10.1 I HAVE A NOTE PAGE TEN AND PAGE 94 AND I PUT FUNDS.

I THINK IT WAS AN ISSUE WITH A QUESTION ON THE YOU DON'T HAVE TO PULL IT TO ASK A QUESTION, I DON'T THINK. YEAH, YEAH, THAT'S MY POINT.

YOU CAN JUST ASK THE QUESTION. YEAH, YEAH.

THAT'S WHY I WAS TRYING TO LOOK REAL QUICK. I DON'T KNOW, WHATEVER IT WAS, IT HAD SOMETHING TO DO BESIDES THE 1295 WHICH YOU GOT FIGURED OUT SAYS 3.5 NON APPROPRIATION IS AT THE END OF THE CITY FISCAL YEAR.

IF THE CITY COUNCIL DOES NOT APPROPRIATE SUFFICIENT FUNDS.

IS THAT WHAT YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT? THAT IS ON PAGE 94.

NO, I BELIEVE IT WAS IN THERE.

OKAY. SORRY. IF YOU GUYS GIVE ME, LIKE, 30 MORE SECONDS HERE.

I BELIEVE IT WAS IN. IT WAS IN THEIR CONTRACT.

I KNOW WHAT IT IS. OKAY.

YEAH. HERE WE GO. SO THE QUESTION IS, WHAT PAGE? I DON'T THINK THIS CONTRACT CAN BE EXECUTED.

AND WELL, YOU NEED TO MAKE A MOTION TO RECALL OR TO PULL IT BECAUSE WE ALREADY HAVE A MOTION AND A SECOND. ASK A QUESTION FIRST.

ALL RIGHT. SO YEAH. SORRY.

PAGE TEN, WHICH IS ACTUALLY PAGE 76 OF THE PACKET BECAUSE YOU GO TO THE CONTRACT WE'VE BEEN TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW DO YOU GET THESE PROJECTS TO HAPPEN ON TIME.

WHAT'S THE CONSEQUENCES.

SO I WAS LIKE, WELL, WHEN I READ THROUGH THE CONTRACT, IT SAID, WELL, YOU GOT TO GO TO LIKE APPENDIX A TO FIGURE OUT WHEN THE THING WAS GOING TO BE HAVE TO BE COMPLETED BY.

[04:45:01]

SERVICES ARE TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACT WITHIN 14 DAYS AFTER RECEIVING THE NOTICE TO PROCEED UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED TO IN WRITING.

I THINK THERE'S AN ERROR IN THAT BECAUSE YOU CAN'T PERFORM.

YOU CAN'T DO IT IN 14 DAYS.

ONE, IT EXPIRED TWO DAYS AGO, BUT.

SO YEAH, WE COULD AMEND IT TO PULL OUT TEN ONE BECAUSE ANY OBJECTIONS TO THAT? MOTION. YES. I'M FINE.

ARE YOU OKAY? COUNCILMAN THOMPSON JUST AMENDED IN THE NOTICE TO PROCEED FOR AUGUST 1ST. WELL, I GOT I GOT SOME OTHER STUFF ON THAT ONE.

ALL RIGHT, SO THE MOTION JUST TO APPROVE TEN, TWO TO TO TEN, TWO TO THROUGH TEN SIX AS PRESENTED.

ANY DISCUSSION ON THAT? HEARING NONE. PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. COUNCIL MEMBER. THOMPSON. AYE.

MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON.

AYE. COUNCIL MEMBER. MAURICE.

AYE. MAYOR. SNYDER. AYE.

COUNCIL MEMBER. GORDON. AYE.

COUNCIL MEMBER. PORTERFIELD. AYE.

A COUNCIL MEMBER KING.

AYE. MOTION PASSES SEVEN ZERO.

THAT BRINGS UP ITEM TEN ONE.

[10.1. Consideration and possible action on Resolution No. R-2025-169 awarding Mill and Overlay paving projects, identified in the pavement condition study, located in Hutto Old Town, CR 132 and Carl Stern area in the amount of $732,434.50, funded by the street maintenance and repair fund, to Bennett Paving, Inc. (Rick Coronado)]

DASH 169. AWARDING MILL AND OVERLAY PAVING PROJECTS IDENTIFIED AND PAVEMENT CONDITION STUDY LOCATED IN OLD TOWN, KR 132 AND CARLSTON AREA IN THE AMOUNT OF $732,434.50, FUNDED BY THE STREET MAINTENANCE REPAIR FUND TO BENNETT PAVING INCORPORATED.

SOME. OVERALL, I WAS TRYING TO FIND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.

I WAS TRYING TO FIND WHEN THEY HAD TO GET ALL THIS WORK DONE, AND I DIDN'T SEE ANY OF THAT IN THIS CONTRACT. AND SO WHAT I WAS REALLY WONDERING IS WHAT IS OUR WHAT'S OUR PLAN FOR THESE ROADS? WHEN ARE THEY GOING TO START HITTING THEM, AND WHEN CAN WE TELL PEOPLE THEY'RE GOING TO BE DONE? BECAUSE ONE OF MY CONCERNS HAS BEEN WE APPROVE A CONTRACT AND THEN IT NEVER STARTS OR WE DON'T HAVE AN END DATE.

AND THIS ONE HERE SEEMED LIKE IT DIDN'T HAVE A START DATE, IT DIDN'T HAVE AN END DATE THAT MATCHED UP, AND I DIDN'T SEE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IN HERE FOR WHEN THESE GUYS DON'T HIT IT. AND I'LL TAKE BETTER NOTES NEXT TIME.

IF YOU'RE GOING TO BE HERE THIS LATE, I GOTTA ASK YOU ONE QUESTION. I KNOW RICK, PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR.

WE'LL START WITH YOUR FIRST ITEM.

WHEN THE COMPLETION OF OF THESE, I BELIEVE THE THIS ONE WAS UPDATED AS A COMPLETION DATE OF THE END OF THE FISCAL YEAR.

SO SEPTEMBER 30TH IS THE END OF THE FISCAL YEAR ON THE CONTRACT ITSELF.

WE HAVE THAT IN A CONTRACT RIGHT NOW SOMEWHERE.

YES. WHAT PARAGRAPH WOULD THAT BE? AND THAT WOULD BE UPDATED WHEN I WAS THINKING OF ON PAGE TEN.

LET ME SEE IF IT SHOWS UP HERE.

THAT WE HAD A PARTIALLY EXECUTED ONE FROM BENNETT.

I BELIEVE IT WAS SENT TODAY.

IF I HAVE THAT. SECOND.

LAURA.

APOLOGIZE. SYSTEM'S A LITTLE SLOW FOR ME.

ON THE SIDE.

SENT TO YOU IN TEAMS. OKAY.

OKAY. WHY ARE YOU LOOKING THIS UP? HERE'S WHAT I'M HOPING. AS WE DO THESE PROJECTS IN THE FUTURE, WHAT I'M HOPING FOR IS, AS PART OF OUR PRESENTATION AND OUR MATERIALS, WE CAN SAY KRW 132 IS GOING TO START WORK JULY, WHATEVER. AND THEN TAYLOR STREET, WE'RE GOING TO GO IN AND DO THAT LIKE SOME KIND OF PLAN SO THAT AT LEAST WE CAN GET PEOPLE EXCITED.

INSTEAD, WE JUST KIND OF APPROVE THE PROJECT AND THEN WE START HAMMERING YOU WITH

[04:50:01]

THAT MAKES A GOOD SENSE. AND I APOLOGIZE THAT IT'S NOT IN THERE THAT WAY. SO.

NO. THAT'S RIGHT. IT'S SOMETHING WE JUST STARTED PUSHING IN THE LAST COUPLE MONTHS OR SO. I DON'T THINK YOU WERE HERE, BUT.

UNFORTUNATELY, THE CONTRACT THEY SIGNED IS NOT SEARCHABLE BECAUSE IT'S A SCANNED ONE ON PAGE ONE, 43 IS THE DATE THAT THEY HAVE TO PERFORM BY.

IT'S NINE 3020, 25. PAGE 143.

YES. IN THE PACKET. LET'S GO BACK TO THAT.

I HAVE THERE IS PAGE 72.

DOES IT GO DOWN THAT FAR? 143.

YES. PAGE SIX OF SIX GOES ALL THE WAY TO 149.

FROM PAGE 60 TO PAGE 149.

YEAH. IT WAS IN THE ADDENDUM THAT THEY ADDED TO THE CONTRACT, WHICH WOULD SUPERSEDE THE CONTRACT TERMS. BUT IT'S IT'S. YEAH, IT'S AFTER THE CONFLICT OF INTEREST.

IT'S AFTER THE W-9. AND THEN YOU GET TO THE DOCUMENT THAT IS THE ADDENDUM TO THE TO THE CONTRACT. THAT'S WHERE SHE'S REFERENCING IN 3.3.

BUT IT'S SEPTEMBER 15TH IS LINED OUT AND THEN 930 2025.

YEAH, I, I GUESS IS WHAT IT MEANS BY WELL, WAIT A MINUTE.

THAT'S AN ADDENDUM TO THE BID.

THAT'S AN ADDENDUM TO THE CONTRACT. RIGHT.

THAT'S ALL PART OF THE CONTRACT. YEAH. THAT BECOMES PART OF THE CONTRACT, THE BID DOCUMENTS. ALL RIGHT.

WELL YOU HAVE 3.3 IS CONTRACT AWARD IF YOU THINK IT'S GOOD TO GO.

WHAT I'D LIKE TO SEE AFTER THIS ONE BEFORE WE GO DROP 800 GRAND.

YEAH. FOR ME PERSONALLY TIMELINE.

THEY DON'T HIT THE TIMELINE.

I'M THERE, STAYING AWAKE AT NIGHT, TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO GET THE WORK DONE AND ALL THAT. AND THEN WHEN I WHEN THERE'S A BUNCH OF PAGES BEING ADDED, I FEEL LIKE THAT'S WHERE WE GET INTO SOME ISSUE LEGALLY, WHERE THEY START PULLING ON SOME OTHER PAPER. BUT IF YOU SAY IT'S GOOD TO GO, I'LL VOTE FOR IT. BUT I THINK WE GOT TO START BEING A LITTLE MORE CLEAR ON THE RIGHT ANY LIKE THAT ONE NOTICE TO PROCEED SHOULD HAVE BEEN CORRECTED.

YEAH. BECAUSE WE GUYS ARE GETTING ROAD PROJECTS HAPPENING ON TIME.

CORRECT? YEAH. 144 I'M SORRY.

144 OF 341 I NOTED THAT THAT'S WHERE THE SEPTEMBER 30TH.

YEAH. THAT'S THE SORRY, I DIDN'T THINK TO LOOK IN THE BID BECAUSE I FIGURED IT WAS IN THE CONTRACT.

YEAH. THERE WAS YEAH, THERE WAS AN EXTENSION OF THE CONTRACT.

THE BID. AND SO THAT WAS CLARIFIED, SIDE, WHICH EXTENDED HOW IT CAME TO COUNCIL.

SO I THINK THAT'S WHERE MAYBE THE INITIAL 14 DAYS OF THE JULY DATE CAME FROM WAS BECAUSE IT WAS INTENDED TO COME SOONER, BUT WE HAD TO EXTEND THE BID PROCESS, SO THAT WASN'T CAUGHT.

ALL RIGHT. I'LL MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE TEN ONE AS PRESENTED WITH THE ADDITION THAT THE CITY MANAGER WILL COMMUNICATE TO THE CITY COUNCIL BY THE END OF NEXT WEEK.

WHAT ORDER OF THE TIMELINE ON THESE PROJECTS? SECOND. BECAUSE THESE BOYS GOT SIX WEEKS TO DO ALL THIS WORK.

ALL RIGHT. THESE GUYS MAY BE OUR NEWEST FRIENDS.

YEAH, FRIENDS. SO WHAT WAS THE AMENDMENT TO APPROVE AND AMEND IT.

IS IT THE CITY MANAGER? COMMUNICATE BY THE END OF NEXT WEEK.

THE SCHEDULE FOR THESE PROJECTS.

OKAY. ALL RIGHT. ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? HEARING NONE. PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON.

AYE. COUNCIL MEMBER. THOMPSON.

AYE. MAYOR. SNYDER. AYE.

COUNCIL MEMBER. KING. AYE.

COUNCIL MEMBER. GORDON.

AYE. COUNCIL MEMBER. MAURICE.

AYE. COUNCIL MEMBER. PORTERFIELD.

AYE. MOTION PASSES SEVEN ZERO.

NEXT WE HAVE ITEM 12 ONE.

RECEIVE A PRESENTATION.

POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING SKIPPING 11 ONE.

OH, I SURE DID. WAS CROSSED OUT FOR SOME REASON.

[11.1. Consideration and possible action on Resolution No. R-2025-174 approving the Municipal Services Agreement for the proposed annexation of the Kirk tract, 77.2 acres, more or less, of land, located off FM1660S. (Ashley Bailey)]

POSSIBLE ACTION ON RESOLUTION NUMBER R DASH 2020 5-174.

APPROVING THE MUNICIPAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR THE PROPOSED ANNEXATION OF THE KIRK TRACT 77.2 ACRES, MORE OR LESS OF LAND LOCATED OFF OF FM 1660 SOUTH.

SO. GOOD EVENING, MAYOR AND COUNCIL.

FOR THE RECORD, MATT RECTOR, CITY ENGINEER. JUST A REMINDER.

[04:55:04]

SO THIS IS JUST TO DO THIS MUNICIPAL SERVICES AGREEMENT.

YOU'LL BE SEEING THE FULL ANNEXATION AT YOUR NEXT COUNCIL MEETING.

THIS ONE PRETTY STRAIGHTFORWARD WITH THE OBVIOUS CAVEAT THAT THEY ARE TECHNICALLY NOT IN OUR WATER CC IN YET THEY ARE WORKING WITH JONAH TO TRY TO GET RELEASED AND COME OVER.

SO THE MUNICIPAL SERVICE AGREEMENT BASICALLY JUST LAYS OUT WHAT SERVICES THEY'RE GOING TO GET FROM US. AND ON WATER SPECIFIC, IT SAYS THAT IF THEY GET RELEASED FROM JONAH THAT WE WILL PROVIDE THEM SERVICE. IF THEY DO NOT GET RELEASED FROM JONAH, THAT JONAH WILL PROVIDE THEM THAT SERVICE.

THIS IS THAT DEAL THAT WE SAID NO TO.

THEN WE BROUGHT IT BACK UP AND SAID YES TO.

YES, SIR. NO, SIR. WELL.

NEVER MIND. I WAS GOING TO ASK WHAT HAPPENS IF THIS GOT VOTED DOWN.

I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT TRIGGERS, BUT, I MEAN, WE JUST HAVE TO GO BACK AND RENEGOTIATE IT.

IS THERE AN ISSUE WITH IT? I DON'T HAVE OTHER PEOPLE FEEL WE'VE BEEN SPLIT ON THIS BACK AND FORTH, BUT LIKE, I'M NOT VOTING TO HELP SOMEONE BRING LAND IN RXN TAKE WATER WE DON'T HARDLY HAVE AND THEN TO BUILD MORE HOMES.

THAT'S KIND OF BEEN THE WHOLE PROBLEM WITH EVERYTHING.

I KNOW. WE TRY TO DO SOMETHING A COUPLE OF MONTHS AGO AND BRING IT BACK REAL QUICK BECAUSE OF NEW INFORMATION, BUT I ASKED THE GUY FOR A NEW INFORMATION.

HE SAID HE HAD OPTION A, B, C, AND D, AND I SAID, WHAT WERE THE OPTIONS? AND THEN I ASKED THE COUNCIL MEMBERS WHO ARE IN SUPPORT OF IT, WHAT WAS THE NEW INFORMATION THEY GOT? AND THEY SAID HE JUST SAID NEW INFORMATION.

AND I NEED A LOT MORE THAN PLAN B TO BE THE INFORMATION.

I NEED SOMETHING, AND I STILL THINK HE NEEDS TO STAY IN JONAH AND FOLLOW WHATEVER THEY GOT TO DO. AND IT'S BEEN TWO MONTHS.

HE'S STILL NOT BEEN RELEASED FROM JONAH, SO I DON'T KNOW HOW CLEAR CUT THAT IS, BUT I HAVEN'T SUPPORTED ANNEXING OR BRINGING ANYBODY INTO THE CITY THAT'S NOT IN OUR CCN, UNLESS THEY WERE LIKE A GROCERY STORE OR SOMETHING NEED TO BE HAD, BUT. I'LL MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE RESOLUTION R 2020 5-174. MOTION BY COUNCILOR THOMPSON.

DO WE HAVE A SECOND, SECOND, SECOND BY COUNCILMEMBER GORDON.

ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? HEARING NONE.

PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. COUNCILMEMBER MORRIS.

AYE. COUNCILMEMBER. KING.

NAY. COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON, A MAYOR.

SNYDER, A MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON.

NEY. COUNCILMEMBER. PORTERFIELD.

NEY. COUNCILMEMBER GORDON A MOTION FAILS, FOUR THREE.

ALL RIGHT. NEXT WE HAVE ITEM 12 ONE.

RECEIVE A PRESENT. IF I COULD ASK CITY ATTORNEY.

SO WHAT HAPPENS NOW ON THAT ONE WHEN WE APPROVED IT PREVIOUSLY AND NOW WE HAVEN'T APPROVED THE THE I'M LOSING THE WORD THE MSA.

SO NOW NOW WHAT HAPPENS? SO THE MSA MUNICIPAL SERVICE AGREEMENT TRACKS WHAT YOU ALREADY APPROVED IN THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT. SO IT'S JUST TAKEN FROM THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT.

SO WE'VE GOT AN APPROVED DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT, BUT NOW WE'VE DENIED THE MSA. SO I'M JUST TRYING TO UNDERSTAND WHAT WHAT THE NEXT STEPS ARE.

SO I DO SORRY. FOR THE RECORD SARAH CERVANTES DIRECTOR OF REAL ESTATE THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT THAT WAS APPROVED FROM WHAT I'M SEEING HERE. AND WE'LL LEAVE THIS FOR OUR CITY ATTORNEY. TO FURTHER CONFIRM, THERE IS A SECTION IN THAT DAY, SECTION 4.01, THAT ESSENTIALLY STATES THAT THE PASSAGE OF THE DA IN CORRELATION WITH THE NECESSARY DOCUMENTATION WAS THE CITY AGREEING TO THAT ANNEXATION.

AND THIS MSA IS A PART OF THAT ENTIRE PROCESS.

SO WE'LL DEFINITELY NEED TO DIG INTO THIS A LITTLE BIT FURTHER.

TYPICALLY THE MSA IS HANDLED ON THE FRONT END GETTING THINGS MOVING, BUT THIS ONE WAS HANDLED A LITTLE BIT OUT OF ORDER BECAUSE OF THE WAY THAT THINGS WERE DONE WITH THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT ITSELF. BUT I'LL HAVE TO CIRCLE UP WITH CITY ATTORNEY TO VERIFY THE THE LEGAL RAMIFICATIONS OF THAT, GIVEN THAT THE DA HAS ALREADY BEEN PASSED.

OKAY. YEAH. THANK YOU. IF WE COULD GET A REPORT BACK ON THAT, IF IF YOU COULD RECALL YOUR MOTION, RECONSIDER YOUR MOTION TO JUST POSTPONE THIS TO THE NEXT MEETING SO WE COULD MARRY THIS UP WITH THE OBLIGATIONS THAT YOU'VE ALREADY APPROVED IN THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT.

I BELIEVE THAT THAT'S WE TOOK THAT PARAGRAPH OUT OF THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT AND PUT IT IN THE MUNICIPAL SERVICES AGREEMENT.

SO YOU'VE ALREADY APPROVED THAT.

AND SO WHAT, YOU AND YOU AGREED TO ANNEX THIS PROPERTY,

[05:00:02]

SO I WOULD ASK THAT YOU POSTPONE THIS TO THE NEXT MEETING SO WE CAN PROVIDE ALL THAT DOCUMENTATION. OKAY. SO I'LL RECALL 11 ONE OR MOVE TO RECONSIDER I'LL MOVE TO RECONSIDER 11 ONE OKAY. DO THAT SINCE HE WAS ON THE LOSING SIDE.

BY ROBERT'S RULES. THAT'S CORRECT.

SO SOMEBODY IN THE PREVAILING SIDE HAS TO MOVE TO RECONSIDER.

I'M NOT GOING TO BECAUSE WE SAID NO TO THE GUY THERE WAS.

I DO NOT LIKE THE WAY THAT IT WAS BROUGHT BACK UP.

I DON'T LIKE IN THE MANNER THAT IT WAS BROUGHT UP.

AND I FELT LIKE IT WAS SOME KIND OF THING TO GET IN BEFORE THE ELECTION.

THAT GUY TOOK A CHANCE, PUSHING, FOR WHATEVER REASON, FOR SOMETHING TO COME BACK UP BEFORE US.

AND ONE OF YOU GUYS THAT VOTED, VOTED TO DENY IT WHEN I BRING IT BACK.

THAT'S FINE, BUT MY OPINION IS NOT GOING TO CHANGE WHATEVER YOU TELL ME BECAUSE HE CAN GIVE ME THE LAWSUIT. LET'S GET ANOTHER LAWSUIT.

LOVE LAWSUITS IN HUTTO.

RATHER THAN DISCUSS RATHER THAN DISCUSS THE LEGAL MERITS NOW.

I MEAN, MY RECOMMENDATION IS TO POSTPONE THIS BECAUSE YOU MAY HAVE AN OBLIGATION IN THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT TO DO THIS ANYWAY, AND THEN YOU'RE NOT GOING TO BE ABLE TO ANNEX THE PROPERTY. WELL, I CAN ALWAYS BRING IT BACK AT A FUTURE MEETING IF YOU END UP TELLING US THAT OTHERWISE. RIGHT, YOU'D HAVE TO BRING IT BACK AS A MOTION TO RECONSIDER. RIGHT. SO I CAN ALWAYS DO THAT LATER.

ONCE WE GET THE LEGAL OPINION ANYBODY CAN DO, THEY CAN DO IT TONIGHT OR THEY CAN DO LIKE WE SAID, NO IN JANUARY. AND SOMEONE MOVED TO RECONSIDER THE ITEM IN MARCH OR APRIL TO GET IT IN. THERE'S NO LEGAL RAMIFICATIONS ON THAT MOTION TO RECONSIDER, BUT THERE ARE ON THIS ONE.

LET'S IGNORE OUR CITY ATTORNEY.

LET'S JUST IGNORE OUR CITY ATTORNEY. LET'S IGNORE OUR ATTORNEY SET TO RECONSIDER.

AND WE'RE NOT RECONSIDERING UNLESS SOMEBODY BRINGS IT BACK.

BUT YOU KNOW, IF YOU BRING IT BACK AT THE NEXT MEETING, RECONSIDER. YOU WILL BE IN LINE WITH ROBERT'S RULES.

AND THE PERSON THAT VOTED AGAINST IT WOULD TO BRING IT BACK.

I'M JUST TRYING TO FOLLOW ROBERT'S RULES. THE PREVAILING SIDE. YEAH. NO, I GET IT. NO, I GET IT.

TRYING TO FOLLOW ROBERT'S RULES. YEAH. NO, I GET IT. SO CAN I, CAN I RECLARIFY. WHAT IS OUR CITY ATTORNEY RECOMMENDING AT THIS? MY RECOMMENDATION IS TO JUST POSTPONE, TO RECONSIDER AND POSTPONE THE ITEM SO THAT WE CAN BRING BACK THE DOCUMENTATION AND BRIEF COUNSEL ON THEIR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT.

OKAY. THANK YOU. AND SHE'S SAYING IN ORDER TO DO THAT, AARON, MIKE, DAN OR EVAN HAVE TO MAKE THAT MOTION CORRECT.

AND IF NONE OF THEM WANT TO MAKE THAT MOTION, THEN LET'S JUST LET'S JUST GET ANOTHER LITIGATION. WELL, YOU SAY THAT WE'LL GET ANOTHER LITIGATION, AND YOU HAVEN'T EVEN HEARD FROM THE ATTORNEY YET WHETHER OR NOT WE WOULD.

I'M SORRY. I DIDN'T MEAN TO INTERRUPT YOU.

FROM WHAT I UNDERSTAND, OUR ATTORNEY DOESN'T KNOW IF IT WOULD BE AN ISSUE OR NOT. SHE'S ASKING US TO RECONSIDER.

AND I THINK ALL SOME PEOPLE ARE SAYING IS, INSTEAD OF RECONSIDERING TONIGHT, WE CAN RECONSIDER IN TWO WEEKS.

BUT AND THAT'S TRUE PROCEDURALLY.

YOU CAN DO IT THAT WAY.

SO IF THE GUY'S GOING TO SUE US A WEEK AWAY BEFORE GETTING HER ANSWER, THEN THAT'S ON HIM. WE CAN ALWAYS BRING IT BACK.

BUT I WHAT I DON'T LIKE IS I DON'T LIKE HAVING TO APPROVE ONE AND THEN AUTOMATICALLY, WELL, NOW YOU HAVE TO PROVE EVERYTHING. NOW YOU HAVE TO PROVE ANYTHING.

AND THAT'S THE PROBLEM WITH GOING. THAT'S THE PROBLEM WITH TRYING TO RUSH ONE OF THESE AND GET OUT OF THE ORDER, AS YOU SAY.

BECAUSE WHATEVER HAPPENED.

AND THERE'S A LOT MORE THAT I'M NOT GOING TO DISCUSS UP HERE, BUT THERE'S A LOT MORE THAT WENT ON WITH THIS THAT THE COUNTY ATTORNEY PROBABLY NEEDS TO UNDERSTAND ABOUT, BECAUSE THE WAY MONEY WENT TO DIFFERENT PEOPLE.

AND SO WE WANT TO RUSH THROUGH THIS.

I'M NOT RUSHING ON MY END BECAUSE, YEAH, MONEY GOES TO CERTAIN PEOPLE AND THEN THEY APPROVE CERTAIN PROJECTS.

THAT'S KIND OF THAT. WHAT JUST HAPPENED LAST TONIGHT? PRETTY SURE THAT'S WHAT HAPPENED TONIGHT TO KIND OF WHAT HAPPENED WITH SPROUTS 100%.

YOU DO KNOW WHAT I'M TALKING ABOUT.

YOU RECEIVED A BIG CHUNK OF MONEY FROM THAT COMPANY. POINT OF ORDER.

SO I'M JUST SAYING LET'S LET'S BE LET'S NOT BE HYPOCRITICAL.

LET'S JUST LET'S JUST KIND OF BE CONSISTENT, OKAY? MOVE ON. ALL RIGHT. ITEM 12 ONE RECEIVE A PRESENTATION AND POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING

[12.1. Receive a presentation and possible action regarding the status of the project at the Central Wastewater Treatment Plant (CWWTP). (Freese & Nichols/Ovivo)]

I'M KENDALL KING WITH FREESE AND NICHOLS.

I'M GOING TO START BY GOING BACK TO WHAT WAS DISCUSSED AT THE LAST COUNCIL MEETING.

SPECIFICALLY REGARDING THE TERTIARY FILTER EQUIPMENT.

AND YOU ASK US TO COME BACK AND REALLY TALK ABOUT WHY OUR OPINION OF CONSTRUCTION COST, PROBABLE CONSTRUCTION COST WAS SO MUCH HIGHER THAN WHAT VIVO THOUGHT IT SHOULD BE,

[05:05:05]

YOU ASK US TO COME BACK AND ADDRESS THAT FOR YOU.

JUST TO CLARIFY, I WASN'T THINKING OF VIVO EQUIPMENT WOULD BE CHEAPER OR ANYTHING LIKE THAT, THAT THE TECHNOLOGY OR THAT THAT PROCESS OF DPR OR REUSE OR WHATEVER.

SO I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE IT WASN'T A VIVO NECESSARILY.

IT WAS JUST IF I'M TALKING A CD PLAYER AND I SAY SONY, I'M TALKING CDS. NECESSARILY SONY OR WHATEVER.

THANK YOU. THESE ARE SOME OF THE ACRONYMS THAT WE MAY USE.

SO THAT'S IN YOUR PACKET.

AND JUST IN CASE YOU NEED TO REFER BACK TO THAT, IF YOU IF I SAY SOMETHING THAT YOU DON'T UNDERSTAND, PLEASE STOP ME. I WANT TO JUST KIND OF RECAP SOME OF THE PRIORITIES THAT WE HAD FOR THE, FOR THE CENTRAL TREATMENT PLANT EXPANSION.

THE FIRST ONE BEING GET THIS DONE AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE SO THAT WE CAN ACCOMMODATE THE COMING DEVELOPMENT. THE SECOND ONE WAS TO EVALUATE SOME DIFFERENT TECHNOLOGIES AND RECOMMEND THE MOST SUITABLE AND COST EFFECTIVE SOLUTION FOR THE CENTRAL PLANT EXPANSION, AND THEN MITIGATE RISK TO THAT WHOLE PROJECT BY EXPEDITING THE SCHEDULE.

SO THAT'S WHAT WE PRESENTED LAST WEEK OR THE LAST MEETING WAS OUR RECOMMENDATION.

AND IT WAS FOR CONVENTIONAL ACTIVATED SLUDGE WITH CLOTH MEDIA FILTERS FOR TERTIARY TREATMENT. AND THE QUESTION CAME UP IN THAT MEETING ABOUT THE POTENTIAL OF USING THE CERAMIC MEMBRANES INSTEAD, AND WHETHER THAT WOULD PROVIDE ANY BENEFITS TO THE CITY IN TERMS OF THEIR ABILITY TO PRODUCE A HIGHER QUALITY, REUSE WATER FOR OTHER USES.

AND YOU ASK US TO COME BACK AND ADDRESS, YOU KNOW, MAKE SURE THAT WE WERE ALL ON THE SAME PAGE ABOUT THE DIFFERENCE IN THOSE COSTS.

SO. INSTEAD OF STANDING HERE AND TRYING TO GO THROUGH LINE ITEM BY LINE ITEM OF OUR COST ESTIMATE AND TRY TO COMPARE THAT TO WHAT WITH WHAT YOU MAY HAVE HEARD FROM FROM VIVO.

WE MET WITH VIVO TO TRY TO GET ON THE SAME PAGE WITH THEM AND TRY TO EXPLAIN TO THEM HOW WE GOT TO THE CONCLUSION THAT WE CAME TO, THAT THE CLOTH MEDIA FILTERS WERE A THE BEST VALUE FOR THE CITY FOR THIS EXPANSION PROJECT, WITH THOSE ASSUMPTIONS THAT WE MADE OR THAT WE WERE GIVEN, WHICH WAS WE WANTED TO PRODUCE TYPE ONE REUSE AND WE WOULD NOT BE PURSUING DPR AT THE CENTRAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT, THAT THAT WOULD BE DONE AT THE SOUTH.

SO WE SAT DOWN WITH VIVO AND WE SHOWED THEM THE CONCEPTUAL DESIGN FOR THE EXPANSION AND HOW THE MEMBRANE FILTERS WOULD BE CONFIGURED AND ARRANGED IN THAT.

AND WE POINTED OUT TO THEM SOME THINGS THAT THEY REALLY COULDN'T HAVE BEEN AWARE OF BECAUSE THEY WEREN'T FAMILIAR WITH THE EXPANSION PLANS IN TERMS OF COMPLICATIONS WITH SOME OF THE HYDRAULICS AND CONSTRUCTABILITY ISSUES AND SOME THINGS LIKE THAT, THAT THEY, YOU KNOW, THEY JUST COULDN'T HAVE KNOWN ABOUT BECAUSE OF THE THE ARRANGEMENT THAT WE WERE PROPOSING.

AND WE ALSO TRIED TO EXPLAIN TO THEM THAT, YOU KNOW, BESIDES YOUR EQUIPMENT COSTS, THERE'S A BUNCH OF OTHER STUFF THAT HAS TO BE ADDED INTO THIS COST ESTIMATE TO MAKE THIS A COMPLETE INSTALLATION.

AND THAT'S, YOU KNOW, EQUIPMENT PADS FOR THEIR EQUIPMENT AND AND AND AND CANOPIES AND ELECTRICAL AND PIPING AND THEN THE CONTRACTOR INSTALLATION AND THE OVERHEAD AND PROFIT AND ALL THE THINGS THAT GO ON TOP OF JUST THOSE BARE EQUIPMENT COSTS TO GET TO THE ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION OPINION OF PROBABLE CONSTRUCTION COSTS THAT WE PRESENTED TO YOU AND WHICH IS UP THERE.

AND WHEN WE FINISH THAT DISCUSSION, I THINK THEY UNDERSTOOD WHERE WE WERE COMING FROM AND THE REASON THAT WE HAD RECOMMENDED THE USE OF THE CLOTH FILTERS FOR THIS EXPANSION, AND THAT'S TO MEET TYPE ONE REUSE, AND THAT WE WOULDN'T BE PURSUING DPR OUT OF THIS PLAN.

SO I THINK THEY UNDERSTOOD THAT.

AND I THINK WE WE KIND OF LEFT THAT MEETING WITH THAT AGREEMENT.

BUT THEY DID REITERATE THAT OKAY.

BUT THE CITY DOES WANT TO PROVIDE REUSE WATER TO THE DATA CENTER.

AND THEY STILL MAY WANT TO PRODUCE DPR OR PURSUE DPR AT THIS PLANT, AND THEY STILL THINK THAT THEIR FILTERS WOULD BE BETTER SUITED AND PUT THE, YOU KNOW, PUT THE CITY CLOSER TO ACHIEVING THOSE IN A BETTER POSITION TO ACHIEVE THOSE GOALS. AND SO THAT'S WHAT I WANT TO TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT TONIGHT.

SO FIRST OF ALL, JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT WE UNDERSTAND THAT EITHER OF THESE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES, THE CLOTH FILTER OR THE MEMBRANES CAN BE DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE THE THE PEAK FLOWS THAT WE SEE AT THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT,

[05:10:03]

THAT'S FOR THE MEMBRANE FILTER.

I MEAN, THE MEMBRANE SYSTEM OR THE CLOTH FILTERS.

THOSE SYSTEMS ARE DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE THE COMPLETE, YOU KNOW, THE PEAK FLOWS AND EVERYTHING THAT WE ARE GOING TO ENCOUNTER AT THIS PLANT.

FOR THE DESIGN CONDITIONS.

AND THAT'S WHAT THOSE COSTS ARE.

SO. QUICK QUESTION. SURE.

ON THIS PAGE IT HAS A FOOTNOTE FOR FOR INCLUDES TEMPORARY PACKAGE PLANT.

BUT I DON'T SEE OH SHOULD HAVE TAKEN THAT OFF BECAUSE THERE USED TO BE A COLUMN ON THERE FOR THE MEMBRANE BIOREACTOR.

AND THAT WAS FOR THAT.

I'M SORRY. THANK YOU. YEAH.

WE TOOK THAT COLUMN OUT JUST TO MAKE IT EASY, JUST TO AVOID CONFUSION.

OKAY, SO. A WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT SEES A VERY WIDE RANGE OF FLOWS. YOU KNOW, YOU GOT YOUR YOUR DAILY FLOWS THAT KIND OF FLUCTUATE DIURNAL FLOWS IS WHAT WE CALL THEM.

AND THEN YOU SEE PEAK WET WEATHER FLOWS THAT COME WHEN? WHEN IT'S RAINING, WHEN WE'VE GOT A WET WEATHER EVENT.

AND THOSE. THAT FLOW IS, YOU KNOW, THERE'S A BIG RANGE BETWEEN MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM. AND WE HAVE TO.

BE ABLE TO TREAT ALL OF THAT.

YOUR REUSE DEMANDS ARE GENERALLY NOT THAT VARIABLE I MEAN.

THERE'S A CERTAIN AMOUNT OF WATER THAT WE THAT IS GOING TO BE REQUIRED, WHETHER THAT'S FOR IRRIGATION OR WHETHER IT'S FOR COOLING WATER AT THE DATA CENTER OR EVEN A DPR SYSTEM. THOSE DEMANDS ARE GENERALLY NOT NEARLY AS VARIABLE AS THE FLOWS THAT ARE COMING INTO THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT ON A DAILY BASIS, AND SO TO DESIGN THAT MEMBRANE SYSTEM TO HANDLE THOSE, YOU KNOW, HIGHLY VARIABLE FLOWS, THE ENTIRE FLOW AND PRODUCE A HIGHER QUALITY REUSE WATER JUST TO DUMP IT INTO THE RIVER IS IS PROBABLY NOT THE BEST INVESTMENT OF YOUR CAPITAL DOLLARS. AND SO WHAT WE WOULD SUGGEST IS THAT A BETTER APPROACH WOULD BE TO LET'S USE THE CLOTH FILTERS FOR THE DAILY TREATMENT OF THE WASTEWATER TO MEET THE TYPE ONE REUSE AND TO MEET YOUR DISCHARGE PERMIT.

AND IF THERE'S A NEED FOR A HIGHER QUALITY, REUSE WATER EITHER AT THE DATA CENTER OR IF FOR SOME REASON YOU DECIDED TO PURSUE DPR AND YOU WANTED TO PROVIDE SOME SORT OF HIGHER LEVEL TREATMENT FOR, SAY, THE DATA CENTER, THEN SCALE THAT HIGHER THAT TREATMENT SYSTEM TO MEET THOSE PARTICULAR NEEDS INSTEAD OF TREATING ALL OF IT THAT WAY.

USE THE CLOTH FILTERS TO MEET YOUR DAILY NEEDS.

AND IF YOU NEED TO SUPPLY 100,000 OR A COUPLE HUNDRED THOUSAND GALLONS A DAY, OR EVEN A HALF A MILLION GALLONS A DAY OF HIGHER QUALITY WATER TO THE DATA CENTER, OR IF YOU WANT TO DRAW THAT MUCH OUT AND USE IT FOR DIRECT POTABLE REUSE, THEN LOOK AT A, YOU KNOW, A SYSTEM TO TREAT THAT WATER INSTEAD OF TRYING TO TREAT THE ENTIRE STREAM THAT WAY.

THERE'S A BIG DIFFERENCE IN CAPITAL COST FOR SOMETHING THAT THAT A LOT OF THAT WATER IS GOING TO GO INTO THE RIVER AND YOU'RE NOT GETTING ANY BENEFIT OUT OF THAT.

SO THAT'S KIND OF THE THE BOTTOM LINE THAT THAT FREESE AND NICHOLS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU CONSIDER. SO I WANT TO TALK ABOUT THIS REUSE WATER FOR THE DATA CENTER A LITTLE BIT.

IT'S REALLY IMPORTANT THAT YOU TAKE SOME TIME TO UNDERSTAND EXACTLY WHAT THEIR NEEDS ARE.

BOTH HOW MUCH DO THEY NEED, WHEN DO THEY NEED IT? AND THEN REALLY, ESPECIALLY WHAT QUALITY OF WATER DO THEY REALLY NEED YOU TO PROVIDE TO THEM? WHATEVER YOU DO, THEY'RE GOING TO HAVE TO PROVIDE MORE TREATMENT FOR THEIR COOLING SYSTEMS. YOU'RE NOT GOING TO GIVE THEM A WATER QUALITY THAT THEY CAN USE.

THEY'RE GOING TO HAVE TO DO SOFTENING. THEY'RE GOING TO HAVE TO DEMINERALIZE.

THEY'RE GOING TO HAVE TO DO SOME STUFF LIKE THAT, AND YOU NEED TO FIND OUT FROM THEM WHAT QUALITY DO YOU NEED FROM THE CITY AND REUSE WATER IN MOST CASES.

TYPE ONE REUSE WATER IS A FINE QUALITY FOR THEM TO START WITH, BUT YOU NEED TO UNDERSTAND THAT BEFORE YOU FIND THAT OUT.

ASK THEM. YEAH, I JUST CALL THEM UP AND ASK THEM.

OR IS THAT SOMETHING LIKE WELL, NO.

SO THERE'S A THERE'S MANY THERE'S MANY OTHER QUESTIONS.

AND I WAS GOING TO GET TO THAT.

OKAY. SO BEYOND JUST HOW MUCH AND HOW SOON PHASING YOU KNOW,

[05:15:02]

WHEN ARE THEY GOING TO NEED IT. HOW MUCH ARE THEY GOING TO NEED. THERE'S ALSO A PART OF THIS WHERE YOU NEED TO UNDERSTAND WHAT THEY'RE GOING TO DO WITH THEIR WASTEWATER, BECAUSE IF THEY'RE GOING TO TAKE THEIR BLOWDOWN WATER FROM THEIR COOLING OPERATION AND SEND IT BACK TO THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT, THAT'S SOMETHING THAT YOU NEED TO KNOW WHEN WE'RE PLANNING THIS REUSE SYSTEM, BECAUSE IF WE TAKE WATER AND WE SEND IT TO THEM AND THEY GO THROUGH HOWEVER MANY CYCLES OF CONCENTRATION THEY GO THROUGH WITH THEIR COOLING SYSTEM, AND THEN THEY SEND THAT BLOWDOWN BACK TO THE WASTEWATER PLANT, AND THEN WE TURN AROUND AND WE SEND IT BACK TO THEM, AND THEN THEY SEND IT BACK TO US AND WE SEND IT BACK TO THEM.

YOU'RE CYCLING UP ALL OF THAT STUFF IN THAT SYSTEM, AND THE ONLY BLOWDOWN WE HAVE OUT OF OUR SYSTEM IS WHAT WE CAN DISCHARGE TO THE RIVER, WHAT WE'RE DISCHARGING TO THE RIVER.

THESE ARE BIG QUESTIONS THAT WE NEED TO UNDERSTAND BEFORE WE JUST SAY WE CAN START SENDING REUSE WATER TO THE TO THE DATA CENTER.

BUT ONE OF THE BIG ONES IS WHAT QUALITY OF WATER DO YOU REALLY NEED? AND IS THERE REALLY ANY ADVANTAGE TO PUTTING IN CERAMIC MEMBRANES IN YOUR PLANT AT A MUCH HIGHER CAPITAL COST AND OPERATING COST FOR WATER THAT YOU'RE A BIG CHUNK OF THAT'S STILL GOING TO GO TO THE RIVER.

AND. AND MAYBE THE CERAMIC MEMBRANES DON'T REALLY OFFER.

THEY DON'T MAYBE DON'T.

MAYBE THEY DON'T NEED THAT LITTLE BIT OF ADDITIONAL TREATMENT THAT THOSE CERAMIC FILTERS GIVE YOU, THAT CERAMIC MEMBRANES GIVE YOU.

SO THAT'S WHAT THAT'S WHAT WE, WE WANT TO TALK ABOUT.

BUT IT'S THE THE REAL ISSUE HERE IS THAT'S GOING TO TAKE SOME TIME TO FIGURE OUT.

TIME THAT I DON'T THINK YOU HAVE.

IF THE GOAL HERE IS TO GET THIS PLANT CONSTRUCTED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE WITH ALL THE DEVELOPMENT THAT'S COMING.

IT TAKES A LOT OF TIME FOR SOMEONE.

JAMES, HOW DO WE HOW DO WE GET AHOLD OF PROLOGIS OR SCOTT? I COULD CALL THE GUY, BUT THIS STUFF GETS OVER MY HEAD.

BUT HOW DO WE CALL THEM AND ASK THEM WHAT QUALITY OF WATER YOU NEED? I MEAN, IT SHOULDN'T TAKE MORE THAN, LIKE, A WEEK TO FIGURE OUT, RIGHT? YES, I THINK YOU'RE RIGHT. AND HOW MUCH TIME DO YOU SAY IT'S GOING TO TAKE? TIME. HOW MUCH TIME DO YOU FORESEE CALLING HIM UP AND SAYING, HEY, YOU COOL THESE THINGS? LIKE HOW MUCH WATER? LIKE I'M SAYING, THERE'S MORE TO THAT.

WE NEED TO UNDERSTAND.

WHAT ARE WE GOING TO GET BACK FROM YOU AND WHAT'S THE QUALITY OF THAT WE'RE GOING TO GET BACK. AND THEN WE NEED TO THINK ABOUT WHAT'S THAT GOING TO DO TO OUR TREATMENT PROCESS. IF THAT'S THIS IS A SMALL PLANT.

SURE. IF THAT'S A LARGE AMOUNT OF WATER THAT THEY'RE TAKING AND THEN CYCLING UP AND SENDING BACK TO US, IT CAN CAUSE US PROBLEMS WITH OUR WITH THE OPERATIONS AT THE TREATMENT PLANT. ARE THEY GOING TO SEND IT NOW? WHICH PLANT DOES IT GO TO NOW? I THINK IT GOES TO THE SOUTH PLANT.

IS IT GOING TO THE SOUTH PLANT OR IT DOES.

OKAY. OKAY. SO YOU COULD STILL I MEAN I'M NOT AN ENGINEER BUT CAN I PUMP THEM GOOD WATER FROM THE CENTRAL PLANT AND THEN DISCHARGE TO THE SOUTH.

SURE. I STILL WANT TO KNOW WHAT THE.

WE JUST GOT TO KNOW WHAT KIND OF WATER QUALITY THEY NEED. YEAH.

WELL, LET LET ME, LET ME MAKE SURE THAT I DO KNOW THAT.

RIGHT. BECAUSE THE, THE, THE DATA CENTERS WOULD BE GOING THROUGH THE GLENWOOD LIFT STATION AND THEN THAT THEN IN TURN WOULD BE DIRECTING EITHER NORTH OR SOUTH. BUT GENERALLY WE'RE SENDING THAT SOUTH IN THE FUTURE.

SO YES, IT WOULD END UP SOUTH, SO IT WOULD BE BEING SENT FROM CENTRAL, BUT THEN THEIR DISCHARGE FROM THE DATA CENTER WOULD END UP IN THE SOUTH PLANT, NOT BACK IN THE CENTRAL PLANT, BECAUSE THEIR WATER THAT THEY'RE TAKING IN IS COMING FROM SOMEWHERE.

CORRECT. MY GUESS IS EAST FROM THE FRAME SWITCH.

CORRECT. AND THEN ANY OTHER, IF WE EXTEND THAT WATER REUSE OUT INTO THE MEGA SITE, THOSE ALL GO DIRECTLY TO THE SOUTH PLANT.

CORRECT. SO IT ANYTHING THAT WE ANYTHING THAT WE PRODUCE IN THE CENTRAL PLANT, WHETHER IT BE DPR GOING BACK INTO OUR SYSTEM OR WHETHER IT BE, YOU KNOW, JUST TYPE ONE EFFLUENT GOING SOMEWHERE.

IF IT IS GOING TO MEGA SITE, ALL OF MEGA SITE DRAINS TO THE SOUTH.

PLANT NOT BACK TO THE CENTRAL PLANT.

SIR, I'VE BEEN ACCUSED AT WORK ALL THE TIME FOR OVERSIMPLIFYING THINGS, SO I KNOW HERE. I DON'T THINK IT'S JUST NECESSARILY A PHONE CALL.

THEY PICK IT UP AND I SAY, HEY, WHAT KIND OF WATER QUALITY DO YOU NEED? AND THEY GO, I GOT IT RIGHT HERE.

BUT I'M HOPING WE CAN FIGURE THAT OUT IN ENOUGH TIME.

TO WHERE? I DON'T DISAGREE WITH WHAT YOU'RE SAYING.

YOU GO TO CLOTH, YOU GO THROUGH WHAT I.

AND I DO THINK WE NEED TO KNOW AS A CITY.

AND I THINK WE PROBABLY GOT THE NUMBERS.

HOW MUCH WATER ARE THESE GUYS GOING TO USE? BECAUSE WE'RE OUT THROWING UP WATER LINES ALL OVER THE PLACE TRYING TO SUPPLY WATER.

HOW MUCH ARE THEY GOING TO USE? WHAT QUALITY DOES IT HAVE TO BE? AND THEN I THINK WE NEED TO DIRECT YOU GUYS TO COME BACK WITH A PLAN THAT BASED ON US WANTING TO HAVE THIS MUCH WATER PUMPING AS A TYPE ONE, TYPE TWO, WHATEVER'S GOT TO BE, WHAT DOES THAT LOOK LIKE COST WISE? AND IF YOU GOT TO GO CLOTH AND THEN THERE'S A, THERE'S A VALVE, WE CAN TURN IT ON WHEN WE GO TO BUILD THAT INFRASTRUCTURE,

[05:20:02]

WE NEED TO HAVE A T ON THE PIPE TO WHERE IF WE DECIDE TO GO THIS OTHER ROUTE, WE'RE STILL GOING DOWN THIS PATH, BUT NOW WE CAN ALWAYS TEE IT OFF AND PUT HALF A MILLION GALLONS THROUGH A DIFFERENT SYSTEM, WHATEVER IT IS, CERAMIC MEMBRANES OR TRIPLE CLOTH FILTERS, IT GOES THROUGH THAT TO HIT THE QUALITY OF THE DATA CENTERS NEED. THEY'RE GOING TO DISCHARGE IT TO THE SOUTH, AND WHATEVER THEY DON'T TAKE, THE REST OF THE DISCHARGE IS GOING TO GO THROUGH THE CLOTH AND OUT INTO THE CREEK.

RIGHT. I THINK THAT'S YES.

I THINK NOT LETTING THAT POTENTIAL USE OF THAT WATER AT THE DATA CENTER IS SOMETHING THAT YOU COULD MEET THAT IN EITHER WITH THE CLOTH FILTERS, IF IF THEY SAY THAT'S A WATER QUALITY, THAT'S FINE AND ACCEPTABLE TO US, OR IF IT NEEDS HIGHER TREATMENT, THEN DO THAT AT A SCALE THAT MEETS THEIR NEEDS. AND YOU'RE NOT TREATING, YOU'RE NOT PUTTING IN, YOU KNOW, $15 MILLION MORE WORTH OF INFRASTRUCTURE RIGHT NOW FOR WATER THAT YOU'RE GOING TO DISCHARGE TO THE CREEK.

AND WE COULD ALWAYS PUT THE 15 MILLION IN LATER IF WE DETERMINE IT'S COST EFFECTIVE TO DO THAT. IF IF IT'S REQUIRED TO MEET THOSE DEMANDS, YOU KNOW, TO MEET THOSE NEEDS, THEN YOU COULD SCALE THAT TO APPROPRIATELY TO THE AMOUNT OF WATER THAT THEY NEED AND EVEN PHASE IT AS THEY PHASE, YOU KNOW, IS IT? I'M SORRY.

I DON'T WANT YOU TO LOSE YOUR TRAIN OF THOUGHT. WELL, I WAS JUST GOING TO ASK YOU, HOW DO WE END THE DISCUSSION AND GET IT TO WHERE THEY MOVE ON THE WAY THEY'RE GOING? BUT SOMEHOW THERE'S WE'VE BEEN TALKING ABOUT THIS WITH EVO OR THIS SYSTEM FOR DAMN NEAR A YEAR. HOW DO WE GET YOU GUYS TO WHERE SOMEONE'S FIGURING OUT HOW MUCH WATER IS GOING TO BE USED AT THE DATA CENTERS.

WHAT TYPE OF QUALITY THEY NEED TO GET THESE GUYS TO THEN SAY, WE GOT THAT QUALITY COMING THROUGH OR WE DON'T, BUT HERE'S WHAT WE NEED TO GET IT DONE.

AND THEN AS YOU GET A COST AND MAKE THAT DECISION OKAY.

WHAT DOES THAT LOOK LIKE.

SO PUT A PIN IN THAT SO I CAN ASK.

IF YOU, IF YOU DO THE, THE CLOTH DISK FILTERS AND THEN WE WANT TO DO THE MEMBRANE. HOW MUCH OF THE COST IS SUNK THAT YOU LOSE.

LET'S SAY YOU 100% SHIFTED FROM DISK FILTERS OVER TO MEMBRANE, BECAUSE MAYBE WE NEED ALL 1.7 MILLION AT THAT HIGHER DEAL.

HOW MUCH SUNK COST OF THE 65 MILLION DO? WHAT IS THE 80 MILLION BECOME IF WE DO CLOTH FIRST AND THEN DO A FULL CONVERSION TO MEMBRANE AFTER THE FACT.

WHAT'S THE DELTA THERE? I DON'T DON'T KNOW THAT OFF THE TOP OF MY HEAD, BUT I'M GOING TO SAY I DON'T THINK YOU WOULD EVER DO THAT.

YOU. THE THE CERAMIC MEMBRANES DO A LITTLE BETTER JOB OF FILTRATION THAN THE CLOTH FILTERS DO. THEY DON'T SOFTEN.

THEY DON'T REMOVE MINERALS.

THEY DON'T DO WHAT THE DATA CENTER IS GOING TO NEED.

IF THEY'RE IF THEY'VE GOT SOME SORT OF AN EVAPORATIVE COOLER OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT, AND THEY HAVE TO DEMINERALIZE, THEY HAVE TO SOFTEN FOR THEIR, FOR THEIR OWN USE. THE CERAMIC MEMBRANES DON'T DO ANY OF THAT.

OKAY. SO WHAT IF IT'S ALL IT'S GOING TO DO IS SEND A, YOU KNOW, SOME WATER QUALITY THAT'S GOT A LITTLE LESS TRACKING.

WHAT IS WHAT IF IT'S DEEPER THOUGH, AND NOT JUST TYPE ONE EFFLUENT REUSE IT.

IS THERE A DIFFERENCE? THAT'S A DIFFERENT QUESTION.

AND WHAT? FIRST OF ALL, LET'S TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT DPR BECAUSE I HEARD YOU SAY SOMETHING ABOUT DPR AND POSSIBLY IT OFFSETTING THE NEED FOR OR DEFERRING THE NEED FOR EXPANDING OF THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT.

IF YOU'RE NOT DISCHARGING IT ALL, YOU'RE NOT GO THERE.

WE WERE JUST WE WERE JUST KIND OF BSING ABOUT.

OKAY. I JUST JUST TO BE CLEAR, THOUGH, BECAUSE I THOUGHT THIS WHEN YOU SAID IT IS DPR STARTS AT THE END OF THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PROCESS.

IT'S AN ADVANCED WATER TREATMENT PLANT PROCESS THAT STARTS AT THE END OF THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT.

AND SO IT, IT YOU STILL HAVE TO HAVE ALL THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT THAT YOU WOULD EVER NEED THERE BECAUSE THE DPR COMES AFTER.

YEAH. MY UNDERSTANDING WAS, YES, MY UNDERSTANDING, THE WHOLE THING WAS YOU GO THROUGH CLOTH AND YOU GO THROUGH CLOTH, YOU CAN'T GO THEN TO DEEPER WITHOUT THEN REPLACING THE CLOTH, DOING SOMEONE'S MEMBRANE AND SOMEHOW GOING THROUGH.

BUT I THINK WE'RE PAST THAT.

[05:25:02]

IF YOU'RE PRODUCING A TYPE ONE REUSE, YOU CAN STILL GO TO DPR.

THE DPR REGULATIONS TALK ABOUT THE PHYSICAL BARRIERS THAT YOU HAVE TO HAVE, THE TREATMENT PROCESSES, AND THEN THE CHEMICAL TREATMENT PROCESSES THAT YOU HAVE TO PROVIDE.